Home
        User Manual of Comprehensive Documentation
         Contents
1.       Accounk  Quantity Price Mkt Value DamdL oss  10000 00  56955634  100 95 90 9590 00 590 00 Owner  WwO5    1000 1 50 1500 00 0 00  100 13 00 1300 00 ggg Gate source   Records  3  21 800 00  22 390 00 save    590 00 CI  28200 00 fo Tee Des    75885  00    Lon    Expanded Transaction and Cash Ledgers for Portfolio Management    Address   Notes   Interests   User Fields    Book Page   Agenda      Figure 111   Book Page Ledger    Buttons    Do Trade  to add a new position to the book page  to edit or enter the closing information  to  remove and to delete a position     Sort Order  to display description  quantity  price  market value  gain loss in ascending or    descending order     View Security Transactions or View Cash Transactions to observe the specific ledgers  for these investments         WP Robert Adams    AT amp T Corp   IB tl        Open Cost   Mkt Value   Mkt GainLoss    Cash   Buying Power        Gu Haldings Ledger Account  aJa    Internet Capital Grol       dl DUU UU    22 390 00  590 00 Bort Order   i  Price  2A 00  00  FRB OO Market Value    New Valuations Monitors    Address   Notes   Interests   organize holdings views           Bee   E RIES                   DM rice Mkt Value Bain Loss  esn  500 70 00 10000 00 15405634    100 95 90 9590 00    Owner   w05  1000 1 50 1500 00 0 00    100 13 00 1300 00 o pop Data Source             Direction  Ce Ascending    Sort By         Ce Description              C Quantity C Descending                Gain Loss    New wa
2.       Daily Activities   Wed  Feb 5  1997 at 11 05 AM Die EX    11 054M Douglas Allen  CALL     Edit      2        Sweep    TOU 2 Douglas Allen  CALL    12 00PM Accomplish  Sa a    Show Type   1 00PM ment        all    2 00PM    EI HONEY MHE    300P    TI History    ee    oom    Calendar Format Activities for     Ge Daily C Weekly C Monthy C SC fi 5    Figure 35   Activities Calendar shown in Daily View format       Weekly View    Click on the Weekly button to see your activities for the current week  Monday through Friday   This is an expanded daily view showing 5 days at a time  If several activities are scheduled for  the same time slot  you will see only one activity  However  Broker   s Ally shows the number of    36    activities for the time slot in parentheses  You can view activities that do not have an associated  time in the No Time field  To examine a different day  select the Calendar Icon located at the  bottom of the Activity Calendar window  double click on a different day  and the selected day  will be presented  You can quickly print your Activities Calendar by pressing the Printer Icon  located at the bottom of the Activities Calendar window      o Weekly Activities   Wed  Feb 5  1997 at 11 00 AM ME EX    T j   i Add    Ho Time     Edit  Douglas Allen   ACTION  Print see  HEED  V   Pooks Delete      ccomplieh      Show Type     ACTION  APPT  CALL    MEETING  WOKE NIIE    T History    E    00m    Calendar Format Activities for   Daly Weekly Monthly C Summary
3.       Thursday  November   2002 Add  Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat    Reschedule  2  Sweep    3 4 Fi 4  Pelete  1 11 le 16 Accamnplien    17 18 19 E   Show Type   ACTION  ed E Zb 30 CALL  T History         Hovember   ZU      a bs  Sa  Calendar Format Activites for   C Daly C Weekly fe Monthly Ne Summary    ial Scr       Figure 125   Activities Calendar  monthly view    Summary   An overall summary listing of activities is shown under this view  Click on the Summary button to see  all of your activities listed in chronological order  If you highlight an activity and go to one of the  other views  you will see the same activity in a different context  If you double click on an activity  you will display that contact   s record  To move to a specific day  select the Calendar Icon located at  the bottom of the Activity Calendar window  double click on a different day  and the selected day will  be presented  You can quickly print your Activities Calendar by pressing the Printer Icon located at  the bottom of the Activities Calendar window  As an added convenience  you can also get a  summary of historical information by clicking the History check box on the screen     fee Activities Summary   Tue  Jan 8  2002           et ACTION Jason Ulm Evaluation of Bonds           dd      A  18 2002 CALL Bill Kinney Status Meeting __ add    1 9 2002 ACTION Mary Evans Portfolio Rewew Deschechule  1710 2002 ACTION Steve Christiansen General Meeting  Sweep    Delete    Accomplish    Show Type   AC
4.      is the string wildcard  For example  to find all records containing the    Flags IRA  IRB  IRC etc   but not the Flags containing IRAQ  IRAN  IRATE  etc   use the search  expression    IR_     Broker s Ally will look for all 3 character Flags beginning with IR  If you use the  search expression    IR     you will find all Flags of which start with    IR           Unlike the Interests fields that must be pre defined to be meaningful  Flags are dynamic and can be  created on the fly  However  to be useful  you must be consistent when entering them into your    109    database  Therefore  if you enter IBM for one client  you shouldn t enter 1 B M  for another  The  system cannot see through the haze of periods to associate these individuals as having a common  interest in IBM  Use the remembered response capability of Flags to ensure uniformity     Call Interval  The call interval is used to suggest a date for a new call activity after completing a call using the  dialer  For example  assume you have entered 30 into the Call Interval field  After you use the  dialing feature in Broker s Ally and press the Contacted button  Broker   s Ally will open the scheduler  for a new activity with a suggested date of 30 days from now  You must use the Dialer and  Contacted button to enable the Call Interval feature  Of course  you can override the suggested  date     NickName  There is a NickName merge field in the Letter Writer and Quick Letter that uses whatever you type  into this 
5.     Figure 153   Security Type dialog       Edit Prices    Clicking on the Edit Prices button brings up another dialog box which displays all the prices for the  selected security  sorted by date from latest to earliest  The ability to add  edit  and delete a price is  provided by three buttons  appropriately labeled     159    Security     Date    Delete Close    Figure 154   Prices dialog       Clicking on the Add or Edit buttons brings up another simple dialog box where the date and price  can be entered  When doing an edit  the date field is read only     Security  International Business Machines    Date EHEER       Price        Figure 155   Security Pricing dialog    9 5 REPORTS    Below you will find a list of the advanced portfolio reports  More reports will be added  If you wish  custom reports to be created  please contact Scherrer Resources  Inc  and we will assist you in  creating additional reports that meet your specific needs     Report Names    Performance   Asset Allocation   Performance vs  Index   Portfolio Diversification   What if Scenarios   Held Not Held   Realized Gains and Losses  Closed Positions and Lot Number  Unrealized Gains and Losses  Closed Positions by Symbol    160    Unrealized Capital Gains with Annualized Income  Cash Balances   Income and Dividends   Cash Additions and Withdrawals   Income and Dividends Forecasts   Commissions   Monthly Income Schedule   Maturity Warning   Transactions Reports   Turnover Report    All of these reports com
6.     ca KT E    Document Info    lea  Trec ne EEN E Sl m    alaaa Search   Replace    Page       Insert     Paginate          Color     Bold  Merge    Italic   Spell Check    Superscript  Header Footer Subscript    Exit  NNNNNNNN DD  YYYY   FULL NAME  ADDRESS 1  ADDRESS2  CITY  STATE ZIP          Dear FIRSTNAME     This letter is to confirm your appointment here on   We will use this time to review   your current portfolio and to discuss the coming year s market strategies  I look forward to   meeting with you and should you have any questions  or if for any reason there is a change of   plans  please call me   4 AN  Ready Line 1 Column 1      Douglas Allen EJ i E       CONTACTS    EJE E3     Daily Histor    SES  Calls  0 Contacts  0    Wed Mar 05  1997 09 23AM MGR    Figure 159   Letter Writer Menu       Save    You can save the current letter by selecting Save from the Letter Writer menu  If the letter is a new  document  Broker   s Ally will prompt you to enter a name or use the default name    LetterX     where X  is an assigned sequence number  If you do not specify an extension  BAL is assumed  If you enter  an existing file name  the system will ask you if you wish to over write the existing file  You can  select another Disk drive  directory or file format by clicking on your choice in the appropriate scroll  box  If you try to close a letter window and have not saved the changes to the letter  the Save Letter  dialog is displayed automatically  If you have changed an 
7.    Activity Date Less than or equal to    lt    4 1 2015        Notice that the first clause is connected to the second clause with AND  meaning that both clauses  must be true in order to select a contact     Please Note  A Short Cut for creating calls list   Select Activities   Activity Date from the Field combo box  Select Is Past Date or Today       lt  Today  from the Operator combo box  Press the Refresh button every day   The operator will automatically take today   s date from your computer clock and place it into  the Date criteria        Network Users  Fi If you are running Broker   s Ally on a network  you will want to create a Call list containing only your  aie calls  You must therefore select activities assigned to you alone  Once again click the Add button  adjacent to the Search Properties list box to bring up the Search Logic window   10  Select AND in the Continue Previous Statement With group   11  Select Activities   Activity For User from the Field combo box   12  Select Equal to      from the Operator combo box     132    13  Enter your User ID  assume Xyz for this example  in the Value field   14  and click OK     On returning to Edit List dialog the Search Properties Criteria displays    Activities   Type Equal to      CALL      AND Activities   Activity Date Less than or equal to    lt    4 1 2015    AND Activities   Activity For User Equal to      XYZ         Sort Properties  Click the Add button adjacent to the Sort Properties list box to bring up t
8.    Close    sil       4    Address Hotes   Interests   User Fields   Book  Page   Agenda   Close   Zoom    Figure 92   Contact Record with Contact List    If you check Allow Account   changes  an existing Account number can be changed  If this is  disabled  unchecked   you cannot edit account numbers in the contact records  Even when  disabled  an Account number can be inserted if no account number exists in the record  You must  have the Login right to change this setting and it affects all users     Envelopes Labels Preferences    When printing envelops or mailing labels  you can control the content of the address information   Check Include Second Name to include the 2nd Name field on the contact record  Check Include  Company to include the Company name on the contact record  Check Include Comma after City  to insert a comma     after the City and before the State on the last address line     Directory Preferences    Specify the Data directory where you normally create new data sources and the Letters directory  where you normally store letters for the Letter Writer  Click on Data or Letters to select a directory     Login Preferences    If you have installed single user Broker   s Ally  you probably do not wish to bother logging in as MGR  every time you begin a session with Broker s Ally  By default  the Automatic login as MGR option  is enabled  Network administrators will want to turn off this option and not give other users the Login  right to turn it on     The othe
9.    D   E     Figure 36   Activities Calendar shown in Weekly View format       Monthly View    Click on the Monthly button to see the number of activities scheduled for each day of the current  month  The red number in the lower right hand corner of the date shows the number of activities  scheduled for that day  Each day is a button and the current day is active  button depressed    Space limitations prevent showing more than the number of events for each day  If you double  click on a different day on the Monthly view  you will go back to the Daily view to see the actual  activities for the selected day  Use the controls below the calendar to move to a different month  or year  Also to examine a different day  select the Calendar Icon located at the bottom of the  Activity Calendar window  double click on a different day  and the selected day will be  presented  You can quickly print your Activities Calendar by pressing the Printer Icon located at  the bottom of the Activities Calendar window      o Monthly Activities   Thu  Feb 6  1997  Thursday  February 6  1997  Wed Thu    La    MA     dd  Edit  Sweep  Delete    ccomplieh    Show Type   ACTION    WOKE DHE  T History    Today    February   1997    Calendar Format Activities for     C Daily C Weekly Ce Monthly C Summary   Hd    HGR    Close    00m     Zoo       Figure 37   Activities Calendar shown in Monthly View format    Summary View    An overall summary listing of Activities is shown under this view  Click on the Summ
10.    Planning   Foreign  IT Treasum   Options   IRA T ult   T Blue Chip Label 22    Label23 M Label 24   M Label 25    Label 26    Label2  T Label 28    Call Interval  fi       Records  5    Deal  Ser  De            TaulD  Gen Save       Nickname   Mar  062 510 5999  Close    Source Type        a  I    Address   Hotes    Interests   User Fields Book Page   Agenda      Figure 6   Flags and Interests Page    Integrated word processor    The Letter Writer is a full featured word processor held within Broker s Ally and it incorporates both  form and custom letters as well as a spelling checker  Having a word processor within Broker s Ally  negates the need for having alternative word processing software on your PC  With this powerful  letter writer  you can mark individual contact records to receive a particular letter  and print these  letters at the end of the day  You can identify a group of contacts and print a batch of letters using  the mail merge capability     Reporting    A very powerful feature of Broker s Ally is its ability to search through the entire database to identify  a group of records based on specific criteria  The search criteria can be any field and is frequently  zip code  date  address  user field data  flags  interests  and so on  For example  you could select all  your customers who are in the state of PA with a particular Zip code or within a range of Zip codes   all of whom have certain investment interests  assuming that you have recorded such data wit
11.    This menu item is only active when you are using the letter writer  Page Setup allows you to change  the default Tab positions and Margins  The Height and Width are determined by the printer you  have selected  You cannot change these settings     5 6 PRINT    Use the Print option on the File menu to send the current letter displayed in an active Letter Writer  window to your Printer  When you select Print from the File menu  you will be presented with a  dialog with print options  You can select specific pages and number of copies to be printed  or you  can select a different printer  On the other hand  to print a report you will use the Print button in the  Reports dialog     5 7 PRINT PREVIEW    While using the Letter Writer  the Print Preview option opens a special window and displays the  current letter as it will appear in the final printed form  It has buttons that allow you to page forward  or backward and print the current letter  This is a handy feature that allows you to see things before  you print them in order to save you from wasting paper and time  The Reports function has a  separate Print Preview facility     5 8 PRINT SETUP    The Print Setup option displays the standard Windows Printer Setup dialog  This allows you to  specify the Printer to use with the Letter Writer  In Windows  you must highlight your desired printer   click on the File Menu  and select Properties for the printer options     The Setup button brings up a secondary printer setup dialog
12.   An orphaned record is one whose parent contact no longer exists because  you have deleted a data source        Maintenance    Files  T ables  Data Source     ACTIY_ DBF  ALERT DEF Demo Database  BOOK DEBF Export Database  BRORKER DBF Lead Database  FHAIN DEF Hain Database  GLIST_DBF Seminar Attendees  GHASTER DBF   GSTATE DBF   HIST DBF   IHN DE   MAIN DBF   NMAIN DBF  REMRES_DBF  locked    SECUR DBF Rebuild All  TALLYS DBF  USRFLD  DBF    Cancel       Figure 80   Maintenance Options    74    No other users may use broker e Ally during the repair process since it requires exclusive  use of the files  If a file is in use by another user  the Maintenance option will place      locked     next to the file name     Select a Broker s Ally data source  and then choose one or more files belonging to the data source  to rebuild  A file in use by you or other users will be marked as     locked     indicating that you cannot  re index it  Close all open windows to unlock the files  Broker s Ally cannot lock the files to prevent  other users from intruding on the maintenance process  Thus it is imperative that no one be using  the files while Maintenance is in progress     You may click on Rebuild All to re index all unlocked files for a selected data source     lf Direct File Access is enabled  every time you create a new list  such as a Calls List  the list file   GLIST DBF  is packed and re indexed     Warning  The index repair feature of Broker s Ally does not eliminate the need f
13.   Broker s Aly Broker s Ally Realy Aly Sales Ally 4 0  Vi       Figure 57   Program Icons    Archimedes Ally Products MS Publisher Network        Figure 58   Group Icons    The icons are designed to show a graphical image of the program it represents  Most of the icons  include a written caption underneath to help you identify its function  If the caption is highlighted  the  item is said to be Selected  You select the icons by clicking on them with the mouse pointer  You  can also select an icon with a group by pressing the Tab or Shift Tabo keys  You can shift to another  group by pressing Cl Tab     Starting a program    You can start a program or maximize a group by selecting its icon and pressing Enter or by double  clicking on the icon     4 4 MENU    All general Windows commands and options are listed on the Main Menu  Windows is said to be  menu driven because you can select its options from menus rather than typing the commands with a  keyboard     File Edit Contact View Portal    New Data Source     Database Operations d    ODBC Settings     TAPI Settings       Page Seti   Print  tee  He Preview     Print Setup          Figure 59   Windows Drop Down Menu Example    55    When you click on one of the main menu options  e g   File  you will see a drop down list of  additional options associated with the selected menu headings  To select the feature you want  click  the mouse button when the pointer is on the option name  A shortcut key is also available for some  of t
14.   You can add an unlimited number of notes  aner       You can add New notes by pressing the New button below  Data Source     E spires     Include m  Activity  Function  Records  5    e    Send Email  Seve    Close    New   Quick  Lt   Mark    Review   Date   Delete   Spell af 2    gt       Category  Noe sl Access     lt None gt     Address    Notes   Interests   User Fields   Book Page   Agenda      Figure 105   Notes page for capturing conversations and information       You can accumulate an unlimited number of notes for each contact  Each note is automatically  stamped with the date and time it was created  and it is labeled with your User ID as originator of the  note  To segregate one note from all the rest  and to enable you to quickly print a fulfillment mailing  label  you can    mark    a note for printing using either the Marked Notes report or the Marked Notes  labels report  When the Notes page is opened  you will see the most recent note  if one exists    otherwise the notepad is ready to accept a new note  Use the scroll bar on the right to browse  among the notes     To remove all changes to a note since you last saved it  select Undo on the Edit menu  If you have  marked a note or changed its date  Broker   s Ally also resets these changes     A note is automatically saved when you leave the Notes page or browse to another note  You do vi  not need to click the Save button     we    Buttons  New    103    Click the Add button to clear the note display area a
15.   monthly  quarterly and annually changing data types     The FT IDC  Financial Times Interactive Data Corporation  data feed connectivity option is provided  within Broker s Ally under the File  Database Operations  Import Menu  You must contact FT IDC  directly for this data feed subscription  There will be a fee charged by FT IDC to provide the data you  require with the frequency you demand  Other vendors have created other systems and we can  accommodate their data formats under specific task order request     Categories of data provided by FT IDC are equities  including mutual funds   ADR evaluations   Options  corporate and government bonds  FNMA  GNMA  and FHLMC pass through pools   municipal bonds  commodity and futures contracts  collateralized mortgage obligations  CMO  and  Asset backed securities  ABS      m    FI Interactive Data      FINANCIAL TIMES       www FTID com http  Awww interactivedata rts com    These data feeds are provided to you for the purpose of    e Portfolio Reporting  Create current value reports for currently held positions and  investments    e Performance Reporting  Ability to create performance reports based on dates    e Index Performance Reporting  Creating reports depicting portfolio growth with reference  to indices such as S amp P 500  Dow Jones  Nasdaq  Russell 2000  etc  Load alternative  indices to measure performance    e Track Tax Lots  Added database extensions to store all historic positions  transactions   and tax lots    e Bu
16.   or double click on a template  to merge the template with the  contact information and insert a Quick Letter into the notepad  Click on New to create a new  template or click on Edit to change a selected template     Templates normally have a BAQ extension and are stored in the letters directory  which is specified  in User Preferences     Quick Letter Setup    105    In the Quick Letter dialog  click on New or Edit to go to Quick Letter Setup  The large window on the  left is a scrollable notepad where you enter the text and merge codes for the Quick Letter template   You can compose a simple  generic letter  Utilize merge codes wherever you want to insert specific  contact information such as contact name  address  current date  and your name              Quick Letter Template Setup EJ    Template     Merge Codes        CN  this is the set up for Company Name merge beid   Aa SE Ge Zeie S   OP  Alternate Phone    Ae  Altermate Extension  ICH  Company Mame    OT  Current Date    FM  Formal Name    FP  Fax Phone    HP  Home Phone    LN  Long Name       Help                   Save   Save   z      Cancel         Figure 107   Quick Letter setup dialog    A merge code can be entered manually or selected from the list box on the right  Position the cursor  in the template  double click on a merge code in the list box  and the merge code will be dropped  into the template at the insertion point     You will select a template in the Quick Letter dialog to create a Quick Letter for 
17.  166   Search and Replace       When you have entered the Search for text and the Replace with text  the Replace and Replace All  buttons will be activated  If you select Replace  the next occurrence of the Search text will be  highlighted and a new dialog will appear with four buttons  Find Next  Replace  Replace All  and  Cancel  Click on Find Next to skip to the next occurrence of the search text  click on Replace to  make this replacement  click on Replace All to replace all occurrences  or click on Cancel to abort  Search and Replace  If you select Replace All  all occurrences of the Search text will be replaced  according to the setting of the search controls  from beginning or current cursor position  forward or  backward  etc       Insert    Use the Insert dialog to insert special data such as dates  merge fields  page breaks  other  documents  pictures  or even tables into the current document  It consists of several option buttons  to select the type of data to be inserted  and a list box that fills with the choices associated with the  selected option  When you select an item from the list box  and click on Insert  the item is inserted  into the letter at the current insertion point  The options are     168    Letterwriter   Insert E4    Ce Contact  C Date  C Page  C User    C Document       COMMENT IC  Picture  COMPANY   COUNTRY C Table  FAXPHONE   FIRS TNAME   FULL NAME   HOMEPHONE   INITIAL    CARRIERRTE       Figure 167   Insert Dialog    Contact  When you sele
18.  Ally     Interest Labels KX  Local Local Local Local  Det  Det  Det  Det       ess    Municipal  wn Itzeg  Clown  Treasury     M  Blue Chip  P Jlaber25    M  Bonds     Managed  r  Options      Gase   Ca    Cancel      Pias  WER  SEH  SES  God  Gd    Help      Den  w seg  SSC  SU  SETEN  WIESEN       Figure 96   Interests Dialog    92    In network installations  each Interest label applies to all users unless you check the Local Definition  box  A local definition is used only on your PC  The system administrator can restrict access to  some or all Interest labels in the setup dialog by selectively assigning Interest setup rights     User Fields Setup    The User Fields button brings up the User Fields setup dialog  This dialog allows you to specify the  name and type of each of the 3 pages of sixteen  for a total of 48  user definable fields  The name  will appear on the User Fields page of the Contact view  The type will be used to validate any data  entered by insuring that it conforms to the specified data type  i e   date fields must contain valid  dates and numeric fields must contain only numbers  Furthermore  each User Field has a  Remembered Response check box  If you choose to save the history of responses for a field  check  the Remem Resp check box  Remembered Responses allow you to choose a previous entry rather  than manually enter one for a given field  These settings apply to all Broker s Ally data sources and  all users of Broker   s Ally     User Field Defi
19.  Ally  even if Broker   s Ally  is minimized and you are working with another Windows application  The Alert system is Broker s  Ally s alarm clock  and it will notify you when a scheduled activity comes due  When the alarm goes  off  the Alert dialog pops up and displays the current event along with any other events that may  require your attention     You can do one of the following    e Click the Zoom button to go directly to the appropriate contact window in Broker s Ally    e Click the Snooze button to delay 10 minutes before issuing the same alarm again  You can  change the Snooze delay by clicking on the up down arrows next to the Snooze button    e Click the Edit button to change the scheduled activity    e Click the Delete button to remove the alarm event  This does not erase the scheduled activity   only the alarm associated with this activity     43    e Click the Close button to leave the dialog and continue using Broker   s Ally     Activity Alarms for MGA   37471997 11 08 AH    The following activity alarms have come due     37471997 10 30 AM Kenneth Armstrong  47471997 10 15 AH Shiley Bamber  37471997 10 05 AM Douglas Allen  37471997 10 03 4M Gregory Walters    Description  Yearly Review   Tax review Type  MEETING    Snooze 10 S Edit   Delete   Close      Figure 44   Alert Alarm Dialog       When you click the Zoom button or double click on a contacts name  the Alert system will take  you to the contact record for this activity  The Zoom button will not be acti
20.  Armstrong  Shirley Bamberger  Kenneth Armstrong  Douglas Allen    Follow up to Nam A  Just keeing in tour  Follow up to bailir  Call to follow up o1  Follow up to Mailin  Call to check in  Call to check in  Call to check in  Discuss Portfolio  Call to check in  Call to check in    Call to check in  Follow up to Mad  Follow up to Mailin  6 Month Review    Y    kd History    E Fa    Activities for     Calendar Format ZU    Figure 47   History Summary Showing Accomplished Activities       A more detailed history report would be the Weekly History Report  This report will show you the  number of activities you scheduled and the number of activities you accomplished for each Activity  Type  Call  Action  Meeting  etc  The graphical report will process the activity information on the  previous week Sunday through Saturday  This report includes Goals that you setup in User  Preferences  User Info section  Below is an example of the Weekly History report for the Activities  Type  Call     46    CALL Number of Events  Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat Total Goal   Scheduled 10 27 29 15 25 42 0 148 100   Accomplished 15 39 41 24 33 45 0 197 100       Figure 48   Weekly History Report    3 8 SEND YOUR CONTACTS MARKETING LETTERS    The Broker s Ally word processor  also known as the Letter Writer  is designed to perform a  multitude of writing tasks  You can compose new letters  amend old ones  and send individual or  group mailings and merge contact record information to produce personalized
21.  Capital Gro 1000 1 50 1500 00 0 00  Mortel Metworks Cor 100 13 00 1300 00 0 00 Data Source   Records  3  Open Cost  21 800  00  Mkt Value  22 290 00 Save      Mkt Gain Loss  S90  00  Cash  28200 00 Do Led  Buying Power  75685  UU    Lon    Expanded Transaction and Cash Ledgers for Portfolio Management    Address   Notes   Interests   User Fields    Book Page   Agenda         Edit Security    Mame  ICGE    JIntemet Capital Group  Type    Stock          m m     Annual Income  jo    Maturity Date     k Pricing Service   Interactive Data sl Add      Delete    Corporate Actions      Edit Prices   Close      Global Change Pricing Service  From Interactive Data sl Tol Interactive Data sl UK      Figure 25   CUSIP and Descriptor Fields Added            e Sorting Flexibility  Created multiple screen display sorting methods including sorting by  description  quantity  price  market value  and gain or loss  in either ascending or  descending numeric or alphabetic order for ease of reading and viewing     28          I Robert Adams ete ee    EE    AT amp T Corp             SIE  Account     56985634    Gu Holdings Ledger    DM FIICE Mkt Value    Damd oss              s00 20 00                    It 100 45 90 9590 00 590 00 Owner  wos     Internet Capital Gro 1000 1 50 1500 00 0 00 l    100 13 00 1300 00 o oo  Date Source     Direction  Ce Ascending    Sort By         Ce Description             Open Cost  21 800 00 C Quantity C Descending             Mkt Value  22 390 00  Mkt Gain Loss  5
22.  Ctrl V  to copy text to and from  the Scratch Pad  This means that you can use the Scratch Pad as a repository of standard data  entries that you can easily paste into any of the data screens  For example  you might want to enter  a list of all your broker dealers in the Scratch Pad so that you can easily look them up or copy one of  them into an individual contacts record or note     7  SCRMGR BAP Bis    ZEZE  B  Z  u        U I 2 J b      j   l       j E   E      k    Fedex numbers  This is sample text in the scratch pad  The scratch pad uses all features of the Broker s  Ally Letter Writer       Figure 179   Scratch Pad    11 6 SALES SCRIPTS    Sales Scripts are text files that you can customize to provide standard scripts for sales calls or any  other scripted conversation  You can build as many such scripts as desired and display one or more  at any time  This feature allows you to create whole libraries of scripts for specific campaigns or  telemarketing efforts  The script files are normally stored in the Letters Directory with the extension  BAS  Broker   s Ally Scripts   You can even develop and distribute standard scripts to multiple  locations for coordinated marketing efforts     To create a sales script  choose Sales Scripts from the Tools Menu  select New to create a new  sales script    181    i INTRO BAS Miel x    INTROD DUCTION  Hello  ny name is from  corporation      I believe you may be someone who might profit from our investment advice and  I d like to 
23.  Daily View Tomat  36  Figure 36   Activities Calendar shown in Weekly View Tomat  37  Figure 37   Activities Calendar shown in Monthly View Tomat  38  Figure 38   Activates Calendar shown in Summary View Tomat  38  Figure Ee dialog WER 39  FIGUIE4O   LIST  TEMPIALeS EE 40  P iQue  AER e 41  Fe US EE AUIS LVS De e EE 43  Blelfle E We 43  Figure 44  Alert Alarm DIGI OG BE 44  Figure 45   Marked Note Report Printed on Mailing Labels                  ccccceeescccecsseesseceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 44  Figure 46   Marked Note ZE eege dee deeg 45  Figure 47   History Summary Showing Accomplished Activities                 cccccccccceseeseeseeeeeeeeeeaaaeeeeeees 46  Figure 48   Weekly History REDOM EE 47  Figure 49   Pull Down Menu showing sales and account management Campagne    48  Figure o0   sample Calls Campaign LIS anannino ia Geeks theta eae teteeua Secaiaueuaea 49  Figure 51   List of people you have selected to call in your marketing Campaignm     49  Figure 62 ENEE ue  E 50  Figure 53   Selecting maturing securities            ccc ceeeeceeceeecceeeeeeesseeeeeeeeeeeesseeeeeeeseeaeseesseeeeeeeesseaseeeeeeees 50  Figure 54   Windows display             nnnna0nnnnoneannnnnannnnnnnonnnnnrennnrrnnsrnnrrennnnnnrrenrnrnrenrntrennnnrtrennrnrerennnnreeenne 52    FOUE ogs Le TEE 54    Sie tee RE 54  Figure s7 FOOrANY e 55  Figure DC  GOURD Nee E 55  Figure 59   Windows Drop Down Menu Exvample ENEE EN 55  Figure 60   Active Programs IN ue e UE 56  FOUC WE VI EE 57  Figure 62  User Prel
24.  Docking Upload to pass additions and revisions back to the network data  source when you come back into the office and connect to your network     Broker   s Ally will asks you  Plugged into a docking station   on start up after you have checked the  Docking Station option and have downloaded a  snapshot  of your network data  Your answer will  determine the next course of action    e Yes to use the Main data source on the network file server  or   e Noto use the local copy of the Main data source     Docking Download  The Docking Download transfers only the data in the Main data source that you have privileges to  view  You cannot download private Broker s Ally data sources located on the file server  only the  Main data source can be transferred using this Docking Download feature     Please Note  When undocked  private data sources which reside on your PC will have only contact    information and notes  This is because postings  activities  histories  etc  are stored on the file  server and are not downloaded        Docking Upload  The Docking Upload feature allows you to upload all of your changes back to the network file server   Otherwise  changes you make to the local copy of the Main data source will be lost when you next  download from the server   Docking Upload passes changes to Contacts  Notes  Postings  Activities  Histories  Securities   Remembered Responses  Phone Tallies  Alerts  and new User Field information back to the main  database located on the network
25.  FS Partner    Market News Commentary    APPENDIX H   TELEPHONE TRAINING SERVICES    Productivity Improvement    Personal computers can increase the productivity and organization of account representatives and  their support staff  However  if users fail to adequately learn important software features  they can be  left in a position of weakness    often resulting in a total rejection of the personal computer     Telephone Training For You    In order to help avoid a rejection of your computerization plan  Scherrer Resources  Inc  has  developed a Telephone Training Service whereby your advisors can receive software training at the  comfort of their desk on their own telephone  By making an appointment with a knowledgeable  training representative you and your support staff can learn the proper use of Broker   s Ally and how  to run it on your hardware     Objectives    The objective is to raise your productivity by increasing your level of knowledge and facility with  Broker   s Ally software on your PC  Telephone Training will help you coordinate the process of selling  and supporting accounts with your computer  By obtaining Telephone Training Services  you will be  more proficient and comfortable with the technology  Consequently  you can achieve greater  productivity and better customer support     Through a discussion with your Telephone Training Service representative  you can set up a one   hour  or more  appointment to be trained on the software  Then  you can spend 
26.  Figure 76   Global Assign Delete Lists    1  Use Select by Owner to display the Lists belonging to a particular user  or no user   Select a  user from the combo box pull down list  or enter a User ID and click on a different edit control   Select  lt No Owner gt  to view Lists belonging to nobody    2  The Lists belonging to the selected owner appear under Lists  Click on the List you wish to re   assign and click on the new owner under Owner  The master table will be updated  When you  select a List  BA displays the data source on which it is based     Please Note  You must have the User ID Edit right to reach this dialog  The contents of the Select  T  by Owner and Owner controls may not include all valid users unless you have access to all users     Global Assign Delete for Activities and Histories    Use the Activities or Histories button to assign Activities or Histories belonging to one user to  another user  or you can delete them for a specified user  The following explanation for Activities  applies equally to Histories     To assign Activities or Histories    1  Select the Assign or Histories button    2  Select the user who currently owns the Activities or Histories in the from User list box    3  Select the user to whom you wish to assign the Activities or Histories in the To User list box    4  To move all types of Activities or Histories  make no selection in the Activity Types list box   Otherwise select one or more activity types    5  To move all Activities 
27.  Global Changes for Plan  Sales Planner   The Sales Planner is used to create sales and marketing campaigns for individual contacts or a  group of contacts  You can create many different sales plans and have them readily available for  future selling opportunities     Applying a Sales Plan to a List   Once you have created your Campaign List  click on File  Database Operations  Global Change   Choose a Broker s Ally data source in which your list exists   Check List and choose the List Type   Click on the Plan button in the Add section of the Global Change dialog   Select the start date of your plan   Highlight the plan you wish to Apply  and press OK  At the Global Changes Dialog  press Start  Broker s Ally will display your lists that have been created  Highlight the list you would like the  Sales Plan to be applied and press View List   Press the Global Changes button and you plan will be applied to your selected group of contacts     ort ee    71    Global Assign Delete for Lists  Use the List button to assign a List to a new owner  Thus  you can assign a List without an owner to  a particular user  Furthermore  you can re assign a List belonging to one user to a new owner  For  example  you can assign a prospect list to another representative using this function     Assign Delete Lists    List  Owner     New Prospects for 2002  MGA  GAOUPS cho Owner   Prospects From Seminar  MGA  GAOUPS    ry       Data Source  Main Database    Show Lists for     Delete   Help           
28.  Help       Figure 192   The Help   Help Menu             13 2 SEARCH    The Search option from the Help menu displays the Help window in Search mode  You can enter  any word or phrase  and Help will find the appropriate topics in the help file  If the Help system  cannot find an exact match  it will still present the closest match  allowing you to scroll to the topic  that matches your entry most closely     190              Help Topics  Broker s Ally Help    gt    x        Indes   Find      1 Type the first few letters of the word you re looking for     see    2 Click the indes entry you want  and then click Display        Action List  Activities  Activities Calendar  Activity For   d    BAS upgrade  Barcodes    Eritit      Cancel      Figure 193   Help Search    13 3 USING HELP    The Using Help menu option display detailed instruction for using the Help system     191       How to Use Help    File Edit Bookmark Help    not visible in the Help window     To choose a Help topic    Or press TAB to select the topic  and then press ENTER     Introduction  Help Basics    How To       Annotate a Help Topic   Choose a Jump   Copy a Help Topic onto the Clipboard  Define and Use Bookmarks   Get Help from our Application   keep Help on Top of Other Windows  Move Around in Help     pen Another Help File   Frinta Help Topic   ocroll Through a Help Topic   search fora Help Topic   View an Application and Help Together    Commands and Buttons  File Menu Commands   Edit Menu Commands  Bo
29.  INVESTMENT Last Contact   6 8 1956   Dee MGR Bakes    ata Source   Address  frio East Market Status   Prospect    o Box 1594 i     Prospect Database    Country    Carrier Route    T No Mail TEEN  Work  407 555 1212 ent  Home  407 666 9987 ere e    Alt Phone  407 21 5 6666 et Fax   407 555 7876    Comments     For Help  press F1  Calls 0  Contacts 0  Tue Mar 18 1997 02 36PM MGR    Figure 185   Arranged Icons       12 4 CLOSE ALL    The Close All option on the Window menu  will close all open Broker s Ally windows except the main  window  It is particularly useful for    clearing the desk    before beginning a new process     12 5 OPEN WINDOW LIST    The Open Window List is a section of the Window menu that grows every time a new Broker s Ally  window is opened  Each open window is listed on the menu in the order that it was opened  until the  window is closed  You can simultaneously move an open window to the front of a cascade display  and activate it by clicking on its name in the Open Windows List  This option is particularly useful for  finding and displaying windows that have been lost behind other open windows     186        amp  Broker s Ally Portfolio Version 6 51 for Gregory S  Walters  File Edit View Portfolio Mail Tools KIK Help    ie BIN     BF Betty Baker Ssa o  Eix  BP Diane Black Close Al Piei Ea   Pe Is  WP Mary Peters 1 Betty Baker Miei Ea       CONTACTS  24  PII ES   R Carol Wagner 2 CONTACTS  24 SSEllk CONTACTS SSES    3 Diane Black rol Wagner  4 CONTACTS  
30.  Phone Number field of the Dialer  and you  merely have to click on Dial to initiate the call  For your convenience  we have also placed buttons  next to the Work  Home  and Alternate phone numbers on the contact screen so you can quickly pull  up the Dialer  fetch the number  and begin dialing  If you have not highlighted a phone number prior  to calling the dialer  Broker s Ally will prompt you to enter a number in the Dialer dialog         Phone Dialer   CONNECTED 00 00 28  Number   EIFI EEE Feral     Options Contacted   Cancel      Figure 174   Phone Dialer         After a phone number has been entered into the Dialer dialog    1  Click on the Dial button to dial the phone number  When using one of the contact window  dialing procedures  the number is dialed automatically    2  After the call is dialed  you must pick up the telephone handset and click on the Talk button in  the second dialog before beginning a conversation  The second dialog disappears     175    3  If you make contact with the party  click on Contacted  This will update the number of contacts  in the phone tallies on the status bar  When using one of the contact window dialing procedures   it will also update the Last Contact date in the contact record    4  Atthe conclusion of your phone call  click on Hang Up  This will hang up the phone and erase  the dialog     The Dialer keeps track of the number of calls you make as well as the number of successful contacts   if you use the Contacted button   The t
31.  Show last contact C Activities Calendar       Figure 62   User Preferences dialog    Creating a New Data Source    When you select New Data Source  the Create New Data Source dialog appears  The dialog box  contains a listing of all previously defined data sources and the input fields for creating a new one   The scroll box showing existing data sources is inactive and displayed for information purposes only   The Scroll box at the top right allows you to select the data source to be used for the new Broker   s  Ally data source  If you are a single user  the only available option is Local Data  However  if you  are a network user with more than one data source defined  you should select the data source most  appropriate for the new data source you are creating  Your system administrator can provide  guidance as to the correct data source selection     59    Create New Data Source    Data Source Description  Data Source Type       dBase Data  Intersoly  sl    File Hame             Mam Database    Test R       Cancel   Help      Figure 63   New Data Source Dialog    Enter a text description of the new Broker s Ally data source in the input box located at the top left   The text description has no required format but should be short and descriptive  The middle right  box is used to enter a unique file name  The file or table name you enter will be used unaltered as  the name of the contact file  To maintain order  Broker s Ally will automatically append an extension  appropria
32.  This menu offers options for Copying  Moving  Deleting  Dialing  Marking  Linking and Printing  It is  important to understand that the Contact menu options act on the currently displayed record and not  the entire list of found or added records  The specific options are as follows     vi Broker s Ally Network Potto       File Edit  Contact Miew Portfolio    A     Q   f Delete       Mowe    Dial    Mark  a Letter       Associate Links    Household Links      Print d       Contact s Agenda    115    Figure 116   Contact Menu    Delete    The Delete command removes the displayed record from the current data source  It removes all  contact information  notes  transactions  activities  history  list entries  and marked letters  This isa  permanent deletion and there is no way to    undelete    the contact     Copy    Use the Copy option to create a new record utilizing most of the data in the current record as a  starting point  Broker s Ally will insert the new record into the current database and copies over all  visible information except for Open Date  Last Contact date  notes  transactions  scheduled  activities  history  and marked letters  The new record appears in a separate window and is linked to  the current record because it is assumed they are associated with each other     Move    The Move command copies the current record to another data source and then deletes it from the  current data source  It copies all relevant data including notes  transactions  scheduled a
33.  Wizard using    Word Basic    from Microsoft  thus we utilize existing functionality of Word s mail  merge system     Due to some limitations of Word s mail merge system  you should be aware of the following     After creating a document with Broker s Ally Mail Merge Wizard do not select Mail Merge Helper  or Edit Data Source from the tool bar    Ignore messages such as  Word could not parse your query options into a valid SQL string  and   The SQL string is too complex for Word to parse   These are invalid messages    Some unnecessary additional documents may be created when the Broker s Ally Mail Merge  Wizard constructs your mail merge document  Ignore them    You must select the label form you wish to use before you run the Broker s Ally Mail Merge  Wizard to create a labels document  See Labels Tutorial in the Help file    The Broker s Ally technical support staff is not trained to answer questions about Microsoft Word   We can only answer questions relating directly to the Broker s Ally Mail Merge Wizard  not  general issues concerning Word s mail merge     198    APPENDIX B  ODBC SUPPORTED DATABASES    Broker   s Ally ODBC Architecture   For corporate large installations  we offer an option to plug in other ODBC databases  This is a  custom installation and not directly possible with Broker s Ally  Broker s Ally was engineered to  operate within both a simple and or a robust environment scaling from single PC to enterprise  installations  One of the methods to accompl
34.  a Call List campaign is one way to  optimize your calling campaigns  You want to spend the most time on those people that currently or  potentially will bring you the most business  The Call Lists option allows you to do this by creating a  campaign list by some criteria and then sorting them based on one or more common criteria  You  can identify those records by such things as income  net worth  Activity Date  Activity Type  Status   City  Rating or other contact and activity fields  In addition  you can sort the list using any field or  combination of fields  such as Activity Date  Last Name  and Rating  Now you have a readily  accessible group of records that is a subset of your selected data source prioritized in such a way  that you are calling your best clients and prospects first     The Call Lists option allows you to create a series of selected lists of individual contacts based on  one or more common features  Broker s Ally doesn t actually extract the data into a separate  database for each list  Rather it maintains a set of identifiers that reference individual records in  your data source  This means that if you edit an individual s address  the change will be reflected in  every list in which the individual appears     When you select Call Lists from Campaigns on the View menu  the system displays the Call Lists  dialog  It contains two list boxes on the left called Available Lists and Data Sources  You will have a  different set of saved lists for each Broker
35.  a mailing label for fulfilling mailing requests  After  typing a note  you can    mark it    for printing  To print out the label you select the Marked Notes  feature from within this Mail Menu  When you select Marked Notes from the Mail menu  you can  choose either Report or Labels  The Marked Notes Report produces a report of all marked notes  whereas the Marked Notes Labels command produces mailing labels for the marked notes  You can  also produce the report or labels from Reports under the View menu  See Notes Page in Chapter 3  for instructions on marking a note    You can use the Marked Notes Report to create a    To Do    list from your contact notes  This feature  is great for printing follow up instructions and its associated mailing label  such as    Send information  on Sun Microsystems stock     The Marked Notes Labels option produces a hybrid label and report   The concept is that this feature will print both a mailing label for the marked contact record together  with instructions about what to mail to that contact  The instructions are formatted to fit on the label  adjacent to the mailing label  You read the instructions from the note about what to include in the  mailing  and then peel the mailing label and affix it to the envelope     173    10 4 GROUP LETTER    This is the mail merge feature of Broker   s Ally  the process of merging contact information into a  single letter which is the same for all the contacts  The Group Letter option allows you to cre
36.  back into Windows  the ODBC drivers will be reinitialized  Restart Broker s Ally     Q  When   start up Broker   s Ally    get a message on the screen    File locking not  available     What does this mean    Broker s Ally needs a DOS program called Share to be running before you can work in the program   Share should be loaded automatically in your autoexec bat file  Exit out of windows  and type  SHARE EXE at the C prompt  This will load the DOS share program  For more information on  SHARE EXE  consult your DOS manual     Q  Do   need to back up my data    YES  Your business depends on it  The Rebuild  Maintenance  function can fix the majority of  problems that can occur  but it is possible that a database may become damaged beyond repair   When maintenance is not possible  your only recourse is to restore data files from backup diskettes   Always maintain several sets of backup diskettes which are used in rotation  backup diskettes are  not immune to failure  There are numerous backup software products available which are faster and  more reliable than the BACKUP and RESTORE programs that accompany DOS  Refer to the  Backup in chapter 1  The file to back up is ALLYWIN MDB     Q  How do I set the date and time within Broker   s Ally    Broker s Ally gets the date and time from your computer  There are two places where you can set  your time and date  First  you can type DATE to set the date and TIME to set the time at the C  prompt  The other is to double click on your C
37.  by investment  managers in reporting their investment results     Bank Administration Institute  BAI    The formula used to determine the internal rate of return   IRR  of a portfolio  Also  a professional association that  among other things  has created a set of  calculation standards and guidelines for financial instruments  Their standard calculation formula   MVE      F   1 R      where E is cash flow  and W  is the proportion of the period that the cash flow  was in or out of the portfolio     Basis   The cost and out of pocket expenses  e g   commission  of acquiring an investment asset  In  Broker s Ally the    total    price depicted on the Post Open Position screen that includes fees   commissions  and interest  When the investor sells the asset  the basis is subtracted from the sales  price to determine the short or long term capital gain  or loss      Basis Point   One hundredth of a percentage point  0 01   of yield on a bond or note  Broker   s Ally  often depicts yields in hundredths of percentage points     149    Bearer Bond   A bond that does not have the owner s name registered on the books of the issuing  company and that is payable to the holder  Can be tracked in Broker   s Ally as    Held outside at  on  the Post Open Position screen     Bond   Basically an IOU or promissory note of a corporation  In Broker s Ally  bonds are tracked on  the securities list by name or CUSIP number  A bond is evidence of a debt on which the issuing  company promises to p
38.  contact window does not  have focus  the Contact field will show    REMINDER     and you cannot change this field   Such an  activity is not associated with any contact and is called a Reminder Activity     Now that you have created several scheduled activities  you can view your schedule through the  Activities Calendar     Sales Planner    There is a Sales Planner incorporated into Broker   s Ally  The Sales Planner is used to create sales  and marketing campaigns for individual contacts or a group of contacts meeting specific criteria   such as Rating   Hot  You can create multiple Sales Campaigns and store them for future use  The  Sales Planner is available in the Broker s Ally Gold level and above  We suggest you create your  own 12 step sales plan as follows  4 annual portfolio reviews on a quarterly basis  plus 8 telephone  calls to check in with your best customers often     View Sales Plans    Plan Name    Chent Review   6 Month  Gathering Assets   Top 100  High Growth   Weekly Contact  Prospecting 101   Prospecting 102   Seminar Planning       Figure 33   Sales Planner  Plans       35    3 3 WORKING WITH YOUR ACTIVITIES CALENDAR    When you have entered activities into your database  you can view your schedule through the  Activities Calendar  The Activities Calendar displays the activities you have scheduled or someone  has assigned to you  You can display your schedule in Daily  Weekly  Monthly  or Summary views   Select the corresponding radio button at the bot
39.  each contact  Click the Start button to make the  changes     Global Changes for changing Owners  Select Change to put a new Owner in each contact record  Select Replace to substitute a new  Owner for a specified existing Owner  The New value is inserted only when the Old value is found   Select Delete to remove the Owner when the specified Old value is found     70    Global Changes for changing Flags  Select Add to add a new Flag to each contact record  Select Replace to substitute a new Flag for a  specified existing Flag  The New value is inserted only when the Old value is found  Select Delete  to remove the Flag you specify in the Old value edit box     Global Changes for Interests  Select Add to check an Interest in each contact record  Highlight the appropriate Interest in the New  Value list box  Select Replace to substitute a new Interest for a specified existing Interest  The New  value is checked only when the Old value has been checked  Select Delete to uncheck the Interest  you highlight in the Old Value list box     Global Changes for Activities and Histories  Use this dialog to enter the information for Global Changes when adding an Activity or History  to a group of contacts  In the case shown below  a group of contacts will be assigned a new year  call on January 11  2013     Add Activity  Scheduled      OK    Activity For   MGR sl Entered Bu  MGR sl    Cancel    Description             Lompen    Wate ime          Figure 75   Global Change   Add Activity   
40.  etc    When performing an ASCII export   you cannot export related notes  etc   and we do not recommend exporting contacts and  securities simultaneously    5  Click on Start to proceed to other dialogs     ASCII Export  ASCII Export writes the contact fields you choose to a text file  When exporting security information   all fields are written to a text file  Every field is enclosed in double quotes        each field is  separated from the next field with a comma      and each record is terminated with  lt CR gt  lt LF gt   After  you click on Start  the Open ASCII File dialog allows you select a destination directory and enter a  filename for the text file to be created  If you choose an existing file  the export engine will delete the  current contents of the file before writing to it  Click on OK to continue     When exporting contacts  the Contact Fields to Export dialog allows you to select the fields to write  to the file  To select multiple fields  hold down the Cirl key and click on as many fields as you wish   To select a group of adjacent fields  hold down the Ctrl key and left mouse button while you drag the  mouse pointer over them  You may select FULL NAME to create a single field with a composite  name such as Mr  and Mrs  John J  Jones  Jr  Click on OK to start exporting  The order of the fields  in the file is the same as the order of selections in the Contact Fields list box  top to bottom     Contact Fields to Export    Contact Fields  L      ACCOUNT  ADD
41.  file server     Please Note  Marked Letters and Lists are not uploaded and consequently will be overwritten  whenever you perform a docking download  T     69       Global Changes    Use this feature to change information over the entire database  You can modify the Owner field   thus reassigning the account to another representative   Flags  or Interests held within a selected  group of contacts  or the whole database  Furthermore  you can add an Activity or History to a  selected group of contacts  Global Changes is found on the File menu under Database Operations        Global Changes    Modify Data Source  Data Source         Select Contacts by    Test IT List EGetoez  Groups     T Owner per    Add Change    Owner   Flag   Interest      Add  Acctrvity   History   Plan   Start    Global 4ssign Delete    Lists            Activities   Histories         Figure 74   Global Changes dialog    Selecting Contacts   Choose a Broker s Ally data source and select the contacts you wish to affect by    e Uncheck List and Owner to change all contacts in the data source    e Check List and choose a List Type to use a list of contacts    e Check Owner and enter an Owner to change only the contacts with the specified Owner  If you  are using a list  you will change only the contacts in the list having the specified Owner     Select Item  Click the Owner  Flag or Interest button to enter the change you wish to make  Or click the Activity  or History button to add an Activity or History for
42.  for Gregory S  Walters  File Edit Contact View Portfolio Tools Window Help    RODS aa Bley lel  k2 210     Robert Adams Marked Letters     pe Douglas Allen Marked Notes r Report    Group Letter    Labels     Douglas C  Allen Account  Douglas Allen    EEN j 23654987  Open Date  fai 7 1989    Company     wont FINANCIAL Last Contact   127 371958 Owner   AC102    H Data Source   Address   325 West Creek Road 1    Prospect Database    Country      Carrier Route    TI No Mail e ge  Work  425 654 9865 ent  Home  426 555 6589 ima  Alt Phone   eat  Fax   426 551  6321    Comments      Address Note   Interests    User Fields   Book Page   Agenda         Colles D  Contacts 0    Wed  Mar 26 1997 01 28PM  MGR  Figure 156   Mail Menu    The Mail menu is the primary resource for creating and printing letters  labels and envelopes  In this   section  we will discuss the integrated word processor called the Letter Writer as well as the process  for printing Marked Letters  Marked Notes  and mass mailings to selected groups of people using the  process of mail merge     10 1 LETTER WRITER    The Letter Writer in Broker   s Ally is a fully integrated  full function word processor  You can open the  Letter Writer at any time regardless of what you are doing  It is not necessary to leave the Contact  view to start up the Letter Writer  When you start up the Letter Writer  it will occupy its own window  positioned on top of the current contact window     Note  You can also use the Letter Writer t
43.  format  You may export contacts  and or related notes   postings  activities  etc   and or securities to another Broker s Ally data source or external database   If you export to an external database  you can transport the information to another computer     Export      To           Export Type     Data Source     Test    Broker s Ally for Windows vis       Using    IT List lish tiupe    Groups E      IT Last Edit date hangee site  T          Data  M Contacts M Related Notes  Postings  etc   Cancel    T Securities __ Cancel      Help       Figure 70   Export Dialog    If you have the Gold or above version of Broker s Ally  you may export contact or security information  to an ASCII file  You choose the fields to export     1  Under Data Source select a Broker   s Ally data source to export from   2  Under Export Type select the export format  either ASCII or Broker   s Ally     65    3  Inthe Using group  check List to use a list of selected clients and or check Last Edit date to  export only those records which have been changed as of a certain date  The List option has no  relevance when exporting only Security information  If you check List  also select a List Type    If you check Last Edit date  also enter a Changes Since date    4  Inthe Data group  Check Contacts to export contact information  Check Related Notes   Postings  etc  to export notes  posting book entries  activities  and history  Check Securities to  export security information  Symbol  Description  Price 
44.  is to add a    disclaimer message     The disclaimer is used in  the normal course of business and encourages your clients to review and verify the accuracy of their  portfolio information     Note  DISCLAIMER  Scherrer Resources  Inc  is not responsible for the accuracy of your reports from  Broker   s Ally  You are responsible for verifying all contents of the reports  The software licensee shall  indemnify and hold Scherrer Resources  Inc  harmless from any claims  demands  liabilities  actions  suits or    proceedings asserted or claimed by any third party and agrees to undertake the cost of defending same   including reasonable attorney   s fees  where such claims  demands  liabilities  actions  suits or proceedings  arise out of Licensee   s use of the Software  The licensee takes all responsibility for all calculations  usage   and securities traded and entered  and reports and graphs produced by this Software        142    Samples of Portfolio Reports    LT    DR BEN    Portto lio Fank    JE ee eo a    Inn  In IR  hh Ads     kink H  paths  kh D4  eh i  Th mr ee    nina   nian  mands   14d  orl Fee    1d  FIAI  marie  irk l  aka   ith    deii  11i  Ak    Dummhert Dn nnm2   Dem mmm u e E   Dh elen d Ten  E TM  i d emm  Zahel L ilil  limp tee 2   dg cle Denn  3  Tam ol  Cele eke CPG  oie Geer   Dale liens        Meee Coal    Ca km lauh l  1   Iel van Cds    Cmk mpm kh akr   Din  Omn E   Dup Ladin   m   0     mm lm l    Ten HM Ieku lL     1177 tha  TONNE    MK Eh  131331
45.  let RE User ID ALO EE 83  PIGUIE OC  lt EditUserdiilo WEE 83  Fig  r 89  GOmMmGUFS User DOG E 84  Figure 90   Edit Security Level RTE ee EE 85  Figure 91   User Preferences Dialog sevice cece iG ege eege ENEE 87  Figure 92  Contact Record with Contact EE 88  Figure 93  Toobar ctp DII e EE 89  Figure 94   Quick Add WEE Te 91  Figure 95   Calculator ge Te BR en EE 92  Figure 96   Interests  Dialog WE 92  Figure 97   User Fields Dialog BEE 93  Figure 98  User INTOSETUD  dialog WEE 95  FOUE OO    VIEW En E 96  Figure 100 FING  Contact Deele EE 97  Figure 101   Find Contact by Phone Number 98  Figure 102   Contact record with Contact List to the Hoht nne 99  Figure 103  Add ele 100  Figure 104   Remembered Hesponses 102  Figure 105   Notes page for capturing conversations and information              sssssnsssnreessnrrsesrrrresenene 103  Foure LE E e Re 105  Figure TOT   Quick eter SCID Cl alOG EE 106  Figure 109   Interests Setup dalog   108  Figure  110  User Field  Setup Bel e e BEE 111    Houwe Tis BOOK leet 112    Sie W  I ee left ee E 113  Figure To  IANS ACI OM Dialog EE 113  Figure 114   Tax Lot Selection for Sales ausicaa aia E DA AE 114  Figuire 115   Quick Add Re 115  Fig  res IIe ele 116  Figure 117   Move elle Ol OO EE 116  Figure 118   Marked Letters Dialog for an Individual    117  Figure 119   Marked Letter Dialog for Mailing                 cccccccsseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaasceeeeeeeeseeeaaaeeseeeees 118  Figure 120 Linked  Contacts EE 118  Figure 121   Co
46.  letters     Let s say that you are running a campaign to gain a higher level of investment from your clients  You  want to target clients who have a net worth of over  250 000 and an interest in high growth funds   Decide that you will begin the campaign by sending a letter detailing certain high yield funds  Using  the Letter Writer you can create an attractive marketing letter and generate a personalized mailing to  each of your clients that have been marked with an interest in high growth funds and a user field  indicating a net worth of  250 000 or greater     1  To create the group mailing  you must first create your letter  You can use the integrated  word processor by selecting Letter Writer from the Mail menu     2  Instead of entering an impersonal appellation such as      Dear Client     or    Dear Prospect        Use the built in merge codes to allow you to personalize your letter  For example you could  enter    Dear     followed by merge codes for the Salutation and Last Name or Nick Name     Once you have created and saved your letter  you are ready to create your mailing list  Select  Mail  Group Letter  New List and enter the criteria into the Edit List dialog     3  The letter will be merged with the names and addresses from your mailing list and sent    directly to the printer  Letters will not be printed for any contact records that have the No  Mail option checked unless you select the Ignore No Mail option in User Preferences     47    3 9 SALES AND MARK
47.  looking For     DE    2 Click hides entry you want  and then click Display        Asset Classes  Attributes  D   upgrade  Barcodes  Birth D ate  Book    Broker Numbers  Broker Reports            Call Interval    mt   Cancel      Figure 19   Help Search dialog       Executive Overview of New Features    1  Overall we added over 200 new features for ease of use and expanded data capture   2  Expanded Standard Level Features to include Net connectivity  e mail  and dozens more fields   3  Expanded Gold Level Features to include Palm Pilot data connectivity and fulfillment processing  4  Expanded Portfolio Level Features to include transaction capture  LIFO FIFO AC  and cash  ledgers   5  Introduced the Advanced Portfolio 4  Level under the new name Advisor   s Ally      6  4  Level contains Performance Reporting  Fee Based accounting  and Tax lot accounting   7  Now offering Web Broker s Ally Outsourced or in house installation    8  Added www BrokersAlly com portal site for quick access to securities industry information and  Broker s Ally software information     Read more detail about these new version 8 features below     Standard Level Feature Enhancements    This section describes the detailed features added to the    Standard Level    of Broker   s Ally    e User Fields  Tripled the number of User Defined Fields from 16 to 48  thus providing  expanded search and sort functionality for marketing and client management functions    e Added e Mail Field and URL Data Fields  
48.  mailing to a special group with a phone call     You can produce a campaign list with specified characteristics  Once you have created such a list   you can save it and reuse it whenever you wish  You can work through the list as time permits and  come back to the same place on the list by crossing off the entries as you go  You can categories  these campaigns in groups such as calling type campaigns  action type campaigns  big group  Campaigns and maturing investment campaigns and Broker s Ally makes it easy to segregate and  organize them under these headings     To generate a telephone calling campaign Calls list  choose View from the menu  select Campaigns  and Call Lists  click the New List button  and give a descriptive name to the list you are about to  create and press the OK button  You can use one of the pre defined list templates or create your  own     List Templates    When creating a campaign list  you can choose from a pre defined list  By selecting one of these list  templates  Broker s Ally will create the search and sort criteria for you  You can change the search  and sort criteria before creating your list by pressing the Edit Filter button     New List Fa    List Name   Calls for the Week    Template   Actions for today only  Birthdays  month day sort  Calle as of toda  Calls List for the next 7 days  Calls List for today only    en   mm    Figure 40   List Templates    Edit List    You will now come to the Edit List dialog  Because we provide extraordin
49.  of data  and then  rigorously stick to your rating system  Your ability to select individuals for a specific letter or other  activity will be dependent on the consistency of your ratings  The Rating field will remember and  store previously used responses thus helping you to use a consistent rating scale  See  Remembered Responses on page 102     Status  The status field defines where this person fits within your database management system  Typically   you will use entries such as    Lead        Prospect     or    Client    to characterize the status of the person in  the traditional 3 step customer relationship hierarchy  A lead is a person about which you may only  have a name and phone number  while a prospect is a qualified  profiled lead and you have entered  a large quantity of specificity about their investment objectives and risk tolerance  Then  a prospect  that opens and account becomes a client  Your ability to select individuals to receive a specific letter  or to be the correct target of a campaign activity will be dependent on the consistency of your status  assignments  The Status field will remember and display previous responses you ve used in this  field in order to help you use consistent names  See Remembered Responses on page 102  You  might consider creating a status called    Other    to list friends  vendors  and such     Comments  Use the Comments area to store brief and relatively static information about the contact  e g   small  talk topics  name
50.  of the Global Change dialog    11  Select the start date of your plan    12  Highlight the plan you wish to Apply  and press OK   13  At the Global Changes Dialog  press Start   14  Broker s Ally will display your lists that have been created  Highlight the list you would like the  Sales Plan to be applied and press View List    15  Press the Global Changes button and you plan will be applied to your selected group of  contacts    For More information on the Global Changes functionality  please see Global Changes section found   in the File Chapter     7 8 CAMPAIGNS    You may wish to create a list of contacts you would like to call in order to offer a new product  Or  you may wish to send a letter to a group of people who have expressed interest in a certain type of  security  Perhaps you wish to contact your clients holding a maturing bond  Campaigns allows you  to create a list of contacts you want to use for calling  mailing  printing a report  exporting to another  application  etc  Since we allow you to create an unlimited number of lists  to provide some  organization for all these lists  and to enable you to find them again quickly  we have created list  categories for Calls  Actions  Maturing securities  and other miscellaneous Groups  The mechanism  for creating a list is identical for Calls  Actions  and Groups whereas a Maturity list is based solely on  the securities your clients own     Call Lists    As a busy advisor  you know that your time is valuable  Using
51.  only by the available space on your    hard disk     Lists    A very powerful feature of Broker s Ally is its ability to search through the entire database to identify  a group of records based on specific criteria  The search criteria can make use of the fields in the  contact record  These lists can be used to print reports  print merged letters  print labels  place  phone calls  etc  Each list and the criteria used to generate the list are stored for future use  After  you make changes to your contact database  you can refresh a list using the original criteria by  simply pressing the Refresh button in the Group List dialog     For example  you might create a Group list where you specify that the list contain all contacts with a  specific status  such as    prospect     You can use this list to go directly to each contact and make a  phone call or mail merge a letter  You could also print a report or send letters to only the selected  contacts that are on your list  excluding those that might not meet your criteria perfectly     Maintenance    The Maintenance feature  which is found under the File  Database Operations menu can be used to  re index and pack database tables for more efficient operation of Broker s Ally  If you run into any  problems with your database in Broker s Ally  you should run this maintenance program  This  should clean up any bad information that might be found in your Broker s Ally data files brought  about by potential damage to your hard drive t
52.  recognition aids  family history and so on  In contrast to the Comments field  you  will use Notes pages to save a Summary of each conversation with the contact with a date and time  stamp  and you will use Interests field  not the Comments field  to detail their investment objectives     No Mail  One of the last fields on the Contact page is a check box for No Mail  You can use this field to  specify which clients or prospects should not receive mail  You may want to use it simply to  designate those clients who have requested that they not receive prospecting mail or to prevent  multiple mailing to clients with multiple recipients such as a husband and wife with separate  accounts  As a check box  it works as a simple yes or no toggle   either the account gets mail or it  does not  You can  of course  ignore the setting for a particular mailing by selecting Ignore No Mail  in User Preferences     101    Specifically  if you check No Mail  it will prevent letters from being printed for the designated contacts  when you do a merge print operation with the Letter Writer  It will prevent mailing labels from being  printed for designated contacts when you print the Address Labels report  It has no effect on  Marked Letters  Marked Notes  or any other report     Remembered Responses    The remembered responses function acts as a memory of data entry  stores it  and presents it to you  later if you wish to use it again  Fields such as Salutation  State  Status and Rating are able
53.  records     The normal Broker s Ally installation copies the Palm d from the Broker s Ally CD onto the hard  drive in the directory specified  However  the Palm  dll then has to be installed or  registered  with  the Hot Sync manager in order to be used  and that s what the Install Palm Pilot Address Conduit  button does     Trouble shooting   After the synchronization process occurs  a log of this action is made and a file is created  This log  file is presented to the user on the Palm Pilot  and in the log it will list  BA Address Book   If it does  not show this file  then there was a problem with the original installation  Alternatively  if it does show  this file in the log  then it will say whether the sync was okay or not  If it says it s okay  and no data is  viewable  then the sync occurred but no data was transferred  In that case the user needs to check  in the Hot Sync Manager to see what the Hot Sync Action was for the BA Address Book  If the log  says it wasn t okay  then call our Help Desk for trouble shooting support        For more information on Palm Pilot  search for www Palm com on the Internet     211    APPENDIX M   NETWORK INSTALLATION    Installing Broker s Ally V9 on Network Server and Single PCs    This document describes installation procedures for version 9  The Broker s Ally installation is  automated  with screen prompts  We suggest you follow the questions one by one and accept the  normal suggested installation configurations  So that your ins
54.  s Ally data source  To create a new list  select a data  source and click the New List button     130    CALL LISTS    Available List s   Close      Prospecting List  MGR        View List         Edit List    Data Sources   Delete Ligt      Test Refresh List    Help      Figure 132   Call List Dialog       Creating a Call List    Your normal calling activities are conducted from the Activities Calendar  However  this Campaign  Calling List option is a powerful supplement to the Activities Calendar specifically for managing a  calling campaign  To begin the creation of a Calling Campaign List  select New List to go to the Edit  List dialog  Broker s Ally supplies you with list templates but also give you the ability to create a list  on any specific criteria you wish  Because we provide extraordinary flexibility in choosing selection  and sort criteria for lists  this dialog seems a little complex when you first encounter it  However  you  build all expressions using plain English phrases  You define Search Properties to select contact  records and Sort Properties to establish how to order these records  Then  when you Close the  dialog  Broker   s Ally creates the list     Search Properties   Click the Add button adjacent to the Search Properties list box to bring up the Search Logic window   You will build a logic expression utilizing one or more database fields to construct the filter for  selecting contact records  You can use the fields in one or two of the following fil
55.  s New menu will present you with installation instructions  an outline of the feature  improvements  and information on obtaining technical support from Scherrer Resources     193    i  Readme txt   Notepad      Ol    File Edit Search Help    The following information 15 available in this README file   1  Installation Documentation  a  Windows 95  98 and HT 4 0    2  Feature Improvements of Broker s Ally of version 8 68  a  BA Version  amp  Feature Improvements    3  Obtaining Technical Support    Fax Back Support    First Time Buyer Support and Upgrade Buyer Support    Support Plus Pack    Per Incident Support       L  Figure 197   The    What s New    Read me File under Help Menu    About Broker s Ally    The About Broker s Ally dialog is the standard windows    about    dialog that shows copyright  information  the Broker   s Ally version number  your serial number  and the amount of free memory     About Broker s Ally               Da Broker s Ally Network  Portfolio Version 3 19    Copyright    71985   2001  Scherer Resources  Inc     Serial   601119950210000    Free System Resources  Total Memon  2093056 ED Memon Available  2021760 K E    Figure 198   About Broker   s Ally dialog    194    PART 3 APPENDIX  APPENDIX A  MAIL MERGE WITH MS WORD    The Broker s Ally Mail Merge Wizard for Microsoft is found as a menu item in Microsoft Word  The  Wizard will assist you in performing mail merge tasks in Word using your Broker s Ally contact  information  The Broker s Ally Mai
56.  security appearing in the report  Automated pricing is provided by the IDC  electronic download utilities     When adding a security using the Edit   Securities menu item  the Edit Security window is  displayed  Clicking on the Add button will display a dialog titled Add Security which asks for the  symbol  After entering the symbol and clicking OK  you return to the Edit Security window with  the new security record already loaded for editing on the left side of the window  Because it is a  new record  all fields will be empty except for Type  Price  and Annual Income which are  defaulted to Stock  0  and 0  The Name and Description fields can be entered  No scrolling is  necessary     The list on the right side of the window will automatically scroll to a section of the list that  displays the newly added security  but it will not always highlight that security  Disregarding  what the list may have highlighted  the input fields on the left side of the window always  correspond to the newly added security  Both the name and description fields are available for  entry right after the security is added     To manually edit a security you must first select one in the list box  Then you can change the  Symbol  Name  description   Type  Price  Maturity Date  etc  When you use an on line service for  automatically pricing a particular security  you will need to enter the name of the service in the  Pricing Service field     80    Edit Security    Name ILGE    JIntemet Capital Gro
57.  specific to the currently selected printer   allowing you to select page orientation  paper size  paper source  etc  See your Windows and or  printer user s manual for detailed instruction for setting up your particular printer  There is a  separate printer setup for Reports that allows you to temporarily change the printer settings for a  particular report     E3 Printers    File Eat View Go Favorites Help    Delete Properties       Hack Fottapg Up Cut Lopy Paste Undo         Address  g  Printers        al Add Printer oe Canon LBP   Ill Ga Compaq PageMarg 15  Grammes    pen ue COLOR ESC P2 Epson Soke Po ESC P 2  24 HP DeskJet Ge HP DeskJet 400 Gag HP DeskJet DUU   26 HP Lasernet 4L G   IBM 4029 LaserPrinter G   IBM 4039 LagerPrinter   6 Lexmark 4039 LaserPrinter Plus G   Lexmark 4039 Plus PS G   Lexmark Color 4079 plus PS    Figure 83   Print Setup dialog for Windows    5 9 EXIT    Use the Exit option to exit Broker s Ally  The Exit option closes the current session  terminates the  application  and returns to the Program Manager or the last application you started     78    CHAPTER6 EDIT MENU    Edit Contact View Portfolio        ent Etrit  Topy  Etri FE  Haste  EEE   Securities     User ID       User Preferences       Figure 84   Edit Menu    The Edit menu contains options for cutting  copying and pasting text within and between data  screens in Broker s Ally  They also allow you to move snippets of text between Broker s Ally and  other Windows programs  You can use the U
58.  the  database of Securities       Purchase Sp   D ate  IARA      Security  Tt   K   Quantity  oS   Price  jo   Interest  DN _ Post     Commission  booo Se     Fees  E Securities      Total  lo            Held At rT      Reference Number     Descriptions     Figure 146   Enter purchases or sales    Securities Ledger    Securities purchased and sold are entered into the Securities Ledger by    doing a trade    and  selecting the action you prefer  Thus  the entries on the ledger increase and can be sorted in many  different orders such as by description  quantity  price  market value and gain or loss in ascending or  descending order  Using the    radio buttons    on the Ledger screen you can show open positions   closed positions or both open and closed positions sorted in any order  A calculator button is added    148    to the screen for convenience of the user in making quick calculations  Also  quick access to the  securities master file is also available in cases where you wish to use securities already entered into  the securities master file     Cash Ledger    The cash ledger presents cash increases or decreases to and from the account and lists them in  order of date of transaction  action  quantity  price  and amount are recorded  The cash ledger tracks  cash used to purchase other investments  or the proceeds of investments converted to cash     8 6 PORTFOLIO TERMINOLOGY    Because different software products handle their terminology in different ways  this section 
59.  the clipboard  From there  it  can be inserted into the current document in another location or placed in another window or even in  another program  If you do not wish to remove the data from the current document or data entry  screen  you should use the Copy option instead     6 3 COPY    The Copy option operates exactly as the Cut option  except that it leaves the selected data in  position and places a copy of it in the clipboard     79    6 4 PASTE    The Paste option completes the Cut  amp  Paste or Copy  amp  Paste operation  It inserts any data located  in the clipboard into the current document or data entry screen at the insertion point  If there is no  data in the clipboard  the Paste option will not be available and the menu choice will be dimmed  If  you wish to move data between Broker   s Ally and another Windows program  use the Cut or Copy  options from the source program and the Paste option from the target program     6 5 SECURITIES    The Edit Securities dialog allows you to look up  add  modify  or delete investment information for the  securities master file  All investment securities Known to Broker s Ally appear in the list box on the  right  You should enter a security in this master dialog before entering transactions of this security in  the ledger  Otherwise  Broker s Ally will assume the security to be a stock when it performs  calculations  Furthermore  the Unrealized Gain Loss report is only meaningful when current prices  are provided for each
60.  the communications log file   DCI LOG   and the Broker s Ally download error file  ERRORS LOG      The Broker   s Ally download utility uses the security Symbol  ticker or CUSIP  to request security  information and always requests the latest available prices  If Interactive Data does not recognize a  Symbol or information is no longer available  you will see an error message in ERRORS LOG  If  prices are not yet available for the current day  Broker s Ally warns you and allows you to abort the  operation     For more information about the Interactive Data  IDC  Download module  contact Interactive  Data at 800 432 5463 and select option 1  See http   www  interactivedata rts com    Pershing Data Download  You must purchase the Pershing download module for a special fee and request the data feed from  Pershing  The purpose of the Pershing download  PERSHBA6  module is to transfer  1  client  information   2  posting book data  holdings    3  security information  and  4  setup definitions from  ASCII files to Broker   s Ally  The ASCII files for 1  2 and 3 are created by InfoDirect  while the  definitions file is created manually and distributed separately  Although Version 1 is does not include  the ability to download holdings and securities  the next version will do so     68    This download utility will add or update clients  postings and securities  PERSHBA6 can run  InfoDirect to create current ASCII files before loading the data  Pershing may wish to modify  InfoDire
61.  the envelope is to be fed left aligned  Other choices are Center  and Right alignment  Preview displays your selection    4  Under Rotation  experiment with the selections until the envelope in Preview is displayed in the  correct orientation for your printer    5  Click the Font button and select the desired printer font    6  Click the Print button to print the envelope     120    Label  Choose Label to go to Reports and print a mailing label for the current contact     Quick Letter  You must be viewing the Notes Page of a contact in order to select Quick Letter  Click on Quick  Letter to choose or create a Quick Letter template  To insert a Quick Letter into the Notes Page   highlight a template and click on Use or simply double click on a template  See Quick Letter on  page 105     Report  Choose Report to print a specific report for the current contact     Contact   s Agenda    The Contact   s Agenda shows all activities you have scheduled for the current contact  It works just  like the Activities Calendar described below except that it is a calendar of events for the current  contact rather than all contacts  There is also an Agenda button in the contact window that activates  the Contact s Agenda dialog without having to select this option from the menu     7 5 ACTIVITIES CALENDAR    The Activities Calendar displays the activities  Calls  Actions  and possibly other types  that you  have scheduled for all contacts  You can display the calendar in one of four views   
62.  the letter with the Letter Writer option on    116    the Mail menu  You select specific letters by their file names  To mark the current record  select the  Mark a Letter option that opens the Marked Letters dialog box     Marked letters for Jim Scherrer    Birthday  bal l 8    Delete  Delete All  Mark For     Close    Select  ia s ian sl Marked for MGR   sl Iwer   d E       it       Figure 118   Marked Letters Dialog for an Individual    This dialog box lists all letters that have been marked for the current record and waiting for you to  print  On a network  these are letters you have assigned or letters another user has assigned for  you  If another user has marked a letter for this contact  you will not see the letter in your list  Each  user has an independent list of letters  You can Add or Delete letters which are queued up to be  printed for this contact     Add  When you click on the Add button  the system displays the Add Marked Letter dialog  This enables  you to select a letter to be added to the list for the current record  When you add a letter for a  contact  it joins your list of marked letters  However  you can transfer it to another user via the Mark  For button     Delete  The Delete button erases the highlighted entry in the marked letters list box     Delete All  To erase all entries in the list box  click the Delete All button  The content of the list box depends on  what you choose in the Select scroll box discussed below     Mark For  If you wish to 
63.  these options it is necessary to first highlight the text that you want to alter by placing the insertion  point at one end of the text  pressing and holding the left mouse button and dragging the highlighted  cursor to the opposite end of the text  After highlighting the text to be altered  select the Format Text  option  and select the font  style and size of the type  Further  you can add the Underline and  Strikeout features if desired and you can set the color if you have a color printer     x    T Mittal Cancel    Modern   F Monotype Sorts W Screenfonts    E MS Dialog Light ee    F MG LineDraw   Bold    E MS Sans Serif l italic  Color  T Underline       LD PS l Strikethrough    AabbCeD del fiseHhlijjFEL I MmMnOoPpOgkros TtU u vain       Figure 161   Format Text dialog    165    Format Paragraph  Broker s Ally defines a paragraph as the text between two hard returns   locations where you have  pressed the Enter key to start a new line  The    paragraph    icon on the toolbar allows you to toggle  on or off the display of hard returns  The Format Paragraph dialog allows you to set the spacing  before the current paragraph  the indentation  and the alignment of the current paragraph  You must  select part of one or more paragraphs before selecting the Format Paragraph option     Format Paragraph  Alignment       Left Centered C Righ Justified    Spacing  ee 15 lines F Zines   UK    Indent  lo  inches Cancel      Figure 162   Format Paragraph dialog       Format Page  The 
64.  to  remember previous responses and allow you to select an item from an attached list rather than enter  it manually  The remembered response list appears when you double click in the field edit box   Simply double click on a field  right mouse click or press Cirl R  When the remembered response  list appears  double click on the desired entry in the remembered response list to place the entry into  the field     To add an item to the remembered response list  type the entry while the response list is visible   When you move the cursor to another field  the entry will be added to the list before the list window  closes  Or you can type an entry  open the list window  and move to another field     E Hew Contact                Name   Sany  amp  fay  iFirst n fea fi Account     2nd Name  Open Date  f  Owner    Company    Last Contact  f       Data Source   Address    Status     Rating  MAMAHI Test  City      State  f feet  Country  f   Carrier Foute    SW  Work I ext   Hom  Bmore umne Fax  ddd       Comments     We          eer Freld        Address Hotes   Interests   mec 2m Agenda         Figure 104   Remembered Responses    Remembered responses for Comments  Flags and Notes work differently  Responses are not saved  automatically and the pick list does not appear until you double click in the edit box  After you call up  the response window  you may use the Add button to enter a response into the list  To copy a  response from the list  highlight an entry and click on the Pas
65.  to help you categorize your many lists and be able to come back to  them over and over again to manage your multiple campaigns     On the other hand  the Maturity List category allows you to generate one of more lists based on the  maturity date range of securities owned by contacts  most commonly a CD coming due or bond  maturity date  To create a list you merely specify a range of maturity dates and Broker s Ally will  search all contacts for securities with qualifying maturity dates     7 9 REPORTS    The Reports dialog allows you to print or preview a report or mailing labels    1  Select the report Type  Standard  Labels or Posting Book  by clicking one of the radio  buttons located at the right of the Reports dialog  If you choose Labels  you should also  select a Label Form  Sheet or Continuous   Choose Sheet for Laser and other page printers   or choose Continuous for sprocket feed impact printers     2  Select a specific report from the Available Reports box  Although you will probably never  need to do so  you can change the directory where the report files are found by clicking on  the Browse button  The Browse dialog will appear allowing you to specify a new directory  for the RPT files     3  Select a List or Data Source to use for the report  Most reports use a List that you have  created  or will create  in order to determine which contacts are to be included in the report   The report records will appear in List order  Because Marked Notes and Security report
66.  two distinct windows  allowing you to compare their entries or move  data from one window to another window using drag and drop  or other windows editing tools such  as cut  copy and paste     One of the key features of Microsoft Windows and Scherrer   s Broker s Ally is the consistency of the  menus and command controls  The icon used to close an application always appears at the top left  corner of the applications main window and always closes the current application  The same  concept applies to all Windows programs  Thus  once you have learned a control or function in one  Windows application  you have learned it for all     4 1 THE WINDOWS DISPLAY    The Windows display is made up of Menus  Icons  Groups of Icons  Control Buttons and  of course   Windows  The main Windows screen comprising the entire display surface is called the Desktop   The Program Manager is used to display icons representing other programs and the Main Menu  It  also controls how other programs interact and allows you to switch between them  The Program  Manager is identified by its name in the Title Bar of its primary window  When you close the  Program Manager  you close Windows and any program running within Windows  Within the  Program Manager s main window  there are several smaller windows containing groups of program  icons as well as several individual icons representing other program groups not currently displayed   The Program Manager main window  Group windows and group Icons  demonstra
67.  up    want the premier Support Plus Pack annual subscription so   can get right  through to a qualified support engineer every time   call      Name  Address  City  State  Zip  Phone    Fax    e mail    Brokers Ally Serial Number B  Brokers Ally Level   Standard   Gold   Portfolio   Network       You can find out which level you have by looking on your Broker   s Ally distribution diskettes    Payment Method   C Check or Money Order O Visa O MasterCard O Amex UL Discover   Card Number    Expiration Date    Signature    Broker   s Ally Support Plus Pack annual fees are dependent on the Broker   s Ally level in which you currently own   Support fees are non refundable after initial support service call     Support Plus Fees    Standard Level  150  Gold Level  200  Portfolio Level  250    Added Network User   95    To order  call 484 875 1705 or for faster service fax this order form to  Client Services   484 875   1704     204    APPENDIX G      ALLIANCE PARTNERS  amp  VENDORS    The contacts listed below can aid you in specific issues you may have with application software and  hardware technology related to your use of Broker s Ally or your PC workstation  These companies  will help you  or your Information Systems Department  to obtain market data  securities information   or computer based tools to use in your advisory business practice     Name  AIMR    Association for Investment Management  amp  Research    PO Box 7947  Charlottesville  VA 22906 7947  804 980 3647    Tho
68.  you have a modem  you can click on Work and the computer will dial the work phone number for   you  You can take notes  make changes  and call up the Schedule Activity dialog to schedule the  next call  Using the right and left arrows on the contact screen  you can scroll through your list     The Actions list and Groups list function exactly the same and we have provided these categories    only for your convenience  The Maturity list is designed to create a list based on maturing bonds  and selects contacts by examining ranges of Maturity dates in the posting book     42    CALL LISTS      Available List s      Close    Calls for the next   days  HGRA View List  Todays Calls only   HGR     Hew List  Edit List  Data Source s   Delete List    Chent Database  Prospect Database Refresh List    Help       Figure 42   Calls List Dialog    The View List dialog has other buttons besides Zoom to a contact  You can use a List to generate  reports  or mailing labels  or print letters with the mail merge feature           Broker s Ally Portfolio Version 6 51 for Gregory S  Walters  File Edit View Portfolio Mail Tools Window Help    OCESH  HERENT    E LIST VIEWER   All Clients  MGR   23 Contacts   Close    zoom     Reports    Mail Merge    Envelopes      Check Item    Reset Item      IV Skip Checks       For Help  press F1 Calls 0 Contes D   Wed Mar 05  1997 11 03AM MGR  Figure 43   List Viewer    3 5 ALERTS    The Alert system will keep you on schedule while you are running Broker   s
69. 131  d d   l  JEE Ig  vd AN IR  In  rijki   1J ee  IEUKAE  E  maid  J ldi i  JJkbdai l  Jidin     J11  b7 778  ha 11131  qi Rhin  a LU  J  TSR TES RA    Account ve Gla rka Wa Ua    ALCA  Shas    LEE  HE MH AE Ji Pe s  t     bis rka  Wa ua       Figure 139   Portfolio Rank Report  a Broker Report    wiri ATATA    Allen  Leugh         Portfolio Valuation Summary    ak d an Deogiut icy OATH Ardell  1 Tre Creech Awd Crcacl PL lint    BORIS  Soup Tepe    Huonoa bood    SOND Tow     Moke Vue    taco  dE    pen Amun       10 240 oo     10 2400 00    CASH  MOREY MARETT    Sour Tripe    CASH r MONEY Wak RET  Towi     EQUITY  zaun Trpe    Suk  ERT Y Towa    OTHER  Sout Trp    Coum  OTHER Tous    Total Portfolio    Moke Vue    Homi ra    Hormi ra    doles  doles     28  od     lta i      EAR dd  Ihe dd    Opa Amun Hoba Vue    EI 130 301 33    l  Actpreraonst  Grr Tion    Account  123654067       Figure 140   Portfolio Valuation Summary Report  a Client Report    143    PAI aaa Portioho Valuation Summary l  Brp  regronvr Locp Tien    Allen  Dough     Account  113654467    at win Cou 0 sien OATH ANEL  11 Tre Crei Hood Dor AL 11h    His ret Ws Mo       Figure 141   Portfolio Valuation Summary Graph    ES  Preview Bond Matunty Distribution     el LEI ei Total 5    Bf A8  Bond Maturity Distribution 1  Bradford  James E  IY Account  166598453  mI    r  Jama E Erdford  IV  BAZD  INC   3404 Huey Aventus  Jockaenwville F FRetbte  entotlwe  Gren Malter  KKH    Maturity Barhket Value Feccent of To
70. 2 AM  a697 11 50 AM  876 97 11 53 AM  876797 11 49 AM  144 95 7 50 PM  11710799 11 54 AM    Figure 205   View of files within Broker   s Ally shown from Windows Explorer    213    APPENDIX O  PRICING    Software and Services Pricing   Broker   s Ally Version 9    Pricing for Initial License     Standard Level   395 includes all the basic features   Gold Level   695  plus  300 for each additional network user  Portfolio Level   995  plus  400 for each additional network user    Advanced Portfolio   1995  plus  500 per additional user    Upgrade Pricing to version 8 from Previous Versions    To Version 8 Standard 8 Gold 8 Portfolio 8 Advanced 8  From V7 Standard to   175  350  650  1650   From V7 Gold Level to  N A  250  550  1350   From V7 Network Gold  N A  225 user  400 user  750 per user  From V7 Portfolio  N A N A  400  1050   From V7 Network Portfolio  N A N A  400 user  575 per user    From Previous version 1 2 3 4 5 6 to version 8  Add  200 per user to each of the above     Telephone Support  fax back  amp  e mail support and Newsletter     Platinum Support is our highest support level and includes all the features of the Support Plus  pack plus software maintenance for Standard  Gold and Portfolio Level software shipments  twice yearly     Option  Platinum Support Support Plus Pack  Standard Level   305  150  Gold Level   355   295 network user  200  Portfolio Level   405   295 network user  250  Advanced Portfolio  Included with Maintenance Fees  Network Per Added Use
71. 24  AmE    No Time  5 Mary Peters  11 05AM Douc CONTACTS  24       Carol Wagner  DEON 5 contacts 2   20 Kenne y 9 Daily Activities   Wed  Feb 5  1997 at 11 05 AM  12 00PM      lemer Bradford  CALL  GMonthReview    20          Daily Activities      1 00PM    2 00PM  e  es eT  ji r 20      History    Calendar Format Activities for  Zom   Close  Fay  aen  wem Coen  i Gl    Calls 0   Contacts 0    Tue  Mar 18  1997 02 39       Figure 186   Open Windows List    187    CHAPTER 13 HELP MENU        Broker s Ally Portfolio Version 6 51 for Gregory 5  Walters  File Edit Contact View Portfolio Mail Tools Window Balae    Contents    ELSA   Using Hel  EN PES      CONTACTS  39  MES  E    Financial Terme Glossary  Account     Tip of the day    fi 241 8839  2nd Hame       What s new  Company   PRIME PROPERTIES INVESTMENT L S      Owner   MGR  About Brokers Ally    erer  Address  o East Market alus Frospe   DI Box 1594      Prospect Database    Country    Carrier Route    T No Mail    Records  39  Work  407 955 1 212 ext  Home  407 666 9987  Alt Phone  07 21 5 6666 et  Fax   407 555 7876 Save      Comments       Address Notes   Interests   User Fields   Book Pag   Agenda   Close   Zoom       Calls  4 Contacts 0 Tue  Mar 04  1997 04 49PM MGR       Figure 187   Help Menu    The Broker s Ally Help menu provides on line assistance for all available features and functions    You can access the Help system either by selecting one of the Help menu options or by pressing F1   The Help Index and Searc
72. 7  List   129  List categories   129  List Templates   40  List View   132  Mail Merge   133  Reports   133  Skip Checks   134  Zoom   133  Lists   48  Global Changes   72  Login   82    223    M    Mail Menu   162  Group Letter   174  Marked Letters   172  Marked Notes Labels   173  Marked Notes Report   173  Mail Merge  List View   133  Microsoft Word   195  Maintenance   74  Make Link   118  Mark a Letter  Contact   115  Marked Letters  Mail Menu   172  Mark a Letter   115  Marked Notes   103  Labels   137  173  Report   136  173  Market data   29  200  Maturity List   42  134  Menu  Contact   114  File   57  Help   188  Letter Writer   164  Mail   162  View   95  Window   185  Merge  Fields   168  Ghost fields   169  Letter Writer   170  No Mail   171  Microsoft Word   195  Move  Contact   115  Multimedia Sound   89  Multiple Document Interface   15    N    Network   20  Network Installations   212  New Data Source   57  NickName   109  No Mail   100  Group Letter   174  Ignore   89  Merge   171  Notes  Report   136  Notes Access Control   25    Notes Categorization   25  Notes Expiration   25  Notes Page   Contact View   101    O    ODBC   58  Data Source   58  Settings   75  Open Transaction   112  Open Windows List   186  Orphaned records   74  75  Owner   100  Owner Field   21    P    Page  Letter Writer   170  Page Format  Letter Writer   166  Palm Pilot Interface   26  Paragraph Format  Letter Writer   166  Password   22  Passwords   82  Enable   87  Paste   80  Pat
73. 90 00 Set Order   C Price  Cash  29200 00 P  Buying Power  75805 00 Market Value         C Gain Loss  New Valuations Monitors    Address   Hotes   Interests      New wars to sort and  organize holdings views    Cancel      Figure 26   Holdings Ledger  New Sort Order  Expansion all functionality    e Cash Accounting  Expanded cash balance ledger and accounting functions for debit and    credit to cash accounts     e Connectivity to Clearing Firms  Created data loading utilities to load data from the  following back office services with their support  Beta Systems  Pershing  Fiserv  US  Clearing  CheckFree APL  TD Waterhouse  Sungard Phase3  and FT Interactive Data    Corp for end of day market pricing of portfolio       Robert Adams        o xl       E Account    10000 00    Damd oss  0 00    Price    Quantity    Security  AT amp T Corp                    56985634  Owner   wos     Dh 100 95 90 9590 00 590 00  Internet Capital Grof S ale E    Mortel Networks Cot   GE  Date  Select Tax Lots for Sale  Security  JICGE  Quantity  Boo Records  3  Price  Dr  Ge Ge Interest  T Est   Save    t Value     Mkt  Betray yaa Commission  jo Calculator   SES    Cash Fees  jo Securities        Buying Power   T otal  750 Cancel      S Reference Humber       Figure 27   Tax Lot Selection for Sales    Address jenda    Description     29      Robert Adams    KE       Quantity Price ME Value    Damdl oss             AT amp T Corp  S00  IBM 100 95 90 9590 00  Internet Capital Gro 1000 1 50 1500 00  M
74. A new security screen has been added which displays the securities with information that is common  to all security tyoes  From this screen  the user can navigate to other windows where a security can  be added or edited  Also  a new option has been added to the User Preferences screen that relates  to securities  The new option is labeled Security Database and the two choices are Use Ticker as  Key or Generate Security ID     The following sections describe the new features and appearance of the user interface related to  securities     The new Securities screen displays all of the securities stored in the Securities Master file database  and allows for adding  editing  and deleting of these securities  Clicking on the Add button brings up  a menu of security type choices  Selecting one of these choices takes the user to the appropriate  security screen for entering information     158    Security Type Screens    Each security type has its own screen in which data is entered or edited  From this screen  the user  can enter the price history  perform a symbol change  or execute a corporate action  Here is the  screen for a common stock        Edit Security    Name ILGE    Internet Capital Group  Ippe    Stock  X      we    Description     as of     Annual Income  jo    Maturity Date     k Pricing Serice   Interactive Data 7 Add      Delete      Corporate Actions      Edit Frices   Close      Global Change Pricing Service  From  Interactive Data sl Tol Interactive Data sl UK  
75. AM INSTALLATION  SETUP  amp  STARTUP  Microsoft Windows 95  98  2000  ME  XP  Vista  Windows 7    e When inserting the Broker s Ally CD  the installation program should execute automatically   If the installation program does not start  follow the steps below     Select Start  located in the lower left hand corner of your screen    Put distribution CD into your CD Drive    Choose Run from the file menu    Type D  SETUP in the run dialog box and click OK    The installation program will ask you for licensing information and to specify the directory where  you would like to install Broker   s Ally  We suggest accepting the default directory  C  BA9  Click  OK    Follow the instructions as they appear on your screen    Now you have a new program group within your Program Manager titled Broker s Ally 9    Run Broker s Ally by double clicking on the Broker s Ally icon    For a first time installation  you will need to set up the Broker s Ally Data source    0  Click on the OK button in the New Data Source Setup screen when it appears  This will setup  your Broker s Ally data source     OF a I    a Oe    You are now ready to start using Broker s Ally     1 5 USING BROKER   S ALLY FOR WINDOWS    Broker s Ally uses Windows as its operating environment  This allows the program to display  multiple windows on the screen simultaneously and use all of the features of Windows  This is  called a Multiple Document Interface or MDI  This section will describe the basic elements of  Broker s 
76. Activities    Delete Data Source    Delete Data Source removes data source names from the list of data sources and erases their  associated unique files from the hard disk  It does not delete data in the common data files such as  the posting book or activity files unless you are erasing the last available data source  To delete a  Broker   s Ally data source  select Delete Data Source from the Database Operations menu  Broker   s  Ally will display the Delete Data Source dialog  Click on the name of the data source to be deleted  and then click on the Delete button  Broker s Ally will ask you to confirm your decision since the  deletion is permanent and cannot be reversed     You are advised to backup your data files before you delete them in case your decision proves    hasty        73    Delete Data Source E4    KR Close         Test       Figure 78   Delete Data Source Dialog    Contirm Data Source Delete    AN Delete Data Source  Main Database           Figure 79   Deletion Confirmation Dialog    Maintenance    You may use the Maintenance function for re indexing of dBASE files  The most common cause of  a malfunctioning data file is a corrupted index file  If file searches or updates fail or take much  longer than expected  you should re index the file     If you have checked Direct File Access in User Preferences  Maintenance will also pack dBASE  data files  i e   remove deleted records  Maintenance does not remove orphaned records  nor can it  recover corrupted files
77. Ally and how to get around  If you need a basic introduction to Windows  please refer to  Chapter 4     15      Biet Alp ERIC gal  i E  gt  art rik Haag lite Weg W   IZ        Sen Men Bus Whe Tr Fi Sa  E wee  EI ST  i Fee  Open Came  121285   ti ta aaa  a oo nodal  ZE O fe   Dae     a ET  Ge Kass aee     Dec 3 Corer Ama   Pl Mal    DEER Dinan  0 parii  l Ge ap gie siiis ke s oiia    Sa   o T deiir denge  fr  iere As    KI   aeda Free      Acri bor      a    Dale eby C Hey l gay Ile z    Bha Umak 6 Pi  fer 7  2000  Lae PR    Figure 13   Display with several windows open  Multiple Document Images       Fundamentals    After starting Broker   s Ally  you see the main application window with a menu at the top and a status  bar at the bottom  You can also display an icon toolbar immediately below the menu as shown  See  User Preferences to learn how to create or modify a toolbar  As you make selections from the  menu  Broker s Ally will display dialog boxes  windows requesting that you enter specific information   and view windows  windows that show text or data fields that you may or may not be able to alter    Many of these view windows can be resized but most of the dialog boxes are fixed and cannot be  resized  Most view windows can be reduced to an icon  tiled or cascaded     Getting around  As with most Windows programs  the best way to get around in Broker s Ally is to use your mouse   You can use your mouse to select menu choices  activate specific windows  or click on opt
78. BrokersAlly com     207    APPENDIX I  DATA MIGRATION METHODS    This section describes the many ways to move data from other software programs into Broker s Ally   Generally  the ASCII Loader utilities built into Broker s Ally Gold Level enable you to map and import  data from other lists and other software products  However  specialized  high performance utilities  have also been built for some other software products     ACT   ACT  users can quickly move their data from ACT  into Broker   s Ally using the    ACT  to Ally    data  conversion tools utilized by our software developers  Simply ship your database to Scherrer  Resources  Inc  and our development staff will convert the data for a one time conversion and e mail  the packet back to you  The cost is based on number of records   100 per 1000 of contacts  We  transfer names  address  notes  phone fax numbers  activity dates  user fields  letters and  documents     MS Outlook  Users of Outlook wishing the more powerful added functionality offered by Broker s Ally can quickly  migrate data using the ASCII import functions in Broker   s Ally  Simply export the Outlook database  into ASCII format  then use the Broker s Ally File  Database operations  ASCII Import function to load  this data into Broker s Ally  You can map fields to fill the database as you desire     208    APPENDIX J  CREATING MAPS    Custom Maps for Your Business  Scherrer Resources  Inc  offers a special service to corporate users of Broker s Ally who 
79. Created fields to track a customers    e mail  address and the URL  universal resource locator  of their web site for quick access to  customers for correspondence    e Addresses Management  Tracks more than one address per customer and tracks the  date they change residence from one address to another  such as summer seasonal  address  or business and home addresses  etc       24    e Quick Web Connect  to launch your browser from within Broker   s Ally and access our  help site and the popular www BrokersAlly com portal for productivity advice  tools and  the web window to Wall Street            e Broker s Ally Portfolio   ersion 8 16 for Jim Scherrsi  Eile Edit Contact View Portfolio Mal Too Web Window Help    r v Brokerz  llu Com  I   CG ES     E  a e Support a    Fe r  E       Quick Web Access to Brokers  lly  com      Bl E Ill    Figure 20   Internet Access from Main Menu  A Quick connect to BrokersAlly com                KE  Robert Adams Mk    Account    a E E E E D    Marital Gtoabushd amed   56965634             Investment Goal     secondary Goal  Spouse Hammel Catherine Owner   wos  l Data Source   KR Risk  Tolerance  Spouse DOB 2 9 1953       E perience  Spouse SSH  123               Records  3  Wedding Annin  Jak  Objective  Save    Close             A    Now 48 User Defined  Fields for more data  storage and sorting    i  EBook Page Agenda      Figure 21   User Definable Fields  Expanded up to 48 fields on 3 quick access pages        Ce User Fields 1 16     User 
80. Daily  Weekly   Monthly and Summary  You can access each page by clicking on the corresponding button  Use  the Summary view to see all activities in ascending chronological order     In addition to the various views  you can switch between pending activities and completed activities  by clicking on the History check box  The Show Type list box allows you to limit the type of activity  displayed  By checking one or more specific activity types  the calendar display will filter out all other  activities  If you do not select any activity type s   the calendar will display all activity types     When you click on the Zoom button  you will see the contact record associated with the currently  highlighted activity  You can also double click on an activity to Zoom to the contact window     The Activities For scroll box initially shows your User ID  When running Broker s Ally on a network   you can select another user   s User ID from this scroll box to view his her Calendar  Your network  administrator must grant you the right to view another user   s Calendar in order to take advantage of  this feature     The four views contain the following information     Daily   The format is a daily appointment calendar with the time of day on the left followed by the contact  name and activity description  The calendar shows all time slots  You can change the view  resolution of your Activities Calendar from 30 minutes to a variety of different views  If several  activities are scheduled fo
81. ETING MANAGEMENT WITH BROKER   S ALLY    Broker s Ally contains many sales and marketing support features to help guide brokers to sales  opportunities  As a busy broker  you can often find yourself reacting to a crisis  rather than taking  proactive actions for your clients  There are many features of Broker   s Ally that were designed to  help you to be a good watch dog  always reviewing the status of products and people  and  in short   being an excellent account manager     Specialized Sales Support Functions    Under the View menu you will find many scheduling and list generating features to aid your sales  campaign efforts  The pull down menu depicted below describes each of these functions  As you  can see  in addition to the normal Activities Calendar that you use on a daily basis to conduct your  business  there are four types of    attack    lists under Campaigns that you can use to support  proactive marketing campaigns     File Edit  Yiew Portfolio Mail Tock Web Window Help   Find Contact    Ctrl F leg  ajoj    smee  niel Add Contact    Ctrl C v i    Quick Add Contact                     Activities Calendar     Schedule Activity     Sales Planner V    Call Lists     Action Lists       Campaigns           Group Lists     Maturity Lists       Figure 49   Pull Down Menu showing sales and account management campaigns    Attack Lists    There are four categories of lists you can create for your sales and account management  campaigns  For example  you may want to creat
82. Fields 17 32     User Fields 33 48          e Additional Phone Number Fields  Added unlimited fields for adding more phone numbers  such as beeper  cellular  multiple home and office numbers  and fax and telex numbers    e Household Relationships  For tracking other contacts within the economic household  such as associates  brother  brother in law  business partner  estate  father  father in   law  grandparent  nephew  niece  omnibus  sister  sister in law  amp  their address   background  income  education and retirement    e Track Important Life Events  Field for key events such as  address switch  anniversary   auto purchase  birthday  child birth  distribution  divorce  job change  mortgage payoff   promotion  real estate buy  recognition award  religious occasion  retirement  salary  increase  sports event  wedding  etc    e Contact Screen enlarged  Widened the contact screen format to enable storage of more  data and information and added functionality    e Notes Categorization  Added ability to organize the notes based on their content in  categories such as  contact  compliance  personal  investment  operation  and others in  order to improve understanding    e Notes Access Control  Added ability to set control of access to notes such as private   semi private  public access    e Notes Expiration and Printing Dates  Allows the user to set a date that a note and action  expires or is printed    e Help File Expansion  Help file expanded to describe new functionality in
83. Format Page dialog in allows you to format the page layout for all pages in a document  These  settings control the printer margins  and the width of the default tab     Letter Writer Format Page    Tabs  0 59    Paper Size  Width  8 00  Height  10 27          Margins    Bottom  fi         Figure 163   Format Page dialog    Format Color  When you select Format Color from the Letter Writer menu  you can change the color of the selected  text  Unlike the Format Text option  you cannot change other font attributes  The Color dialog  shows the standard Windows colors     166        Font color E    ee Ce    Cancel      Figure 164   Format Color Dialog         Format Bold  When you select Format Bold from the Letter Writer menu  you will change the bold attribute of the  selected text  Unlike the Format Text option  you cannot change other font attributes with the  Format Bold option  This is a shortcut method for bolding text     Format Italic  The Format Italic option changes only the italic feature of the selected text     Format Superscript  The Format Superscript option raises the vertical position of the selected text within the current line  spacing     Format Subscript  The Format Subscript option lowers the vertical position of the selected text within the current line  spacing     Search    The Search dialog enables you to find multiple occurrences of any combination of characters ina  letter  When you type text in the Search for field  the Search button becomes enabled p
84. M Broker s Ally     Customer Management and Portfolio Reporting  For Investment Professionals    User Manual    for Brokerage and Banking    S       Scherrer Resources  Inc     INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SOLUTIONS    htto   www BrokersAlly com       NOTICE    The software is provided under a license agreement and is protected by copyright  It is unlawful to  copy any of this proprietary software through the use of magnetic tape  disk  or any other medium for  any purpose other than the user s personal use for the life of the copyright  Information provided in  this document is subject to change without notice  Broker   s Ally is a trademark of Scherrer  Resources  Inc     Copyright    1985  2011 Scherrer Resources  Inc     Manual Printing  February 2010    SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT    Use of this software indicates your acceptance of these terms and conditions     1  LICENSE You have the non exclusive right to use the enclosed program  The single user program can  only be used on one computer at a time to manage the specific business pertaining directly to you  the licensee  You  may not distribute the program to anyone else  The local area network  LAN  version of the program may only be  used on one LAN at a time  provided that you have a licensed copy of the software for each computer that can  access the software on the LAN  You may not modify the program without prior written consent from Scherrer  Resources  Inc    2  PROPRIETARY RIGHTS You agree to take all necessary step
85. Mail Merge 196  Figure 203   Sample letter SHOWING merge codes              nn0nnnnn001nnneonrnnnnnnornnnnernnnnrennnnrnernnnenrnrenenneeen 197  Figure 204  Securities Masten EE 201  Figure 205   View of files within Broker s Ally shown from Windows Explorer  213    219    INDEX    A    About Broker   s Ally   194  Accelerator keys   18  Access to Info  Configuring Users   83  Accomplish  Activities Calendar   124  Account  Number   99  Report   135  Actions List   134  Activities  Report   135  Activities Calendar   120  Daily View   36  Monthly View   37  Schedule Activity   124  Summary View   38  Using   124  Weekly View   36  Activity  Alarm   35  Conflict   34  Description   34  Duration   34  Type   34  Add  Contact   98  Users   83  Add Create a Sales Plan  Sales Planner   127  Address  Labels   137  Report   135  Address Page  Contact View   99  Agenda  Contact s   120  Alert  Schedule Activity   35  Alert Preferences   89  Alerts  Using   43  Apply Sales Plan to a Contact  Sales Planner   128  Apply Sales Plan to a List  Sales Planner   129  Arrange Icons   185  ASCII   65    220    ASCII import functions   208  Asset Classes   144  Assigning Broker Numbers   84  Associate Links   Links   118  Attack Lists   48  Auto Install CD   26  Automatic Save   86    B    Backing up   22  Backup and restore program   20  Billing Time   178  Bold  Letter Writer   167  Book Page  Contact View   110  Break Link   118  Broker Numbers   83  Assigning   84  Configuring Users   83  B
86. RESS  ADDRESS   BESTTIME  BIRTH   BIRTHS  BIRTHDAY  CARRIERRTE  CINTERVAL  ETY  COMMENT  COMPANY  COMFURL  COUNTRY  CREATE x            Figure 71   Choose Brokere Ally fields to export in ASCII format    When exporting securities  the order of fields is  Symbol  Type   stock    bond   etc    Description   Pricing Service  Price  Price Multiplier  Income Multiplier  Share Multiplier  Income  Last Edit Time   minutes from midnight   Date when Priced  Maturity Date  Last Edit Date  The multipliers are used  internally by Broker s Ally to calculate totals     Broker s Ally Export  You may export from one Broker s Ally data source to another  or you may export to an unregistered  data source that can be transported to another computer and merged with one of its Broker s Ally  data sources     66    You can copy data from one registered Broker s Ally data source to another by selecting a target  data source in the To Data Source list box  All other list boxes are disabled because the file name  and directory information are already known to Broker s Ally     When exporting data to diskette  exporting contacts  related notes and postings  the diskette will hold  approximately 300 to 400 contact records  When creating a list for exporting you can limit the  number of contacts exported     In order to move data from one computer to another  you should export to an unregistered data   source as follows    1  Under To Data Source  select  lt Export gt     2  Enter a file name for the co
87. S      Address Hotes   Interests   een elds Bion  Sec  Agenda    Figure 103   Add Contact       Account Number  You can enter several fields of descriptive information on the Address page  The first and most  logical is the Account number  This field can be used to link the Contact record to other parts of the    100    Broker s Ally system such as the Portfolio and download systems  The Account number is a free  form alphanumeric field that will accept virtually any form of identifier up to 16 characters in length     Owner  The Owner field  designed for tracking what advisor is assigned to specific clients  is used in network  installations to restrict a user s access to certain contact records  If you put a broker number or User  ID into this field  only the users who are assigned this broker number can access this record  The  system administrator assigns Broker Numbers to each user via the User ID dialog on the Edit menu     Last Contact  The Last Contact field contains the date when you last contacted this individual  Broker s Ally will  update it automatically each time you contact an individual using the Dialer  You can use this date  to select individuals for follow up     Rating  You can use the Rating field to specify a quantitative  i e   1 10  or a qualitative  e g   cold  warm   hot  sales pipeline rating or funnel position for each prospect and client  The key is to establish a  rating system that is meaningful to your business before you enter large quantities
88. S  INC    Last Contact  f r Emai   Ower  E EE  Se   Data Source  IReeGNNNG  Address  RI Pottstown Plke status   Lead    Rating  f Dates    City   Eag State Jpa    Zip   19480        County  f Carrier Route   IT No Mail    i om      REE    Phone Nurmbers   Addresses   Fax    ES  Comments  f             4      Address Notes   Interests   Uzer Fields   Book Page   Agenda   Close   Foom      Figure 16   Multiple Contact Screens        18    Contact Records    Adding Contacts  This is the time to gather together all those dog eared business cards  small bits of paper   memo notes and your office Rolodex  Select View  Add Contact  and then enter the desired  information     Notes  The note pad in each contact record allows you to capture a mini transcript of each  conversation or meeting  Every note is date and time stamped  You can accumulate an  unlimited number of notes     User Fields  Flags and Interests  There are forty eight  48  fields for each contact record that you can set up to further identify  a particular record with information unique to your business  These User Defined Fields are  useful when sorting and gathering records into groups for a particular action  You can also  assign your own meanings to as many as 28 Interest check boxes  Flags contain key search  or identifying words for database sorting     Book Page  The Book Page provides for the entry and review of a contact   s security transactions  The  number of transactions Broker s Ally can store is limited
89. TACTS  24  Misi x   a                  Calendar    Ctrl E                 Account   Name   Mr    amp   Mrs  Scratch Pad    Armstrong  MD j  ee WS Gei ra s  1173 4250  2nd Name   POA Joe Smith     ven Date   4721 71995            aana a aa aa aa  MGR Kenneth Armstrong  Company  jusa INVESTMENT SERVICES Last Contact   671 i95      Owner el       Data Source   Address  fi 06 Monroe Drive Status  lead     Suite 100 Rating        Prospect Database         Carrier Route    T No Mail n m  Work fai 4 555 1212 ext      Home  414 434 7097 ecords     Alt Phone  608 626 2260 ext   Fax  Save             Calls  0    Contacts  0    Tue  Mar 18  1997 02 07PM MGR       Sales scripts viewer    Figure 173   Tools Menu    The Tools menu provides access to several utility functions including the Phone Dialer  Stopwatch   Calculator  a simple date Calendar  Scratch Pad and the Sales Script viewer  Broker s Ally for  Windows uses the standard Windows Calculator  Please note that the Calendar tool is unrelated to  the Activities Calendar     11 1 PHONE DIALER    When you select the Phone Dialer from the Tools Menu  the Dialer dialog appears  If you have  highlighted a suitable phone number in the current window  the dialer will automatically dial that  number for you  assuming you have a modem installed and properly configured   For example  if  you highlight a phone number in a contact record and select the Phone Dialer from the Tools menu   or press its hot key   F9   the number will appear in the
90. TFOLIO LEVEL   9 1 Transactions   9 2 Book Page   9 3 Ledger View   9 4 Securities   9 5 Reports  CHAPTER10 MAIL MENU   10 1 Letter Writer   10 2 Marked Letters   10 3 Marked Notes   10 4 Group Letter  CHAPTER11 TOOLS MENU   11 1 Phone Dialer   11 2 Stopwatch   11 3 Calculator   11 4 Calendar   11 5 Scratch Pad   11 6 Sales Scripts   11 7 Palm Pilot Interface  CHAPTER12 WEB AND WINDOW MENUS   12 1 Web Menu   12 3 Arrange Icons   12 4 Close All   12 5 Open Window List  CHAPTER 13 HELP MENU   13 1 Index   13 2 Search   13 3 Using Help   13 4 Financial Terms Glossary    96    139    153    162    175    184    188    153    160    162  172  173  174    175  178  178  180  181  181  182    184  185  186  186    188  190  191  192    PART 3 APPENDIX    APPENDIX A    APPENDIX B    APPENDIX C    APPENDIX D    APPENDIX E    APPENDIX F    APPENDIX G    APPENDIX H    APPENDIX I    APPENDIX J    APPENDIX K    APPENDIX L    APPENDIX M    APPENDIX N    APPENDIX O      MAIL MERGE WITH MS WORD  ODBC SUPPORTED DATABASES  MARKET DATA CONNECTIVITY  SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS  COMMONLY ASKED QUESTIONS  SUPPORT PLUS PACK SIGN UP  ALLIANCE PARTNERS  amp  VENDORS  TELEPHONE TRAINING SERVICES  DATA MIGRATION METHODS  CREATING MAPS   BENEFITS OF BROKER S ALLY  PALM PILOT CONNECTIVITY  NETWORK INSTALLATION  PROGRAM FILE STRUCTURE  PRICING    TABLE OF FIGURES    INDEX    195  199  200  202  202  204  205  207  208  209  210  211  212  213  214  216  220    195    PART1 INTRODUCTION    CHAPTER1 OVERVIEW    
91. TION  CALL  aj   k   History    oy oom  Calendar Format Activities for    C Daly C Weekly C Monthy   fe Summary ei ES hace sl Close  Figure 126   Activities Calendar Summary view    124    rh    Using the Activities Calendar    You can access and use the Activities Calendar in different ways  For example  you could call it up  from the View menu and view all the calls and actions to be performed today  Click on a particular  activity to select it and click on Zoom to call up the contact view for that individual  Then you can dial  a telephone number or perform any other function appropriate to a found record     Alternatively  you could select an individual contact via the Find Contact option on the View menu  and click on the Agenda button  The system will show only your activities associated with that  individual     By clicking on the History check box  you can view completed activities  You could farther limit the  calendar display to merely Calls by selecting Calls from the Activity Type scroll box  If you want to  see if your associate Ellen had ever called this individual and you have been given access to her  data  you could click on her User ID in the Activities For scroll box and look at the history of her calls  to this contact     In addition to viewing Calls or Actions  you can Add  Edit  Delete  or Accomplish them  When you  select Add or Edit  the system displays the Schedule Activity window  If you select Delete  the  system deletes the highlighted call or act
92. This Broker s Ally user manual is divided into three parts  Part 1 contains an introduction and user s  guide to Broker s Ally  Part 2 contains a feature by feature reference section  and Part 3 contains  supporting appendices     This chapter contains an explanation of the essential features required to get up and running with  Broker s Ally  We will first describe where to find help in Broker s Ally  how to read this manual  how  to install and setup Broker s Ally and finally give you a quick tour of its features  Please note that we  have included a special chapter for those of you who are converting from a previous release of  Broker s Ally  Chapter 3 is a quick start manual describing how to perform your regular Broker s Ally  processes in the Windows environment  Chapter 4 is a special reference section for those who are  new to Windows  It describes the Windows interface and how to work the program     Part 2 is a complete reference manual for Broker s Ally  listing each feature in the order it is found in  the Main menu  It groups similar features and functions together  In some cases  it might be easier  to use the index to find a particular topic  The reference section is labeled by the command name  assigned to the feature  but the index contains many logical synonyms     The Appendices located in Part 3 contain technical details  common questions and answers  and  some information on the advanced features of Broker   s Ally     1 1 PRODUCT SUPPORT    The first sou
93. Value  22 390 00 cort Ord View 5 tu T ti HANE    DEE 590 00 ort Order ew Security Transactions    Cash  24700  00 eee i A z        g V l C h T t  Buying Power  ZHP OO Dr CTT le as ransa OT       Purchase    H zl zl  Sale     Income   Doing Trades  Expanded Methods  Address   Notes   stock Split      Book Page Agenda    Sane Imi   Shanes Wut   Cash In     Cash Out     Short Sale          Closing Purchase       Figure 113   Transaction Dialog    113    BB Robert Adams i ae   GE  Ioj sl                Security Quantity Price Mkt Value Damdl oss      AT amp T Corp  ZU DU 1O0000 00  IBM 100 45 90 HO DU DD  DI Owner  J05    Internet Capital Grol  Mortel MWetworks Cor       IF   Cas Scurce    D ate    Select Ta   Lots for Sale  Security  JICGE    Quantity  PO Records  3  Price  Hr    Eier ee Interest  T Eo   Dave     t Value      bikt Gamdloss  Commission  lo A Clase    Cash  Fees  jo Securities          Buying Power       gt     Total  750 Cancel         Reference Number     Address   H    Description       Figure 114   Tax Lot Selection for Sales       7 3 QUICK ADD CONTACT    The Quick Add Contact function differs from the Add Contact function as follows    1  You can pre define the default entry for one or more of the contact fields  This allows you  to speed up data entry when you enter contacts with common features such as company   city  and state    2  After you click the Add button  a new Add Contact window appears  You proceed  immediately to enter the next contact  Howeve
94. a sales assistant that supports multiple  brokers or a manager that supervises multiple brokers  This permits the user to see the records and  activities for all brokers they support or supervise     Before you can assign a broker number  you must first create it by clicking on the Add Broker button   You can then enter a broker number  As you add broker numbers  they appear in the list of  available broker numbers in the Configure User dialog and will be selected  highlighted  for the  current user  To assign broker number s  to another user  click OK to return to the User ID dialog   Select a different User ID  click on the Configure User button to bring up the Configure User dialog   While holding down the Cirl key  click on as many of the broker numbers in the scroll box as are  applicable to the selected user  You may also add additional broker numbers     Note  The list box in the Configure dialog supports multiple selections  Hold down the CTRL key    while selecting entries with the mouse  You can also drag the mouse  while depressing the CTRL  key  to select a group of adjacent entries        Privilege Levels  You should assign each user a Privilege Level  which is a set of rights to enter specified areas of the  program and perform selected operations  For example  you can control who can change User ID  information  who can change certain fields in contact records  who can view the posting book  etc   Initially there is one Privilege Level  Level 3  which has all r
95. a specific contact  If  the contact record has no data corresponding to a merge code that stands alone on a line  the line  will be deleted     Merge Codes    AC    Account number     AD    Address block  This merge code will compose a multi line address block composed of  Address1  Address  City  State  Zip  and Country  It will create no empty lines and it  should always be left justified     AP    Alternate Phone number     AX    Alternate phone Extension     CN    Company Name     DT    Current Date     FN    Formal Name  such as  Mr  Jones      FP    Fax Phone number     HP    Home Phone number     LN    Long Name  such as  Mr  and Mrs  John J  Jones  Jr      NN    Nick Name  If there is no entry for Nick Name in the contact record   FN  will be used     SN    Second Name     UN    User s Name  Your name  the name belonging to your login ID  See Setup User IDs     WP    Work Phone number     WX    Work phone Extension     When you change a template and click on Save As  you can save it under the same or new name     To create a new template similar to an existing one  edit an existing template and enter a new  name in the Save As dialog        106    Printing a Quick Letter  The Print Quick Letter command is available on the Contact menu when you are viewing the notes  page for a contact  Use this command to send the currently displayed Quick Letter or note to the  default Windows printer  Broker s Ally will reformat the Quick Letter to fit the dimensions of the print  a
96. ales Plan  Add  then enter a unique description into the Plan Name field   While viewing this dialog  select Add then enter the Activity information  For more information on the  Schedule Activity dialog  see Schedule Activity section in this user manual     Enter Plan Data    Plan Name  Seminar Plan       Activities o  Target   Activity  Description Type Days For  Create List of Attendees ACTION  Mal Invitation Letters ACTION 2 MGR  Make Follow up Calls CALL H MGR  Secure Seminar Hoom CALL 4 MGA Edit  b Delete    Save    PELE    Cancel       Figure 130   Steps in a Multi step Sales Plan    Activity For  You can assign the activity to another Broker   s Ally user by selecting a User ID from the Activity  For scroll box  By default  the activity will be assigned to you     Contact  Shows the Sales Plan associated with the Activity  You cannot edit this field     Description  Enter a statement describing the purpose of the activity  The Activities Calendar  Contact s  Agenda  Alert Ally alarm system  and history will be much more useful if you take the time to  enter a description     Type  Initially  Broker s Ally recognizes two kinds of activities  CALL and ACTION  You can select one  of these from the scroll box or enter a new activity type  such as MEETING  at your discretion   Further  Broker s Ally remembers your previous entries for Type of activity and allows you to  quickly select one of them  By default  Broker   s Ally inserts CALL into the Type field     Days From S
97. allow you to create and select among existing Broker s Ally databases   It also allows you to import and export data from and to other programs  The Global Change  function allows you to change information over an entire group of contacts  or the entire database   The Download option specifically imports security prices into Broker   s Ally or security transactions to  the Broker s Ally posting book     The Print Setup option gives you the ability to choose the print device  port connection and output  options you want to use with the Broker s Ally Letter Writer  You can preview a letter on the screen  with the Print Preview option or print it directly to a local or network printer by selecting the Print  option  The Reports function has a separate and distinct Print Setup  Print  and Print Preview  controls  Page Setup allows you to setup the page layout within your letter writer  This item is only  active when you are using the Broker s Ally Letter Writer     The Exit option closes down Broker s Ally     5 1 NEw DATA SOURCE    The New Data Source option allows you to create a new Broker s Ally data source  essentially a new  database  A data source consists of many individual tables or files but appears to the user as one  single database  In this section  we will explain how Broker s Ally creates data sources and how it  manages these databases  While most software programs are extremely limited in the number  type  and configuration of its data files  Broker s Ally is des
98. ally select activities assigned to you  Once again click on the Add  Filter button to bring up the Search Logic window    10  Select AND in the Continue Previous Statement With group    11  Select Activities   Activity For User from the Field combo box    12  Select Equal to      from the Operator combo box    13  Enter your User ID  assume Xyz for this example  in the Value field    14  and click OK    On returning to Edit List dialog the Search Properties Criteria displays    Activities   Type Equal to      CALL      AND Activities   Activity Date Less than or equal to    lt    3 13 17    AND Activities   Activity For User Equal to        Sort Properties  You have finished building the select statement  and now you must create a sort statement  Press  the Add Key to bring up the Search Logic window  You now build a logic expression utilizing contact  and activity fields to construct the sort statement  For example  suppose you want to sort the Calls  list mentioned above by Last Name  Simply select Contacts   Last Name from the Field combo box  and click OK     On returning to the Edit List dialog the Sort Properties Criteria displays    Contacts   Last Name     lf you construct a sort statement with several clauses  the clauses will always be ANDed     Working with a List    Once you have created a Calls List you can scroll through the list and make your phone calls  To  see the full contact record for a member of the list select a list entry and click the Zoom button  If 
99. an  selecting a command from amenu  For example  you can call up Find Contact and Add Contact  typing Ctrl F or add a contact by typing Ctrl D  Accelerator keys are displayed on the menus next to  the associated commands     Using Help  Broker s Ally has an extensive context sensitive help system  You can call for help at any time by  either clicking on the Help menu option  or by pressing F1  If you press F1  Broker   s Ally will usually  display a specific help topic appropriate for the current window  If you select Help on the Main  menu  you can go to the table of contents  search through a list of topics  read instructions on how to  use the Help system  or look up a topic in the Financial Terms Glossary     Different views  As described above  Broker   s Ally can display multiple views or several windows at the same time  If  you are displaying one contact   s data and wish to refer to another contact  you do not need to close  the current contact window  Instead  simply Find the second contact and Broker s Ally will display  the second contact in a separate window  You can move from one window to the other simply by  clicking on the window you wish to activate  Alternatively  you could use the open windows list on  the Window menu to select a window by name     Be Broker s Ally Network Portfolio Yersion 2 19 for Scherer Resources  Inc   File Edit View Portfolio Mail Tools Web Window Help           Account            2nd Name  LEU Open Date   Company   SCHERRER RESOURCE
100. and you should  check here often for resources you may need in your business practice               ce Broker s Ally Portfolio Version 8 16 for Jim Scherrsi  File Edit Contact View Portfolio Mail Too Web Window Help    Quick Web Access to Brokers  lly  com   r   WA Brokers lly  Com A   i  IA    E3 Era         ry Ally Software e Support G  d  i   Broker att      Figure 182   Internet Access from Main Menu Extensions  Quick connect to BrokersAlly com                BrokersAlly com Web Portal    The BrokersAlly com web portal provides you with valuable information  only a fraction of which is  related to the Broker   s Ally software  This rich information site is a portal into Wall Street and is a  collection of information organized by categories such as Market News  Commentary  Practice  Improvement  Clearing Firms  Broker Dealers  Mutual Funds  Research Organizations  and others   You can also read information about the Broker s Ally product line and obtain ordering information     Broker s Ally e Support from the Internet    This is the site for help desk servcies and to read content online or use e mail to reach a team of  qualified help desk technicians  This area is called Broker   s Ally Software e Support  Be sure to  include your name and serial number when you request e mail Support services     12 2 Window Menu    The Window menu offers a variety of controls for manipulating the window display on the screen   Broker s Ally allows you to open and leave open as many wi
101. aphs by clicking and dragging your  mouse  The entire paragraph  defined as any text lying between hard returns  or paragraphs will be  reformatted with the selected alignment     Bold  Italicize  Underline  amp  Strikeout Text  The Bold  Italicize  Underline and Strikeout buttons toggle their respective features on and off for the  highlighted text  If the highlighted text contains a mixture of both states  e g   both bolded and  unbolded text  clicking on the associated button will first move the entire selected text to one state  and then to the other  Therefore  you may have to click the button twice to obtain your desired  result     Single  One and a Half  or Double Line Spacing  Select Single  One and a Half  or Double line spacing to set the amount of space between the lines  of the selected text     Superscript  amp  Subscript  The Superscript and Subscript options move the selected text up and down a half line respectively     Show Paragraphs  The Show Paragraphs button toggles the display of the paragraph marker at the end of each  paragraph as well as other non printing characters  The Letter Writer inserts a paragraph marker  each time you enter a hard return by pressing the Enter key     Text Color  You can change the color of the selected text by clicking on the Color button  Changing the color of  text will have no affect unless you have a color printer     Letter Writer Ruler  Below the Letter Writer toolbar  there is a horizontal ruler and tab bar for showin
102. ary button  to see all of your activities listed in chronological order  If you highlight an activity and go to  one of the other views  you will see the same activity in a different context  If you double click  on an activity you will display that contact   s record  As an added convenience  you can also get  a summary of Historical information by clicking the History check box on the screen  To move  to a specific day  select the Calendar Icon located at the bottom of the Activity Calendar window   double click on a different day  and the selected day will be presented  You can quickly print  your Activities Calendar by pressing the Printer Icon located at the bottom of the Activities    Calendar window      o Activities Summary   Wed  Dec 25  1996    1171571996  1171571996  1171571996  1171571996  1171571996  1171571996  1171571996  1171571996    471471997    CALL  MEETING  ACTION  MEETING  ACTION  MEETING    Avis Bauman   Betty Baker   David Wagner  Irvin Amann   James Bergkoetter  Julie Berland  Kenneth Armstrong  Shirley Bamberger  Stephen Bishop  Wayne Barber    Jack Tripp  Edward Jackson  Harry Peters  Harry Peters  Diane Black  Diane Black    Buttons and Controls    Add    Use this button to schedule a new activity     Edit and Delete  These buttons are active only when you select  highlight  an activity on the Calendar  You can edit  or delete the selected activity     Sweep    Follow up to Matlin    Follow up to Matlin  Follow up to Matlin  Follow up to Mam  Follo
103. ary flexibility in choosing  selection and sort criteria for lists  this dialog seems a little complex when you first encounter it   However  you build all expressions using plain English phrases  You define Search Properties to  select contact records and Sort Properties to establish how to order these records  Then  when you  Close the dialog  Broker   s Ally creates the list and presents you with a number of contacts that meet  your specific criteria        40    Edit List   Calls for the next 7 days  HGR     Search Criteria  Filters      Activities   T    AND Activities   Activity Date Between and Including    gt  4  12 06 1996 1   AND Activities   Activity for User Equal to      MGA    Sort Criteria  Keps      Activities   Activit   AND Contacts   Last Name  ASC    KE  E    Delete Key    wo      Figure 41   List Creator       Search Properties   Click on the Add Filter button to bring up the Search Logic window  You will build a logic expression  utilizing one or more database fields to construct the filter for selecting contact records  You can use  the fields in one or two of the following files  contacts  activities  histories  or postings  For example   suppose you want to build a Call list for everyone having a scheduled CALL activity dated March 13   1997 or before  You will select contacts based solely on activities information    1  Select Activities   Type from the Field combo box    2  Select Equal to      from the Operator combo box    3  Enter CALL in the Val
104. ash deposit for a specified period of  time at a fixed rate of interest     Commission   In Broker s Ally  this number is entered when opening a position or making a  transaction and tracked in a commission table  Fee charged by a broker for executing the purchase  or sale of securities     Common stock   One of the standard securities types  a unit of ownership in the assets of a  corporation     Convertible security   Handled in Broker   s Ally as normal equity or debt  upon conversion it  generates a transaction  A corporate bond or preferred share that may be exchanged for a stated  number of shares of the corporation s common stock     Coupon rate   The rate of interest on a bond expressed in Broker s Ally as a percent and stored in  the securities file     Current yield   In Broker   s Ally this is the annual return on a bond  computed by dividing the annual  coupon rate by the market price  Current yield equals the coupon rate for bonds purchased at par   and exceeds it for bonds purchased at discount     CUSIP  Committee on Uniform Securities Identification Procedures   The standard identifying  number for each security which is held in the Portfolio System securities set up file  Tracked  alongside of symbol as a unique means of identifying the security  In the case of a security that has  no symbol  such as a bond  the CUSIP number is entered in the symbol field     Dividend   Broker s Ally does not track dividend payments along with the underlying security   Howeve
105. atch  as many characters as you enter  For example  if you enter    Sm    in the last name field  Broker s Ally  will return all contacts with a last name starting with    Sm     This obviously would include Smith and  smyth as well as Small  It would not include anyone with the last name of Protoplasm  Note that  Broker s Ally is not case sensitive when matching patterns     Once you have found one or more records  Broker s Ally displays the results in a contact view  window described below  In general  you will use the Find Contact window frequently to find a  particular client or prospect  or to create a list of clients or prospects having common features  Once  you have found your desired contacts  you can view  edit  and browse among them  Next to the  contact window you will see a Contact List displaying all the contact names meeting your search  criteria  You can use this contact list to scroll through and zoom to another contact that appears on  your list     98    ES Edward Jackson Wiel ES     CONTACTS  39  IL x   D    Name  M IE DIS  Edward J  Jackson   Account   rm a      1126987456  Jnd Name   Jannet Smith   Assistant Open Date  Wo A389  Owner  De 02  Company  BAKER  WATTS  FRANKEL Last Contact Bau 204  e Data Source   Address  a Pennkey Avenue Status   Client     Suite 100     Prospect Database    Country    Carer Route     No Mail  Records  39  Work  654 985 9632 ext  Home  e54 789 6589    Alt Phone  654 865 9746 ext  Fax   654 1 23 6541 pE    Comments   Do not 
106. ate a  Mailing list  choose a form letter  and perform a merge print operation with the Letter Writer  addressing the letters correctly using the names and addresses of contacts within the group list  The  result is the same as choosing the Merge option from the Letter Writer menu  discussed on page  170   You could also use a different list  such as a Calls list  from the View menu and select Mail  Merge from the List view  The end result is the same whether you use a Call List  Action List  or  Group List  all the selected names will merge into a single letter and print in a single batch     When you select the Group Letter option  Broker   s Ally displays the Mailing List dialog  Choose an  existing list or create a new one  Click on the View List button and click on Mail Merge to bring up  the Letter Writer s open file dialog  After you select a letter and click on Open  Broker   s Ally will  merge print a letter for every contact in the mailing list     lf No Mail is checked in a contact record  the contact is ignored during the merge print operation     This feature allows you to avoid creating duplicate letters or labels for individuals with more than one  contact record  You can turn off this feature by selecting Ignore No Mail in User Preferences     174    CHAPTER 11 TOOLS MENU             o Broker s Ally Portfolio Version 6 51 for Gregory S  Walters  File Edit View Portfolio Mail WE    HOE Ge  Heel Si   gin    Calculator    Chal  f Kenneth Armstrong   Me x    E CON
107. ating a toolbar  you can later  select the Normal toolbar without changing the toolbar contents  However  if you create a  normal toolbar and switch to large format  you may see some blank buttons  This is because  you only have half of the toolbar selections when choosing the large toolbar selection     Toolbar Setup  The Toolbar button activates the Toolbar setup dialog  With this dialog  you can create your own  toolbar of selected icons  The dialog consists of three scroll boxes  The top scroll box contains your  current selection of buttons  The bottom two boxes contain the inventory of available button icons  and list of actions  You can associate an action with an icon by first clicking on the icon on the  Available Buttons list and then click on the action you wish to assign to it  To add the new icon to  your toolbar  click and hold the left mouse button on the icon in the Available Button list  drag it to the  Your Toolbar list  and release the mouse button  You may add as many icon buttons as you wish  up to 64 or limited by your ability to remember their meaning  To remove a button from your list   click on it  To reset the default meaning associated with each icon  click on the Reset button  The  toolbar appears as a single line under the main Broker s Ally menu     mm RE ER    Toolbar    Cour  oolbar     13   G   l ea ce  l          Cancel      Help     New data source     Reset         Figure 93   Toolbar Setup Dialog    89    Alert Preferences    You have two 
108. ation desired appears  release both  keys and you will switch to the application of your choice  This is often faster than Alt Esc  as it does  not need to redraw the screen for each application before you make your selection     Exiting an Application    When running multiple applications  you can exit a single application by selecting Exit from the File  menu  double clicking on the Control icon at the top left of the program   s window or pressing Alt F4  when the application is active  If you select any of these options while the Program Manager is the  active application  it will shut down all active applications and close Windows  When you are running  multiple applications  or when an application displays multiple windows  it is often easy to become  confused as to which control button or menu applies to which window or application  It takes some  practice to resolve this confusion  Just be careful that you are pointing to the correct icon or menu  choice before you click on it     56    PART 2 REFERENCE    CHAPTER A FILE MENU    File Edit View Portfolio Mal Toole Web Window Help  New Data Source       Database Operations d    ODBC Settings     TAP  Settings       Page setup     Erim EFE  He EESEN     Print Setup       Ev  Figure 61   File Menu       The File menu contains four fundamental operations  1  Database selection and manipulation  2   basic settings for the default Access database  ODBC and TAPI  3  Print operations and 4  program  Exit  The database options 
109. ator or by typing the numbers on the keyboard  Next  enter the multiplication  operator     again by clicking or typing followed by the second number  3   Finally  enter the equals  sign by clicking or typing  Note the Enter key is equivalent to the equal sign  The result 456 will  appear in the display window  If you make a mistake entering a value  you can click on the Back  button or press the BackSpace key on your keyboard to remove a single character  To clear the  entire entry  click on the CE  Clear Entry  button or press the Esc key  You can string multiple  operations together by simply entering the desired operator followed by the number     178    Note  Be careful when mixing operators that you enter them in the proper order to achieve your  desired results  1 2 3 evaluates to 7 and is not equal to 3 3     Calculator Ra    Edit View Help    RS  GESEIS     wl  es e  sl  el  eat  sl  oong       Figure 176   Standard Windows Calculator    You can use the Clipboard to move data to and from the Calculator via the Copy and Paste options  from the Edit Menu  Ctrl C and Ctrl V   If you need to store an intermediate value  use the memory    functions     M   memory    Clear the memory   Retrieves the value in memory and enters it into the display   Saves the value in the display to the memory   Adds the value in the display to the value in the memory and stores the results in the    When a value is stored in the calculator memory  the letter M appears in the upper right und
110. ay the bondholders a specified amount of interest and to repay the principal  at maturity  A secured bond is backed by collateral  an unsecured bond  debenture  by the full faith  and credit of the issuer  Broker s Ally can track them as either bonds or debentures     Bond rating   Estimate of the financial strength of a bond issuer made to advise investors of the risk  of default  The ratings issued by Standard  amp  Poor   s  Moody   s Investors Service  and Fitch   s  Investors Service range from AAA down to D  in default   bonds rated B or lower are considered  speculative  Broker s Ally tracks bond ratings in the securities file within the    Name     as in  Springville Municipal  BBB     Buy   In Broker s Ally  the default buy is a purchase of a security and the corresponding sale of cash  from the portfolio     Call   An option to buy 100 shares of a certain security at a specified strike price within a given  period of time  maturity or expiration date   Handled in Broker s Ally as a security type  Covered call  transactions can combine cost basis with the underlying security by assigning the same lot numbers     Callable bond   In Broker s Ally  handled as a normal bond  When called  a    bond called     transaction is generated  A bond that may be redeemed by the issuer before the maturity date     Certificate of deposit  CD    A security type in Broker   s Ally handled as a short term bond  Its asset  class may be defined as cash  A receipt issued by a bank for a c
111. call between 1 4pm  Interested in Long Term   Close      ZS   re    Address Hotes   Interests   User Fields   Book Pag   Agenda      Figure 102   Contact record with Contact List to the Right    Edward Jackson       Rapid Find    If you enter an exact value in the Last Name  Account  or Owner fields  you will find a contact or  contacts much more rapidly  For example  if you are looking for contacts named Smith  enter    Smith      not    SMITH     in the Last Name field of the find contact window  You must enter the name exactly as  it appears in the database  same characters and same case  in order to take advantage of the rapid  find technology  then press the Enter key or click on find  Broker s Ally automatically capitalizes the  first character for you  The Account and Owner fields also support rapid find if you enter an exact  account number or exact Broker Number  These three fields use a database index  but the rapid  find process only works when your entry exactly matches the information in the database     7 2 ADD CONTACT    Broker s Ally displays the New Contact view when you select View  Add Contact from the menu  The  New Contact view consists of five separate pages accessed by clicking the left mouse button on the  associated button at the bottom of the view  The left most button  and initially foremost screen  is  called the Address Page and is displayed above  As the name implies  this screen contains the  basic client information including address  Additiona
112. ce files  a security master file  and investment trade and or transactions into Broker s Ally   The Delete Data Source option allows you to remove a Broker s Ally data source and all its unique    60    associated data files from the system  It does not remove common data files  e g   Activities or  History  from the system unless you are deleting the last available data source  Finally  the  Maintenance option rebuilds database indexes for a selected data source  a handy option used if  your files become corrupted through damage to the hard disk drive     Import    You can import data from several sources  The ASCII Loader  also known as a CSV file importer    which is available only in the Gold version and above of Broker s Ally  accepts information in a  standard ASCII format  American Standard Code for Information Interchange   The Broker s Ally  v5 x upgrade loader copies data from a BA database  while the Broker s Ally v6 x loader copies  data from another Broker s Ally v6 database  and so on  To bring data into Version 9  from version 8  or from version 7  select the appropriate Import utility from the dialog  Go to Database Operations on  the File menu and select Import from the popup menu     To       Data Source     Import Type     Asch Loader   Broker s Ally Data v6  Broker s Ally Data wr  Broker s Ally Data yo    Test       Figure 65   Import dialog    ASCII Import  Gold  Network  and Portfolio only  CSV File Import  Broker s Ally accepts data from an ASCII file i
113. clude securities maturing between oa 71994 and Du 9 1994       Figure 53   Selecting maturing securities    3 10 COORDINATE YOUR OFFICE INTO A WORKGROUP    A network version of Broker s Ally allows many people to use the database simultaneously  This    insures that every person in your office has access to the constantly changing contact information   Such a system avoids confusion and facilitates accurate information exchange between the  members of your staff  The network version features password protection  restricted user access  and shared resources  Additional users can be added to your network by contacting your Broker s  Ally sales representative at 484 875 1710     50    CHAPTER A WINDOWS FEATURES    This chapter is designed to give those of you who have never used Microsoft Windows a brief  introduction to its features and controls  Microsoft Windows is a powerful  graphics based operating  environment for your personal computer  Its function is to act as an interface between the  underlying operating system  and you  the end user  Many programs  including Broker s Ally  have  been specifically written to use the Windows interface and its graphical features and controls   Broker s Ally is designed to run on Windows 95  98  2000  ME  XP  Vista  Win7 and beyond     Microsoft Windows  like the Apple Macintosh is an icon driven system  Instead of requiring you to  remember and type clumsy text based commands  Windows presents all your command options as  menu choices 
114. cluding search  and glossary functions including descriptions of new version features     25    e Auto Install CD  Created fast and automatic installation routine to install Broker s Ally on  a hard drive from a CD drive without added commands     Gold Level Feature Improvements    This section describes the detailed features added to the    Gold Level    of Broker   s Ally     e Sending e mails  Broker s Ally now allows you to send e mail using your installed e mail  software and retain the contents of the e mail message within the contacts notes     e Fulfillment Exporting  Created fulfillment house export function which enables a custom  programmed connection to your mailing fulfillment house     E Robert Adams miei         Account          Mame   e d   be   EL bs hu                end Mame   Catherine Adams  wife   Open Date  ae  Compariy   Leg Contact  12 31 1996 Owner  pwos    Address   503 Jackson Lare East Status   Client   Hie   Ge  E Rating  f1 O00000 Dates  City   Brentwood   States DV   Zips 37027  Country  f Carer Route T Wo Mail  et E ol gebr New Data Fields added                Phone Mumbers Addresses    Save      Comments     Family with 3 children  3 Clase    Met at Investment Seminar  1992               Address Notes   Interests   User Fields   Book  Page   Agenda      Figure 22   New Fields for e mail  contacts  important dates  amp  addresses          e Palm Pilot Interface  Created ability to load Broker s Ally information into the popular  Palm Pilot pro
115. corresponding mailing labels or  envelopes  That s all there is to it     Note  It is possible to mail a letter to a selected group of contacts by using the Group Letter option    from the Mail menu  See Group Letter in the Mail Menu chapter        Mal Tools Web Window Help    Coby leles     Marked Letters    Delete    Delete All    Mark For       Close    select     all  VM   Marked for    MGF        Hunt    Letters   Labels   Envelopes   Report      Figure 119   Marked Letter Dialog for Mailing       Links    Broker s Ally allows you to create Associate or Household links between individual records in a data  source  By linking records  you can rapidly move among related records in the same data source   You can use the Make Link command to create a connection to another contact record or records   You can display linked records  jump to one of the linked records  and destroy links between  records     Tom Bob Kathy Patricia Frank  Treadmill Abelson Worth Smith Tompkins    Figure 120   Linked Contacts    118    Associate Links  Associate links are used to reference other professional contacts that are associated with this  person  such as accountants or lawyers representing a client or people who have been referred by  the same individual  As a convenience  when you copy a record  the new record is automatically    linked to the original contact using an associate link  When the ait button appears in the contact  window  found under the data source dialog window  you have a
116. ct in order to totally automate this phase of the download     Pershing stores client name  amp  address information in a free form data block  PERSHBA6 attempts  to identify all relevant components and load them into appropriate Broker s Ally fields  For example   it must load the individual s last name or custodian   s last name into the Broker s Ally LastName field   It must locate the Zip code and load it into the Broker   s Ally Zip field  Etc  We cannot guarantee  success in all situations  thus you may have to manually revise some client records in Broker s Ally  following a download     For more information about the Pershing Download module  please contact the Pershing  representative for the hardware and software requirements for InfoDirect     Docking Transfer    Use this feature to load data to your portable notebook computer that is temporarily    docked    at the  network port  After you check the Docking Station option in User Preferences  you can download all  of your data from the Main data source located on the network file server to your local computer   This allows you take your laptop PC home and continue using Broker s Ally  Select Docking  Transfer and Docking Download from the File Data Operations menu to copy your data from the file  server to a dBase data source on your PC  After you disconnect your PC from the network  you can  work with the copy of the network data source which will now be located on your local hard drive   You may subsequently use
117. ct the Contact option  the available items are merge fields for the contact record  If  you insert a merge field  the field name will be replaced by the corresponding data for each contact  during the merge process  Most contact fields are available as merge fields  Furthermore  there is a  special merge field for a contact   s full name called FULL NAME  The NICKNAME merge field will  substitute Salutation   Last Name  e g   Mr  Jones  if the NickName field is empty in a contact  record     The COMPANY  TITLE  2    Name   ADDRESS1  and ADDRESS2 merge fields are called    ghost     fields because they will vanish if no data is available when the letter is printed  A ghost field and   more importantly  the line it occupies will disappear in the absence of data to fill it  However  if any  other text or merge fields share a line with a ghost field  an empty space will replace the field and the  line will remain in the letter     Date   When you select the Date option  the available items are     MM DD YY     MM DD YYYY     NNNNNNNN DD  YYYY    9 28 2004   9 28 04   September 28  2004  Items 1 through 3 are three different styles of date merge fields  When you print a letter containing  one of these merge fields  the current date replaces the merge field  For example  item 1 produces  a result like item 5  item 2 produces a result like item 4  and item 3 produces a result like item 6  when you print the letter  Items 4 through 6 display the current date  whatever it happens to b
118. ctivities   history  and marked letters  You might use this command to move a contact from a prospecting data  source to your main data source or move a contact from your main data source to a data source of  inactive contacts     Move Contact    To Data Source        Cancel         Figure 117   Move contact dialog    Broker s Ally asks you to identify the target data source  which must be different from the current  data source  as in Test data source shown in the Figure above     Dial    The dial option prompts you to select the Work  Home or Alternate phone number and then dials the  number via the computer s modem  You may also use one of the accelerator keys to bypass the  menu  When viewing a contact  type Ct r1   w to dial the Work number  Ct r1 H to dial the Home  number  or Ct r1 A to dial the Alternate number  Furthermore  there are buttons on the Address  Page for dialing each of these phone numbers     Mark a Letter    There are two ways to send a letter to a particular contact  You can choose to create and send a  Quick Letter  discussed above  which allows you to quickly write and send a single letter to the  currently displayed individual  Alternatively  you can mark the current record to receive one or more  existing letters  usually form letters  associated with the Letter Writer  You can generate these  letters in bulk  which greatly facilitates mass mailings  To mark the current record to receive a  particular letter  you must have already created and saved
119. ctivity  and pressing Edit  Edit the  activity and press Update  To delete an activity from your Sales Plan  highlight the activity and press  Delete  Once you have created you Sales Plan  press Save     Copy  Sales Plans can be copied and use it as a building block for additional sales plans  Press Copy   and your sales plan will by copied to another file  The Broker s Ally will automatically give the plan a  name of    copy of XYZ Plan     Click on the Edit button to redefine the plan and modify it for a new  purpose     Apply Sales Plan to a Contact   1  Once you have found the contact to whom you wish to apply a sales plan  select View  Sales  Planner  Apply Sales Plan  Brokers Ally will display the sales plans that you have created    2  Select the start date of your plan    3  Highlight the plan you wish to Apply  and press OK    Your plan has been applied to that contact     Apply Sales Plan Fa      Entered By  MGR       Contact  Stanley Adams    Plan  EChent Review   6 Month      Gathering Assets   Top 100  High Growth   Weekly Contact    Prospecting 101   Prospecting 102   Seminar Planning    Cancel      Figure 131   Select Sales Plan to Apply to Group of Contact Records       129    Apply Sales Plan to a Group List   Once you have created your Campaign List  click on File  Database Operations  Global Change    8  Choose a Broker   s Ally data source in which your list exists    9  Check List and choose the List Type    10  Click on the Plan button in the Add section
120. cts to appropriate  clients     9  Increase Fees  Helps to increase assets under management and corresponding fee billing opportunities     10  Increase the Value of the Business Practice    Helps to increase the market valuation of the business practice itself buy increasing all  the valuation measures of the business practice     210    APPENDIX L  PALM PILOT CONNECTIVITY    Palm Pilot Data Synchronization Utility   Broker s Ally contains a utility to support the data synchronization features built into the Palm Pilot to  move data back and forth from Broker s Ally Gold Level  and above  and the Palm Pilot device  It is  compatible with Palm Pilot Ill  V  and VII  To utilize this function  users must have the Hot Sync  Manager  version 1 1  2 0  2 1  or 3 0 and above  that comes with the Palm Pilot Desktop software  installed  Broker s Ally utilizes the most current synchronization tools for the Palm Pilot  The way the  Palm Pilot hot sync works is described in the User Manual that comes with the Palm Pilot     To use the Palm synchronization utility  first install the Hot Sync Manager  Then in Broker s Ally   select Tools   Palm Pilot Sync Options and click on the button labeled  Install Palm Pilot Address  Conduit  in Broker s Ally  Select the data source you wish to synchronize  Place the Palm Pilot in the  hot sync cradle and press the sync button  The Broker s Ally sync utility will synchronize the data  between the Palm Pilot address book and the Broker s Ally contact
121. d  Portfolio   aluation Summar     i Labels    Realized Gain Loss Ge Posting Book  Unrealized Gain Lozs    Directory   C  BA6    IT Enable Printer Setup    List Type    Actions       Preview   Cancel   Disclaimer      Help      Figure 138   Portfolio Client Reports    Portfolio Broker Reports    The Commissions and Securities by Symbol reports are carried over from the Standard and Gold  versions of Broker s Ally  The following reports appear only in the Portfolio version     Large Positions   shows up to 100 of the largest open positions for all users sorted by Market  Value  All data sources are included in the report  which provides Security Description  Symbol   Quantity  Market Price  Market Value  and number of Accounts    Portfolio Rank   shows up to 20 of the largest open accounts belonging to the current user sorted  by Market Value  All data sources are included in the report  which provides Account number   Name  Rating  Market Value  and Data Source where the account is located    Securities by Type   lists securities sorted by type  You may select a specific security type  and or enter a list of Symbols to limit the scope of the report  Place a comma     between Symbols  in your list  The report shows the Symbol  Description  Price and other information     Transaction Schedule   shows all transactions for contacts the user has access to in a specified  date range  Shows Long Buys  Short Buys  Long Sells  Short Sells in date order  For each  transaction we provid
122. d at the bottom of the dialog allow you to merge names into and print letters   labels  envelopes  or produce a report utilizing data in the contact records of every person displayed   The Letters button will merge and print Marked Letters  The Envelopes or Labels buttons will merge  and print mailing labels or envelopes for each letter  The Report button will print data into a selected  report format using the Marked Letters List of contacts     You can delete individual entries with the Delete button or delete the list that is currently displayed  with the Delete All button  The Select scroll box allows you display the entire list or just the contacts  for a particular letter  Initially the Select scroll box shows     all     and the list box displays all of your  marked letters for all contacts  You can choose a particular letter in the scroll box in order to display  only the contacts to whom you assigned this letter  Some users like to print one kind of letter in a  single batch  change stationary in their printer  and print another kind of letter as a second batch   The print commands operate on the contents of the list box    After you have printed the selected marked letters  you can click on Delete All to remove the people  from the marked letters list  Be sure that you have printed the necessary labels or envelopes before  you delete marked letters list  because this group is not retrievable again     10 3 MARKED NOTES    Marked Notes is a handy feature for creating
123. d click on Next    3  On the second screen  select a Broker s Ally Data Source and either The Whole Database or A  List From Broker s Ally  The Whole Database merges every contact in the Broker s Ally data  source with the document you will create  They will be sorted in alphabetical order by last name   A List From Broker s Ally merges every contact in an existing Broker s Ally list with the document  you will create  They will be printed in list order    4  lf you chose a list  select a type of list and a particular list on the third screen    5  Click on Finish to create an empty mail merge letter document  You will see the document in  Page Layout view mode  You may wish to select Normal mode from the View menu    6  Insert a merge field for the current date near the top of the page  Select Insert from the menu   click on Field  click on Date and Time  and click on Date  In the Field Codes edit box  enter      MMMM dd  yyyy     after DATE     Way 09  1995    gSA LTATIOH  FIRSTHAM E     LasTH ANE    g TITLE   et CUMDGNYs   ep DDRESS1s   ep DDRESS 2s   CITY    5TATEs   AIP       COUNTRY        Figure 203   Sample letter showing merge codes    1  Click on Insert Merge Field on the tool bar and select SALTATION  the first salutation field   from the list  Repeat for the other Broker s Ally merge fields as shownFigure     2  Further down the letter you will add a greeting  Type in  Dear   and follow with SALTATION and  LASTNAME merge fields using Insert Merge Field    3  Type 
124. describes  Broker s Ally terminology  To keep ambiguity to a minimum for you and your sales assistants  we  have described below how Broker s Ally handles various investment tasks and terms  Please refer  to this list if you wish to have complete understanding of the way in which Broker s Ally uses  specialized terms to define actions     Account   In Broker s Ally  the    account    represents a single account at a brokerage firm  trust  company  or bank  etc  A contact may have multiple accounts  and an account may have multiple  contacts associated with it  As in a brokerage or advisory firm  the owners of an account are shown  in the registration block on the contact screen     Account Executive   In Broker s Ally  this is tracked as the broker number  Also known as the  Registered Representative  advisor or the manager or owner of the account     Annuity   Security Type in Broker s Ally that is an insurance contract paying at regular intervals     Appraisal   A report or opinion of value about the investment portfolio made by an expert based on  facts and professional judgment  Also  depicted as Portfolio Valuation Detail Report     Associated Contact   The contact associated with an account     Association For Investment Management and Research  AIMR   One of the performance reports  to appear soon in Broker   s Ally  The AIMR Portfolio Performance Presentation Standards are a set  of guiding ethical principals intended to promote full disclosure and fair representation
125. ditional maps are  1000 each  and each additional day on your site is   1200     209    APPENDIX K   BENEFITS OF BROKER S ALLY    Benefits of Using Broker   s Ally   Here are some benefits users have derived from implementing the Broker s Ally portfolio  management  sales control and CRM system for investment advisors  sales assistants and sales  managers     1  Longevity of Relationship  Capturing detailed client and prospect information will help secure a positive client  relationship for a longer period of time     2  Enhance other offerings and cross selling  Use of Broker s Ally helps to increase penetration of all products being offered     3  Compliance Satisfaction  Supports consistent  targeted and measurable behavior of account representatives and their  assistants with note taking and audit trail reporting     4  Increase Productivity and Sales Revenue  Helps to support more productivity and efficiency in all daily operations     5  Better Trained and controlled Teams  Helps to ensure all advisors and assistants work in a well defined path following their  strategic plan     6  Increase Assets Under Management  Helps to uncover hidden assets by the use of structured data gathering and client  questioning and profiling     7  Open More Accounts  Helps to increase sales pipeline conversions from status of lead  to a qualified prospect  then  on through to the client status     8  Do More Trades  Enables reps to profile customers and target marketing appropriate produ
126. duct to enable users to review contact information on their portable Palm  device  Interface connectivity specifications are found in the appendix          Palm  Inc  manufacturers of the Palm Pilot       26    p   Robert Adams              Mon Apr 09 2001 5 36 PM Origin MGRA    Had discussion regarding tas planning and asset allocation for the  upcoming year Send information via e mail with Broker s Ally        Include tn  Activity  Function  Records  3    r  Save      EE E E Cloze      Quick  Ltr   Mark   Review   Date   Delete   Spell ME EM 2      Compliance New Fields Added    Address  Notes   Interests   User Fields   Book  Page   Agenda      EE  Figure 23   Notes Page Expanded  New fields to categorize notes  send and store e mail          Access    Semi Private    Portfolio Level Feature Improvements    This section describes features added to the    Portfolio Level    of Broker   s Ally     e General Ledger  Added a holdings general ledger  cash ledger and the ability to track    both transactions and positions and to manage alternative accounting and trade  methods such as LIFO  FIFO and average cost     e Expanded Securities Descriptors  Added the ability to track CUSIP number and the  Description extensions of securities  Corresponds to Interactive Data Corporation format     FT IDC     27    KS Robert Adams   es                     Security Quantity Price Mkt Value Gain Loss SE  AT amp T Carp  Jo000 O00  56385634  IB hi 100 95 90 9590 00 590 00 Owner  LC  Internet
127. e  CIT      COMPANY      COUNTRY   me    COUNTRY     CREATE   DEPT Cancel    FAxXPHONE   FIRS TNAME    Help         Figure 168   Insert dialog    Table  When you select the Table option  you will be presented with a dialog window which will ask the  number of columns and rows you would like     Merge    The Merge menu item on the Letter Writer menu brings up the Mailing List dialog  After you select  an existing list or create a new list  Broker s Ally prints the current letter for each contact in the list   filling in the merge fields appropriately     170    lf No Mail is checked in a contact record  the contact is ignored during the merge print operation   This feature allows you to avoid creating duplicate letters or labels for individuals with more than one  contact record  You can turn off this feature by selecting Ignore No Mail in User Preferences     Spell Check    select Spell Check from the Letter Writer menu to check the document for misspelled words  If no  misspelled words are found  Broker s Ally displays the message    Spell Check complete     otherwise  the Spell Check dialog appears  The Spell Check dialog provides suggested replacements for the  misspelled word and a default Change To entry  You can choose to Change the misspelled word   Ignore the suggestion  or  if it is a valid word  Add it to the dictionary  The Ignore All option causes  the spell checker to ignore the suspect word for the remainder of the document  The Change All  option causes the spe
128. e  and Maturity Date     Unrealized Gain Loss    This report shows open positions for selected ranges of Open Dates  and Close Dates in each contact   s posting book  Leave a date range blank to ignore the  constraint  For example  you might enter a date range for Open Date but certainly leave the  date range for Close Date blank  The report will include every open position within the  Open Date range  It details Quantity  Symbol  Open Date  Open Price  Open Amount   Cost   Gain Loss  and  Gain Loss  It totals all numeric fields at the bottom of each  contact   s report  Note  The Unrealized Gain Loss report depends upon current prices for the  securities to calculate Gain Loss  You can also restrict the report to certain Ticker Symbols     138    CHAPTER8 amp  PORTFOLIO LEVEL    The Broker s Ally product is feature differentiated  and these features are encapsulated within     levels     the Standard  Gold  Portfolio and Advanced Portfolio Level each has a distinct feature set  built up from the lower level  This section describes the Broker s Ally Portfolio level feature set  The  Broker s Ally Portfolio Level is a powerful portfolio management system designed to support the  sales process of retail brokers and investment advisors  Whereas  for example  traditional portfolio  software might create a Portfolio Valuation Report  the Broker s Ally Portfolio System can do this and  go further to rank portfolios based on value and then contact clients through campaign list  mana
129. e Schedule Activity dialog  which is accessed through the View menu   Alternatively  you can access the Activity Scheduling dialog through the Agenda button on  the Contact   s record     3  The    Action For    field will automatically be set to your User ID so that this activity will  appear only in your Activities Calendar  If you select a different User ID  the activity will  appear in that person   s Activities Calendar who is in your work group  Similarly the     Entered By    field will automatically default to your User ID and will register who entered  the activity     4  Description   Enter a short description in the Description box of what you want to  accomplish     5  The name of the contact will appear automatically in the Contact field     6  Select the Type of activity   Call or Action  You can even create a new activity type by  manually entering an appropriate name such as Meeting  Remove the information in the  Type field and enter your desired information     7  Date and Time   Broker   s Ally automatically enters tomorrow   s date and the current time   You may change the date and time  If you double click on a date field or the time field and  choose your selection from a popup calendar  or time  You can also click on the light bulb  icon for more information on entering the date and time     8  Duration   To schedule a block of time for an activity  enter the length of time in minutes   Duration is useful only when you have specified a time for the acti
130. e a list of all people in a Zip code range to call  upon  or possibly a group of people whose bonds are maturing  First you should identify the type of  Activity you wish to pursue  such as Calling  Action execution  or Maturity review  Select one of  these list categories  create the list  and then attack it     Four Groupings of Contacts from your Database for Targeted Campaigns    e Call Lists   a list  or many lists  of contacts that you can approach to sell or market new products  or services using the telephone as the main tool    e Action Lists   a list  or many lists  of contacts for whom you have a certain action in mind  For  example  you might create a list of your clients who own a certain stock that you wish them to  sell    e Group Lists   alist  or many lists  that you can create comprising groups of clients who might  share particular characteristics  such as an interest in new offerings and mutual funds    e Maturity Lists   a list  or many lists  of clients who have bonds or other products that are  maturing on a specific date as specified in the security setup  This is a handy way for brokers to  keep track of these people  and see the contact record  take notes  and make calls     48    Shown in the figure below is the Attack List calling list created by selecting contacts from the  database using selection and sorting criteria     Available List s      Data Source s      database    Refresh List      Figure 50   Sample Calls Campaign List       Click on V
131. e bas All files ending with  bas are scripts  Setup Files Bawing ini Initialization file for setting configurations       Adata ini Data Initialization file for configurations  Definitions Defs dat Definition files for User Fields  Interests  etc   Data Files ALLYWIN MDB The Main data file  Reports Pxporval rpt Portfolio Value Report  Reports Anything rpt All reports have  rpt exension  Error Messages Imperr txt Text file listing error messages on data import  Readable Text Readme txt File for you to read to tell you about new features    Folders  G ga IC  l T Acrobata  H  Adobe  C  Adobeapp  Ggs America Online A  2 C AOL Instant Messenger    H  Bafplan   ay bumudoc   d Chevy   ef  ComputerPrevtlly  com  HS Dmi     ig Liv Docs  H  Epems  _  LapLink Professional    J My Download Files    Appnitmnt  bal  Banksvcs  bal  el Birthday  bal  el Client  bal   E Discount  bal  el Dontdait  bal  el Example  bal  el Funds  bal  el Getwell  bal  el Goodjob  bal  el Graduate  bal  el Holiday  bal  el Mistake  bal  el Money  bal       el Mots atistied bal    S47  5EB Application   17KB Application  22KB BAL File  4KB BAL File  AED BAL File  ZER BAL File  FEB BAL File  SKB BAL File  BEB BAL File  4KB BAL File  2KB BAL File  4KB BAL File   KBE BAL File  4KB BAL File  AP BAL File  SKB BAL File  BAL File    10727701 10 29 AM  Terga 10 49 PM  1 44 95 744 PM  876 97 11 50 AM  17495 7 44 PM  174 95 2 4  PM  of 6 o  11 46 AM  144 95 7 49 PM  07697 11 53 AM  r697 11 49 AM  144 95 7 50 PM  a697 11 5
132. e data in at the  keyboard     Single PC Installations    Please insert the CD in your CD drive and follow the directions that appear on the screen  During the  Broker s Ally installation you will be asked several questions pertaining to your specific computer  setup  Personal information  the directory you wish to use  ideally C  ba9   and other tips  The  installation program is found as x  setup  which you can  run  from the Windows Start menu if  automated installation fails for some reason     Support by Phone and e Mail     Should you have further questions  please contact the support group at  484 875 1705   support BrokersAlly com or  Fax at 484 875 1704     212    APPENDIX N      PROGRAM FILE STRUCTURE    This section describes the structure of files within the program  and is provided to assist you or your  technical team with more advanced configuration and trouble shooting tools  In addition  this table  shows you the names of the data files that are the focus of your data backup and restore process   Presented are the file name  its extension and purpose  While not all files are listed  the most  commonly used main program files are identified     Category Name Purpose    Program File Bawin exe Main Program executable file  Letters Appntmnt bal Letter within the Broker s Ally       Birthday bal Happy Birthday letter    BAL      Anything bal All files ending with  bal are letters  Quick Letters Thanks baq All files ending with bag are quick letters  Scripts Badtim
133. e text we shall write the request as follows       type the phone number in the phone field       lf we want you to type a specific word or text command  we will show the text to be typed in a mono  spaced font as in  Type setup     lf we want you to use a specific keystroke we shall write it as follows       then press F8    or    then press Enter     When we write press Alt F3 we mean that you should hold down the Alt key and press the F3 key     When we want you to use your mouse  we will instruct you to click or double click on a menu  selection  icon  control button or other object  By this we mean for you to move the mouse until the  mouse pointer is located on top of the item to be clicked and then pressing and quickly releasing the  left mouse button  Double clicking simply means to repeat the click twice in rapid succession   Occasionally you will be asked to drag an object  Here  you must place the mouse pointer on top of  the object  press and hold the left mouse button while simultaneously moving the pointer to the new  location  When you arrive at the new location  release the mouse button to insert the object     o When we want to emphasize a paragraph that applies to the network version of Broker s Ally we    a t  print the following icon in the margin     1 3 ABOUT BROKER   S ALLY    Broker s Ally is a full featured broker and advisor productivity system specifically designed for  investment managers  With Broker s Ally  you can track clients and prospects in 
134. e the Date  Quantity  Symbol  Cost Proceeds  Account number  and Name of  the account     Client Portfolio Reports    The Posting Book  Realized Gain Loss  and Unrealized Gain Loss reports are carried over from the  Standard and Gold versions of Broker   s Ally  The following reports appear only in the Portfolio  version     Bond Maturity Distribution   shows Market Value by maturity year of open bond positions  belonging to a user  You can select a date range for this report  which is based on any list of clients  you choose    Portfolio Valuation Detail   shows all open positions grouped by security type for each client in a  list  Information provided  Quantity  Description  Total Cost  Open Price  Market Price  Unrealized    141    gain loss    Total portfolio  Income  and Yield  If you have used Portfolio Setup  the security types  for this report will be taken from the Asset Classes list and presented in the same order     Portfolio Valuation Summary   shows combined open positions for each security type for every  client in a list  Information provided  Description  Security type   Cost Basis  Market Value   Unrealized gain loss  Income  Yield    Total portfolio  If you have used Portfolio Setup  the security  types for this report will be taken from the Asset Classes list and presented in the same order     Disclaimer Message    Broker s Ally gives you the ability to enter a message that can be embedded into any client report  A  standard example of using this feature
135. e when  you pull up the Insert dialog  as static text strings  They are not merge fields  If you insert one of  these items into your letter  it will appear exactly as you see it and it will never change     Document  When you select the Document option  the Open Letter Writer dialog will appear with the New button  disabled  When you select a document  it will be inserted into the current letter at the insertion point     169    Page  When you select the Page option  the available items are   1  Page Break  which forces the beginning of a new page   2  Page Number  a merge field that will be replaced with the page number when the  document is printed     User  When you select the User option  the available item is merge field for the name of the current user of  Broker s Ally and default user information  See User Preferences     Picture  When you select the Picture option  you will be presented with a insert picture dialog window  You  have the ability to insert picture in the following formats   e Windows Bitmap    BMP   Tag Image File Format     TIF   Graphics Interchange     GIF   Windows Paintbrush     PCX   TARGA     TFA   e Windows Metafile    WMF   Graphics can also be added via the Microsoft Windows Cut  Copy and Paste routine  You can  preview your selections by checking the Preview check box     D     ktterwrter   Insert        i as e Contact  ADDRESS   ADDRESS  C Date   BEST TIME Wer  BIRTH  a  BIRTHS C User  BIRTHDAY   CARRIERRTE i Document     CIN TERYSL Pictur
136. e with the following options    e Selectable date range   e One or more contact accounts  households   e Subtotals by month  quarter  year  account  security  security types  asset classes  security sub     types     Performance Vs  Index    The Advanced Portfolio Level provides the ability to compare the performance of an account against  an index  In order to provide this information  the new asset type of Index has been added  The  user can associate this asset type with a security to indicate that the security is really an index   Prices can be entered into the database associated with this security to correspond to the value of  the index on given dates  With this data  the system can calculate the performance of the index and  use that in its comparisons     Commission Allocation    The Advanced Portfolio Level provides the ability to track the allocation of commissions on a per  trade basis  Commissions can be allocated to the house  another firm  and individual salespeople   or whoever desired  This is important when third party products such as mutual funds or annuities  are sold by an advisor     On the View Ledger dialog  there is a button called Allocate Commission  which when clicked brings    up the Trade Allocation dialog for the selected trade  This dialog allows the user to enter up to six  commission allocations  Allocations can be a dollar amount or percentage of the total commission     161    CHAPTER 10 MAIL MENU     o Broker s Ally Portfolio Version 6 51
137. ea of the screen and quickly press  and release the button twice    Drag  amp  Drop  Position the mouse pointer and press the button without releasing it  Then move  the mouse pointer to a new location before releasing the button  Upon release of the  button  whatever is being dragged will be moved to the new location     52    4 3 RESIZING WINDOWS    As described  Windows allows you to display windows in one of three states   Maximized  Minimized  or Resizable     Maximizing a Window Le JI    You can resize a window to its maximum size  either determined by the work area of window s  parent window or the desktop depending on the type of window  by clicking on the Up Arrow located  at the top right of the window  If a window is of fixed size  the sizing arrows are not displayed     Minimizing a Window    01    To prevent the windows screen from becoming cluttered with open windows  you can temporarily  minimize a window  By minimizing windows  you keep the screen display more organized without  having to terminate active applications  An appropriate icon represents the program or window  To  minimize a window click the Down Arrow located in the upper right corner of the window     Resizing a Window    When a window is Maximized  you can reduce it to a Resizable window by clicking on the Double  Headed Arrow    Tile and Cascade    The Tile and Cascade options on the Window menu allow you to systematically resize all active  windows  The Cascade option on the Window menu will a
138. eeting with you and should you have any questions  or if for any reason there is a change of  plans  please call me     sincerely   OWNER  Financial Consultant z    E  Line 23 Column 1       Figure 158   Letter Writer Window    The Letter Writer window lists the name of the current letter in the title bar  If the Letter Writer  contains a new document that has not yet been saved  the document will be assigned the temporary  name    LetterX     where X is a sequence number assigned by the system  You can open as many  letters as you desire up to the memory limit of your computer  You can cut and paste between  letters using the Edit menu  and you can switch between letters by clicking on the corresponding  window or using the open window list on the Window menu  The main editing region is bordered by  a horizontal ruler that displays inches  a vertical scroll bar  and a horizontal scroll bar  It has a tab  bar that displays the left margin and tab settings  and a toolbar for controlling the text in the window   Broker s Ally provides various sample letters with the Letter Writer     163    Exit  To close a Letter Writer window  double click on the system box in the upper left corner of the Letter  Writer window or select Exit from the Letter Writer menu     Letter Writer Menu    The Letter Writer has its own menu  You will find the following options      oe Broker s Ally Portfolio Version 6 51 for Gregory S  Walters  File Edit RACH View Mail Tools Window Help    cose  FILLY de
139. ege level restrictions found in User ID  Configure  User  but does not change New Data Source  Import  or Export rights  The default for this option is  always on  or checked  You must have the Login right to change this setting     Activity Calendar Preferences    The Resolution selection will change the time slot size for the Activities Calendar and Contact s  Agenda  You can choose between 10  15  20  30  60  120 minutes  This selection will show you  more or less information in the Daily and Weekly views of the Activities Calendar     Startup Preferences    When you run Broker s Ally  you can choose one of the following initial views in which Broker   s   Ally will startup    e Choose Find Contact to display the Find Contact window automatically when you first enter  Broker s Ally    e Choose Show last contact to display the last contact you were working on during the  previous session  For example  if you exited Broker   s Ally yesterday with the record of John  Smith open  when you start the Broker   s Ally program today  you will again be presented with the  contact record of John Smith    e Choose Activities Calendar to display the Activities Calendar window automatically when  you first enter Broker   s Ally  The Activities Calendar will be presented using the same format  selected in the previous session  For example  if you last used the Activities Calendar in the  Summary view  when you start the Broker   s Ally program today  you will be presented with the  Activ
140. en use the Calculator  program selector to start any appropriate Windows program via the Calculator option  For example   you could select CHARMAP EXE to bring up the character map insertion program     91    Calculator Ei    Look  m   Windows   e            2  All Users _  Cookies Fonts  J Aolshare L  Crystal Forms  _J Application Data _  Cursors   Help     Catroct    Orwatson _   Java     Command    ESLogs    MCBin  _  Favorites _  Media          Files of type   Executable Ples D exe     Cancel      T Open as read only       Figure 95   Calculator Selection Dialog    E mail Preference    Enter the full path name for the e mail application of your choice  You may click the Browse button  to look up the application or select one of the suggestions in the combo box     Please Note  When the directory path contains a  long name  allowed in Windows 95 and Windows  NT  you should click the Browse button to convert it to a DOS directory path  Press OK to accept  the DOS representation  Before saving an entry containing long directory names  BA will  automatically pop up the Browse dialog     Interests Setup    aTa The Interests button brings up the Interests dialog  This dialog allows you to assign the conceptual  aLa meaning and text description to each of the 28 Interest check boxes associated with a contact  The  descriptions that you assign will appear on the Interests page of the Contact view  These settings  apply to all Broker s Ally data sources and all users of Broker   s
141. enne 143  Figure 141   Portfolio Valuation Summary rap    144  Figure 142   Bond Maturity Distribution Report  a Client Report 144  Figure 143   Unrealized Gain Loss Report  a Client Report  145  Figure  144 4 Edit SCCUNIV   VO E 146  Figure 145   Security Types and Asset Classes Geiunp   nnne 147  FIGUIS 146  Enler Tiger Ee 148  let IAT   BOOK Page EE 155  Figure 148 Sor Order  OF Holding LEE 155  Figure  TAS Ledger E 156  Figure 150   Purchase dalog NEEN 157  PIGUIE 151 LOLOClOCHON EE 157  Figure 152  USE Specific LOE GIAIOG nescis EE EEE 158  Fig  r   153  Security Type dialog BEE 159  Figure 154  lee e e WE 160  Figure 155   Security Pricing dialog AA 160  PIGUEC  T96 ER OT EE 162  Figure 157   Open Letter Writer  ualog   eee 163  Figure  158   Letter Writer le e 163  FOUE TOO   Leter Wer MENU seer a a 164  Figure 160  Document INTOrnMation  DiQlOG DEE 165  Figure 161  FORMAL RE e Ee e MEET 165  PIQUE 162  Format Paragraph GAO E 166  Figure 169  Formal  Page e E ee E 166  Figure 164   Format Color Dialog           ccccccccccccccccccesessseeeeceeeeseeaeeseeeeeeesseuaesseseeeeeeeeessaaaseseeeesssaaageseeees 167  FiGUre 169   Search Dial EE 168    FIGURE 1166 4 Se arch E Lee EE 168    FOWE Mov deem E DIAO ME 169  Figure 168  INSert GIalOG EE 170  Figure 169  SpellCheck Dialog BE 171  Figure 170  Letter Writer ToolDa enssins 171  Figure  171   Leter Writer TEE 172  Figure 172   Marked Letter Dialog DEE 173  Figure 173 2 TOOIS EE 175  FOUE 174e PHONG DIAG E 175  Figure 175 Dia
142. er Fields   Book  Page   Agenda      hI   yi       Figure 106   Marked Notes    You can print the marked notes on label stock to produce a mailing label as well as a copy of the  note  See Marked Notes under Reports  One label will contain the address while the adjacent label  will contain as much of the note as will fit  Once the labels have been printed  you can read the note  to remind yourself about what needs to be mailed and then use the address label to address the  envelope     In network installations  you can even mark notes for other users  This feature enables you to place  the marked note in someone else   s marked note printing queue     A marked note displays  Marked XXX  in the header  where XXX is the User ID of the person for  whom the note is marked  In network installations of Broker s Ally  the User ID ensures that the note  appears only in the Marked Notes report for the indicated user     Quick Letter  You can create a template  a formatted letter containing merge codes and text  for every situation  where you want to send a simple  short business letter  A template is merged with data on the  Address Page to create the letter that is placed in the notes database  You can edit the letter  then  print it using Print Quick Letter on the Contact menu  Quick Letters are stored with other notes  allowing you to review them quickly  However  you should use the Letter Writer for a longer or more  polished appearing letter     Select a template and click on Use
143. er for the original 16 types  For example  you could create the class Equity and insert  under it the types stock and option     146    Assign every Security Type to an Asset Class     Click on Add Class to create a new Asset Class or click on Edit Class to change the one that is  highlighted  same as double clicking a class   To erase a class  highlight one and click on Delete  Class     To insert a Security Type under an Asset Class heading   1  Highlight an entry in the Security Types list    1  Highlight an entry in the Asset Classes list    1  Click on Insert Type     The selected Security Type will be inserted below the selected entry in the Asset Classes list     You can remove a Security Type from the Asset Classes list by highlighting an entry and clicking on  Remove Type     Securty Types and Asset Classes Setup    Asset Classes    Treasury Bonds  bond    on  Bearer Warrants corporate bond  bond government bond  bond unit trust municipal bond    common stock  preferred stock  stock  Annuitites  Annuity  Fired  Annuity  Yarable  annuity  Escrow Receipts Real Estate  gold coins real estate w    government bond    Letters of Guarantee Add Class   Edit Wags   Delete lags    Add Type   Insert lippe   Remove Ippe      Cancel   Help      Figure 145   Security Types and Asset Classes Setup       Sample Asset Classes and Associated Security Types    Equity   Stock  Option  Debt   Bond    Corporate bond  Government bond  CD  CMO   Cash   Cash  Money market    Security Types i
144. er the    display     179       Calculator    Edit View Help    Fe JLo  emt Serge  sn FE  ime  JC C td  aa     ave   ame   Exp    in wl  Le Lei  Jor   Cor    Sum   sin Lon Le wel 1    2 La  Le Lea  Le les leal vw JLo JC Je  JO    Dat    tan Les Le ole Js Le JLo LEU     Figure 177   Scientific Calculator       11 4 CALENDAR    From the Tools menu  select Calendar to call up a simple monthly date calendarFigure   You can  use the accelerator key Ctrl E instead of the menu to activate the Calendar  The Calendar displays  current month   s calendar with today   s date highlighted  You can change the display to other months  using various buttons provided  Click on the Close button to remove the Calendar from view     Calendar Tool EJ    Tuesday  March A 1997  Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri       Figure 178   Calendar    180    11 5 SCRATCH PAD    The Scratch Pad is a special document window that allows you to enter and save text  Each user on  a network has their own Scratch Pad  This Scratch Pad is automatically presented for the user who  is currently signed into Broker s Ally  Each time you open the scratch pad  you will see the same  text that was last saved  This allows you use the scratch pad to keep miscellaneous information  close at hand  While the Notepad is linked to each individual contact and displays only notes  associated with that record  the Scratch Pad is universal and can be viewed from any screen  You  can use the Copy and Paste options from the Edit menu  Ctrl C and
145. erences el ee WEE 59  Figure E New Data S0urce Dial Geerse tcernronr neces 60  Figure 64 Database Operations dE 60  Figure nl elen dialog EEN 61  Figure 66   Map ASCII fields to Broker s Ally fields              ccecccccccceeccesssesseeeeeeeeseseeeeeeeeesesseeaeaaseeeseeees 62  PIQUE    OF ASG Ee te E 62  Figure 68   Add default data to each contact as it IS iransterred 63  Figure El alen dn Eet pera ee ee nen eee ert nee eee a 64  Figure  70 EXPO DIAO ME 65  Figure 71   Choose Broker s Ally fields to export in ASCII Tomat  66  Figure 72   Broker s Ally export dalog   ENEE 67  Figure 73   Download dialog wimdow 68  Figure 74 Global GMANG es dialo EE 70  Figure 75   Global Change   Add Activity               ccccssesececcceeseseeeecceeeeseceeceesseeeesseausceceesseeaueeeessaaseeeeseaas 71  Figure 70  GIODAILASSION BE etait cceeeccaeaaguactancined inca tans aeancnecenaiaeg clean nan cade aanncaeaeeeades 72  Figure 77     Global Assign Delete Achvities  A 73  Figure 78   Delete  Data Source Dialog EE 74  Figure 79   Deletion Confirmation Dalog    74  Figure 80   Maintenance Options            cccecccccccccccseesecseeeceeeeeeeseeeeceeeeeesaeaaeeseeeeeeeeseseauseeeeesessaaaaseseeeeeeees 74  let AER VOC HIG ME 76  Foure 2 AIST CU ONS aaa ce cn etch acc AAR A eaa ere arae e e eA AS ata eeccircidtcsut ran al Ald 77  Figure 83  Print  Setup dialog TOF ue e UE 78  FIJUG OFF   EAIC MENU ME 79  FIQUIE 85 e erusin a el eee deena 81  FUSOS PIE oN    yee ete ee teeta eee a ern eee eee A 82 
146. ermitting  you to begin the search  If Broker s Ally finds the entered text  it is highlighted within the letter  You  can click on the Search button to find the next occurrence or click on Cancel to stop the search  You  can fine tune your search by clicking on one or more of the check boxes found on the left side of the  Search dialog  The Whole Words option limits the search process to matching the entered text  exactly  If you enter search text such as able  it will find the text    usable    as well as    able    unless  you specify Whole Words  You can eliminate the distinction between upper and lower case  characters by checking the Ignore Case option  By unchecking the Start at cursor position option   you can tell Broker s Ally to begin each search at the top of the document  You can control the  direction of search by clicking on the Forward or Backward radio button     167       Search  Search for    Kimberly Adams    IX Whole words only  DN Ignore Case    T Start at cursor position     Search     Direction   d    Forward C Backward    Figure 165   Search Dialog       Search and Replace    The Search and Replace dialog works exactly like the Search dialog  with the added capability of the  replacing the search text        search  amp  Replace    Search for    Broker s Ally Version D  Replace with   Broker s Ally Version 6 for Windows      Whole words only Replace all    IT Case sensitive      Start at cursor position    Direction        Forward C Backward    Figure
147. errals with the utmost  J f   w  respect and we are looking forward to working together in the future  IF g Akik  ia    you have any further questions or suggestions for me you can reach me SE    at   Thanks again for the confidence in my efforts and   look Send E mail     forward to speaking with you soon  H  Coe    New   Quick Ltr   Mark   Beview   Date   Delete   Spell i BR    gt     Category    lt None gt  L sl Access     lt None gt        Address   Notes   Interests   User Fields   Book Page   Agenda      Figure 9   Quick Letter found in the Notes Page    As an additional time saving convenience  the Notes page allows you to create a Quick Letter and  store it within the note pad  This is ONE OF THE MOST POWERFUL FEATURES OF BROKERS     ALLY  For example  when completing a client conversation  you may wish to write a follow up letter  while your thoughts are still fresh in your mind  The name and address is automatically presented in  letter format for quick access  You can set up a variety of templates for your Quick Letters so that  you only have to fill in the details  Finally  you can check the spelling in your quick letter  by pressing  the Spell button  print the letter as well as an envelope or mailing label without moving to another  area of the program  All of these commands can be found under the Contact  Print menu     Scratch Pad and Sales Scripts    The Scratch Pad and Sales Script Tools are designed for accessing categorical information from  anywhere withi
148. es     Kinmtz tee  EN erly Engineered  pF unction for mail house Delete Data Source       postal management  Eat    Maintenance       Figure 29   Fulfillment House Export Functionality    30    Back Office Integration  Created universal loading tools to migrate mainframe based back office host  data for US Clearing  Pershing  Beta  CheckFree APL  Fiserv Securities  TD Waterhouse  Crowell  Weedon  Chevy Chase  and others  This functionality offers Timed Data Utilities  Timed triggers to  kick off data loading and indexing and Auto Shutdown  Automated application shutdown for data  protection     BROKERSALLY COM       BrokersAlly com Web Site Portal    You will find a wealth of information at your fingertips at the expanded www BrokersAlly com  portal for investment professionals  Topics addressed there include education and training  support     2 2 CONVERTING DATA AND SETTINGS    Broker   s Ally has a convenient upgrade system that performs two key functions  1  it helps you  import your data from previous versions  and 2    it helps to migrate your settings and configuration  information into the new version 9  You can import your data from Broker s Ally 5  6  7 or 8 to  Broker s Ally version 9  The import and conversion process will copy over all User ID information   Class definitions  User Field definitions  scratch pads  letters  quick letters and user information and  will import securities  contacts  notes  and postings     When you insert the CD into your CD drive it 
149. es  contacts   activities  histories  or postings    For example  suppose you want to build a Call list for everyone  having a scheduled CALL activity dated April 1  1995 or before  You will select contacts based  solely on activities information    1  Select Activities   Type from the Field combo box    2  Select Equal to      from the Operator combo box    3  Enter CALL in the Value field    4  and click OK     On returning to Edit List dialog the Search Properties Criteria displays         Activities   Type Equal to      CALL      2 You can select contacts using contact and activity criteria or contact and posting book criteria but not activity and posting book  criteria     131    Edit List   Prospecting List  HGR             Search Criteria  Filters        Contacts   Last Name Greater than  hla              Add Filter Edit Filter    Sort Criteria  Keps         Contacts   Last Hame  ASC  4     VI    4 mg        Add Key Delete Key    Help         Figure 133   Edit List    Once again click the Add button adjacent to the Search Properties list box to bring up the Search  Logic window    Select AND in the Continue Previous Statement With group    Select Activities   Activity Date from the Field combo box    Select Less than or equal to    lt    from the Operator combo box    Enter 4 1 15 in the Value field    and click OK     2   6   7   8   9     On returning to Edit List dialog the Search Properties Criteria displays      Activities Type Equal to      CALL    AND Activities
150. es  radio buttons offer multiple choice options which can be  toggled on and off  Unlike check boxes  however  radio buttons are mutually exclusive   Selecting one option automatically turns off all other options     e Scroll Boxes Scroll boxes present a list of options which may exceed the height of the  display box  The scroll bar along the right edge of the box allows you to scroll the list of  options to display the hidden choices  You make a selection from the scroll box by clicking  on one or more of the options within the window     The Toolbar  In addition to the menu options  Broker   s Ally offers quick access technology in an optional toolbar   The Broker s Ally toolbar also has    Tool Tips    associated with each button  When you move your  mouse across the button  a dialog will drop down to inform you what task the button will complete   When you click on one of the buttons on the toolbar  Broker s Ally immediately executes the  associated command  Using the Edit  User Preferences  Toolbar menu option  you can select from  among the many predefined buttons and associated commands  Your selections are displayed in a  toolbar located under the main menu        dha  22     Ch EB EH  ae      Ge    ee  Figure 15   The Broker s Ally Toolbar with Tool Tips       17    Accelerator keys  Some of the most frequently used menu choices have specific accelerator keys associated with  them  This allows you to quickly invoke the option by pressing the key combination rather th
151. ess on one  label  and the note itself on the adjoining label     Mr   amp  Mrs  John Jones Send information on PXG Growth Fund  Include  1234 Town  amp  Country Road business card and prospectus     Apartment 15b  Philadelphia  PA 98765 1234  Figure 45   Marked Note Report Printed on Mailing Labels       At the end of the day  the label containing the note can be used to keep track of what the customer  is expecting to receive  For your convenience  the label that displays the customer s name and  address can be placed on the envelope for mailing     44    1  The first thing that you will want to do when a customer requests specific information is to  type the information into the Notes section of the contact record  Mark the note by pressing  the Mark button     2  At the end of the day  select the Marked Notes option from the Mail menu and print the  marked notes on labels     3  Finally  use the printed notes and labels to prepare mailings of the requested items     ES Kenneth Armstrong Biel ES    Wed Jun 21 1995 2 08 PH Onrgin HGAR Marked MGR     Account   Returned e mail   Subject was tax free bonds  Called Ken to discuss hi  1173 4250    portfolio and he would like to get into tax free  Send information on tax free bonds    Owner   MGR    Data Source     Prospect Database    Records  74  ARRE    Save    Close    Address    Notes Interests   User Fields   Book Page   Agenda      Figure 46   Marked Note Screen       3   KEEP TRACK OF YOUR PROGRESS    It is important to k
152. et     Valued Customer        Valued Client      Type    Meel    unspecified      Misc    unspecified     _Information   Personal statement or corporate objectives    Disclaimer   Disclaimer message  variable length          These merge fields are called  ghost  fields because they will vanish if no data are available when  the letter is printed from the Letter Writer  A ghost field and  more importantly  the line it occupies  will disappear in the absence of data to fill it  However  if any other text or merge fields share a line  with a ghost field  an empty space will replace the field and the line will remain in the letter     Information and Disclaimer   You may enter a line  paragraph  or several paragraphs  There is no practical limit to the amount of  text you may insert into this multi line edit box  When either merge field is printed  it will be  formatted exactly as you see it here and will always appear left justified in the letter     Weekly History Report Goals   The Weekly History Report displays the number of scheduled and completed activities for the  previous week  It also displays goals that you enter in this dialog  To enter goals for an activity type   highlight the type in the list box and enter the values in the Goal edit boxes  These Goals are utilized  when printing the Weekly History Report     94    User Information  James Wampler  Morgan Investment Consultants  1234 Finance Road  Suite 120  Philadelphia  FA 19234    this field is for merge informat
153. ew all the tips at once by clicking the Next Tip  button or you can read the tips as the are presented to you  Once you have read all of the tips  you  can turn them off by unchecking the Show tips at startup box  You can always turn the Tip of the  Day back on from the Help Menu     Tp of the Dag    Did you know       Broker s Ally will create a future date in a  date field if you enter a number tor the  number days forward from today        F Show tips at startup i   _ Close      Figure 3   Tip dialog       Sales Planner    There is a multi step Sales Plan manager incorporated into Broker s Ally  The Sales Planner is used  to create sales and marketing campaigns for individual contacts or a group of contacts meeting  specific criteria  You can create multiple Sales Campaigns  each having multiple steps and store  them for future use  The Sales Planner is available in the Broker   s Ally Gold level and above           Prospecting 101  Prospecting 102    Seminar Flanning       Figure 4   Sales Planner  Plans    User Defined Fields    There are forty eight  48  fields for contact records that you can define and set up to store important  information unique to your business  These    User Defined    Fields are useful for prioritizing and  selecting records to be included in reports  group mailings or campaign lists  For simplicity we call  them User Fields     KS Robert Adams Mei EZ    Account    Marital Status  tManred    56985634    Spouse Name  Catherine Owner  Luz    Data S
154. existing file  the letter will be saved under  the same file name  location and file type without prompting you for these selections     Save As    The Save As option displays the same dialog as Save  The subtle difference is that the Save option  presumes that you want to save a previously saved file under the same name and location while the  Save As option assumes you want to change the file name  type or location     Document Info    The Document Information dialog in the Figure below helps you to store additional information about  the letter  You can fill in the Title  Subject  Author  Operator  Keywords  and Comments for the    164    document  Brokere Ally saves the Last Saved  Last Printed  and the Creation dates for the  document  It only stores Document Information for letters saved with the Broker s Ally Letter file  format  i e   with a BAL extension              Document Info          Title   Theme  Lo CtC       RKTC     iR    Author  Gregory D  Walters Cancel    Keywords    Written at  08 12 1994 12 38 30 Document  Last saving  0170471995 19 44 07 saved with 1 Fe   eset printing  08 12 1994 12 47 48 EE   Comment  This i  a general business letter for group mailings    Figure 160   Document Information Dialog    Format    The Format option controls the appearance of the text of your letter and presents a sub menu  containing the following options     Text      The Format Text option presents the dialog that sets all font attributes for the selected text  To use 
155. field     Source  The Source Type and Source fields allow you to save information about how the contact came to  your attention  You might use entries such as  referral        seminar     or previously with    as your  Source Type  Since Source Type is a remembered response field  it makes it easy for you to be  consistent with the names you use  Type specific information into the Source field such as the name  of the person who referred the contact  the particular seminar where you met the contact  or the    name of the broker that previously handled this account     Secondary Record  lf this record is a subsidiary account for the contact  you may wish to check the Secondary Record  check box     User Definable Fields    The User Fields page contains 3 frame pages of 16 fields  a total of 48  that you can set up for your  own special use  Each field can contain up to 15 characters of text  a number  or a date  You could  create a field for spouse s first name  secretary   s name  income  occupation  net worth  or number of  children  Once you create a User Field and use it for data entry  you should not change its  definition     Categorizing your clients and prospects involves defining their characteristics in such a way as to  at  a later date  present them with products that are best suited to their needs  Creating User Field  definitions with labels such as Income  Net Worth  Objective  etc   will help you track and manage  your clients so they receive the products most 
156. for security  upper case     2  ticker symbol  upper case     3  type  upper case    S  for stock   B  for bond   C  for CD   M  for mutual fund   A  for annuity  or   U  for unit trust    name of security  enclose in single or double quotes if the name includes a comma     price      date when priced in MM DD YY format    he ASCII Loader saves your setup  file name  field map  and mixed case option  for future use     AO os    Broker s Ally Version 5 or 6 or 7 or 8 Import  Broker s Ally has convenient import utilities that can copy your data from previous Broker s Ally  version 5  6  7 or 8 to Broker s Ally v9 and beyond  The import utility will bring over all User ID  information  securities  contacts  notes  postings  Class definitions  User Field definitions  and  scratch pads  If you have lots of data  this can take a long time  so please make provision for this  needed time     1  Under the File menu select Database Operations  From the popup menu select Import   2  Select Broker s Ally v5 x upgrade and click Start     63    Make sure you specify the correct directory for your BAS data files    Click OK    Go to User ID under the Edit menu  select Configure  and make sure the All Broker Numbers  option is checked    6  For Level  Level1  or Level2 users  you will have to assign rights because we cannot convert  the information in BA5  While in the Configure dialog  step 5  select Edit Levels and assign  rights as appropriate     GE    The import process checks the Broke
157. g  editing  marking and  printing help screens        Figure 189   Help File Menu    Help File    The Help File menu allows you to switch to other help files via the open option or to print the current  topic     Help Edit    The Help Edit menu allows you to copy selected text from the current help screen to the Clipboard   You can then Paste the text into another document  The Annotation option allows you to insert an  annotation into the current help screen for future reference       File SUS Bookmark Help    Copy       Figure 190   Help Edit Menu              189    The Bookmark option on the Help menu allows you to define and insert bookmarks with titles of your  own choosing  The named bookmarks are listed in an expanding list at the bottom of the menu   You can move immediately to a named bookmark by clicking on it or by pressing the associated  number  If you define more than 9 bookmarks  they will be listed in a subsidiary scrolling dialog     Gegieceliell Help    Define      1 Add a Contact     Find a Contact   3 Calls Actions Calendar    Figure 191   Help Bookmark Menu               The final Help menu selection is its own Help menu  The first Option describes how to use the Help  system  while the second option allows you to maintain the Help window on top of Broker s Ally  You  can then see both the Help window and the Broker s Ally windows at the same time while you are  working on Broker s Ally     File Edit Bookmark IR    How to Use Help    Always on Top  About
158. g and setting the left  indent and fixed tab positions        Figure 171   Letter Writer Ruler    The    wedge    on the left controls how far the selected text will be offset from the left margin  You can  drag it to any location you desire  The Figure above shows two tab markers  To insert a tab marker   click on the tab bar beneath the ruler at an appropriate location  You can drag an existing tab  marker anywhere on the tab bar or remove it by dragging it off the tab bar     10 2 MARKED LETTERS    The marked letter feature is a clever and convenient time saving feature that allows you  during the  course of the work day  to assign unique letters to single individuals one at a time  but batch print  them all at once  The Marked Letters dialog shown in the Figure below presents a list of all letters  that have been assigned to one or more individuals via the Marked a Letter option on the Contact    172    menu  You can Delete a marked letter or Delete All marked letters from the list by clicking on the  appropriate button  To Delete a marked letter  you must first select a letter from the list box     Marked Letters wl       John Terrell BUSINESS  BAL d  Gregory Walters CLIENT  BAL   Douglas Walters DEATH BAL Delete  Susie Walker DONT DOIT D  l    Kimberly Walters HONEY BAL    Delete All  Hark For       Close    etit    Select     all     Marked for    HGR    Print    Letters   Labels   Envelopes   Heport         Figure 172   Marked Letter Dialog    The Print buttons locate
159. gement     While this chapter describes all current features of the Portfolio Version  we constantly add new  reports and functions as the product evolves  thus your version may have slightly different functions  than those described herein  This Basic Portfolio Version represents portfolios in their current  market values  while the Advanced Portfolio Level takes this information further to calculate  performance and returns on dollars invested     Maximizing Broker Productivity    The Broker   s Ally Portfolio System provides specific tools such as campaign planners and reports of  broker transactions  large positions  and portfolio ranking by market value  Broker   s Ally creates  reports and presentations that can be used as sales tools  Broker s Ally supports the BAI  Bank  Administration Institute  and AIMR  Association for Investment Management Research  reporting  standards  and the Advanced Level performance reporting meets these standards as well  The  Portfolio System keeps pace with industry trends by not only allowing the user to track commissions  and transaction fees  but also assets under management  new accounts opened  and asset  allocations both on a client basis and across all client portfolios     Relationship to Broker   s Ally Gold    Broker s Ally was developed using a building block method    one block  or level added to the other   The four versions of Broker s Ally are Standard  Gold  and Portfolio Level  Most Broker   s Ally users  will have previo
160. ghlighted and reverses its effects on the holdings  table     Transaction Type Screens    Each transaction type has its own dialog for gathering the appropriate information  The following  dialog is a sample of the purchase dialog     156    Date     Security     Quantity   Price     Post  Interest     a ae Calculator  Commission     Fees     Total    Cancel    Held At   Helference Number     Description        Figure 150   Purchase dialog  When disposing of shares through one of the sell or close transaction types  the user has the option    of selecting which trade lots to dispose and how much of each lot  Clicking on the LOTS button  brings up a dialog where these lots can be selected       Lot Selection    Date Cost per Share Available Selected  10 30 96 20 00    Cancel    Shares To Sell    Total Selected    Lot Selection Method    FIFO C LIFO    MaxGain    MinGain    Avg Cost       Figure 151   Lot Selection    The list box displays the date  price  quantity remaining  and number selected for this disposal  The  5 buttons along the bottom produce a lot selection based upon the method indicated  first in first out   last in first out  maximum gain  Minimum gain  or average cost  If none of these methods are  desired  clicking on the Use Lot button allows the user to select a specific lot and enter the amount  being used from that lot  Clicking on the Clear button wipes out all selections made to that point     157      Use Specific Lot    Humber of shares to use  ID    Fi
161. gure 152   Use Specific Lot dialog       9 4 SECURITIES    The Portfolio Level now expands the amount of information recorded about securities  This  additional information includes the price history for each security  security sub types  CUSIPs   descriptions  and fields associated with insurance products  such as purchase date  face amount   and expiration date     The price history is used for calculating performance for past periods  Prices associated with  securities are stored in a separate table  This allows for the tracking of historical prices that are  used in the calculation of historical market values  It should be noted that the latest price for the  security is also stored in the security record     The expanded information stored for different security types requires a different security screen for  each security type  This has resulted in a different way of displaying and entering securities   Security sub types are used for producing reports with securities grouped by industrial sectors     The security record is keyed and indexed by an independent security ID field rather than the symbol  field  However  for users moving from Broker s Ally versions previous to version 8 who wish to  continue to use the symbol as the key or to use the new field CUSIP as the key  the system provides  the option to populate the security ID field with either of those fields  This is a one time selection  and can only be changed by an update process     User Interface Changes    
162. h options  as their names imply  allow you to find your topic of interest by  looking it up in an index of topics or by searching for it by a key word  The Using Help option  provides detailed instructions for using the help system  The Financial Terms option provides a  glossary of common financial terms  About Broker s Ally displays a screen detailing the copyright   version number  and serial number of your installed copy of Broker s Ally     lf you want specific help on the current window  press F1  If you want to search for a topic use Index  or Search on the Help menu     13 1 INDEX    The Index option from the Help menu opens the help system in Index mode  You can scan through  the table of contents of help topics  By clicking on a particular topic  you will move directly to that  topic   s detailed description  The Help system contains its own menus and toolbar  You can switch  to search mode by clicking on the Search button  You can move back to a previously viewed help  screen by clicking on Back  You can select from among previously displayed help screen by clicking  on History  The Contents button displays a Table of Contents for the Help system allowing you to  search for a topic by branching from a general topic to a more precise topic     188       Broker s Ally Help    Of x   File Edit Bookmark Options Help    e  SH Brake S Ally Fe Em H oP           Figure 188   Broker s Ally Help menu    The Help system   s menu offers several additional options for displayin
163. hat you check Convert to Mixed Case in  the ASCII Options dialog    5  To add default data to each contact  check Add default data    6  Start transfer with record   and Number of records to transfer  enables you to transfer a specific  number of records at a time     62    SES  Cancel    Help         T Use Defaults for add Contact    Interests           Owner  JIM    Salutation  hir   amp  Status   Prospect  Compariy  PO Rating   City   Philadelphia   State  pa Zip   Country  USA Source Type                   Figure 68   Add default data to each contact as it is transferred    We provide a special field  Full Name  which will accept a contact name in the format Mr  and Mrs   John J  Jones  Jr  If you map an ASCII field to Full Name  we will attempt to identify the various  components and load them into the appropriate name fields  Salutation  2nd Salutation  First Name   Initial  Last Name  Suffix  When loading into the Flags field  commas should separate your flags     You can import one note and or one activity and or one posting along with each contact  but you  cannot import notes  activities or postings separately  The loader can only import a note  activity or  posting if it knows the identity of the contact record     You may also use the ASCII Import module to load security information from other pricing service  that can produce an ASCII file with the following record information  S  ALD  S   Allied Signal  Inc   67 75000  05 26 93   where  Field     1  must be  S  
164. he Phone number     97    E  Find Contact    Name    s   amp   saer  iFirst Im  ikast wee Account    2nd Hame  Open Date     Ermat   Owner     Company  P E E       thers   Data Source     Address    status  f    Rating  f l Wates   Test  City      State  a W zip       County  f   Carrier Route   T No Mail  Work  leg 321 1910 ext    a  Eppes   Le Podlesses    Comments  f    Ca    ue      Address Hotes   Interests   User Fields   Book Sec  eget      Figure 101   Find Contact by Phone Number       You can also use Flags  Interests  and User Fields to pull up contacts from the database  Each of  these is found on its associated page  accessed by clicking on the button at the bottom of the Find  Contact window  For example  if you defined one of the User Fields as    Spouse   s First Name    and  you remembered only your prospect s first name and that of his wife  you could specify the first  name field on the Address page and the Spouse field on the User Fields page  finding all couples  with the matching first names  Likewise  you could specify a particular Flag or Interest to select  contacts     When entering data into Find Contact fields  you need to know how Broker s Ally uses this  information to search the database  By default  Broker s Ally assumes that you want to match the  text of each field you have entered  This is called pattern matching  An important feature of pattern  matching is that you do not have to enter the complete text to get a match  Broker s Ally will m
165. he Search Logic window   You now build a logic expression utilizing contact and activity fields to construct the sort statement   For example  suppose you want to sort the Call list mentioned above by Last Name  Simply select  Contacts   Last Name from the Field combo box and click OK     On returning to the Edit List dialog the Sort Properties Criteria displays    Contacts   Last Name     If you construct a sort statement with several clauses  the clauses will always be ANDed  Now click  the Close button to create the list     Changing a Call List    After you create a list  its members never change  If you add new contacts to your database or  schedule new calls  an existing Call List will not change  However  because Broker s Ally saves the  list criteria as well as the members of the list  you can use the existing criteria to recreate the list  i e    update the contacts comprising the list  Click the Refresh List button in the Call List dialog     lf you want to change or add criteria before regenerating the list  click the Edit List button to go to the  Edit List dialog  You can select a line in Search Properties or Sort Properties and click the Edit  button to change the logic statement  For example  you might want to revise the statement  AND  Activities   Activity Date Less than or equal to    lt    4 1 2015  to reflect a new value for the date  To  add new logic statements  click the Add button  When you Close the Edit List dialog  Broker   s Ally  will refresh the 
166. he options  Shortcut  accelerator  keys  when available  are always listed to the right of the  features it represents  Pressing these shortcut keys is the same as making the menu selection     4 5 RUNNING MULTIPLE APPLICATIONS    One of the principal advantages of using Windows is the ease in which it allows you to run several  applications at once  You can switch between programs without exiting from one application and  loading another     Switching between active programs    When you are running multiple applications  there are a couple different ways you can switch  between the programs  You can use either the mouse or the keyboard to accomplish this task  If  several applications are running within Windows  and the applications are visible on the screen  you  can use your mouse to click on the window of the application you would like to work on  This makes  the application Active     lf the desired application   s window is not visible on the screen  it is covered by the current active  application s window   you can use the keyboard to switch to the desired application  To do this   press Alt Esc  This will bring each of the active programs to the front one at a time        Figure 60   Active Programs in Windows    You may also press the Alt Tab  The name of the next application will be displayed in a dialog box  in the middle of the screen  Hold down the Alt key and continue pressing the Tab key until the  desired application name is shown  When the name of the applic
167. he same Ledger view  but with CASH as the security                    Robert Adams fel ES  Security Quantity Price Mkt value Gain Loss SEN  ATET Core  56385634   DM 100 45 40 4590 00 540 00 Owner  LC  Internet Capital Gro 1000 1 50 1500 00 0 00    Mortel Metworks Cor 100 13 00 1300 00 U UU Data Source   Records  3  Open Cost  21 800  00  Mkt Value  22 390 00 pave  Mkt Gain    Loss  AS0 00   i    Laar 26200 00 Do Lee View Cash Transactions __ Close    Buying Power  Togos 00   7   3      Expanded Transaction and Cash Ledgers for Portfolio Management  Address   Notes   Interests   User Fields   Book Page   Agenda      Figure 147   Book Page    Sort Order    The sort order for the holdings page can be changed by clicking on the Sort Order button that brings  up the dialog show below  The field to sort on and the direction of that field can be selected     Sort By Direction    O Description O Ascending  O Quantity E  Descending     Price     gt  Market Value     gt  Gain Loss    Figure 148   Sort Order for Holdings       155    9 3 LEDGER VIEW    The ledger view displays all of the transactions for the currently selected security     Securty  lomega    Date Action Quantity Price Amount    10730796 Purchase    Figure 149   Ledger view       Clicking on the Trade button brings up a drop down menu that provides a selection of transaction  types  The Edit button brings up the appropriate transaction type dialog for the highlighted  transaction  Delete button deletes the transaction hi
168. he transaction on an individual account in case the account was added after  the transaction was already recorded for all other accounts     Lot Selection Methods    Many sell or closing transactions affect more than one trade lot  Instead of entering a sell or closing  transaction for each trade lot individually  the system supports lot selection methods that allow one  transaction to dispose of many lots at once  The trade lot selection methods supported and their  definitions are listed below     Method Definition    FIFO First In First Out  Lots are selected based upon the trade date of the transaction  that created them  The earliest lots are selected first  If alot is selected  as much of the remaining  quantity of the lot is used as necessary to satisfy the disposal amount     LIFO Last In First Out  Lots are selected based upon the trade date of the transaction  that created them  The late lots are selected first  If a lot is selected  as much of the remaining quantity of  the lot is used as necessary to satisfy the disposal amount     High Cost or Minimum Gain Lots are selected based upon its cost per share  The highest costs per  share are selected first  If a lot is selected  as much of the remaining quantity of the lot is used as  necessary to satisfy the disposal amount     Low Cost or Maximum Gain Lots are selected based upon its cost per share  The lowest costs per  share are selected first  If a lot is selected  as much of the remaining quantity of the lot is 
169. he watch and changes the button label to     Start     which you may use to restart the clock  To close the Stopwatch  click on the Close button   By default  the Stopwatch is placed in the middle of the screen  although you can move it to another  position or minimize it without affecting the time  However  closing the Stopwatch will reset it to zero  when you reopen it  You can use the accelerator key Cirl T instead of the menu to activate the  Stopwatch     11 3 CALCULATOR    When you select the Calculator option  or use the accelerator key Ctrl L   Broker s Ally displays the  full function calculator that comes standard with Windows  You can select either the Standard  Calculator or the Scientific Calculator from the Calculator   s View menu  You can even substitute  another calculator program via the Edit  User Preferences menu  If you have a special calculator  that you use for a bond calculator  or another calculator program  you can setup Broker s Ally to use  that calculator program  We will discuss the Standard Windows Calculator  For more information  about the Scientific Calculator  see your Windows manual or help messages within the calculator     The basic logic of the calculator is  Enter the first number  enter an operator            enter a second  number and select the equals sign      The result will be shown in the display window  For  example  to multiply 152 by 3  you would enter the first value 152 either by clicking on the number  buttons on the calcul
170. hin the  database  The more clearly you define the text within the User Field  Flag  Interest and Rating fields  the more sophisticated and useful a report you can create     11    Reports  Available Reports    Type   Ge Standard   C Labels   Portfolio             Account Company  Activities             Company Status  Contact Work Sheet   Contact   Activities 7M ates  Contact Notes    Dates Status    History   EI  Directory   CBAS    M Use a List Data Source   Test          Enable Printer Setup    Preview   Cancel   Deena Help      Figure 7   Reports    Import  amp  Export Data    If you already have a file of potential customers on a diskette  you can import this file into a Broker   s  Ally database  Broker s Ally recognizes several file formats and can import them directly into the  program  If necessary  the import utility will ask you exactly where you want the imported data  placed in your Brokere Ally database  When importing from other Broker s Ally databases  duplicate  records can be identified and ignored  Records can also be exported to disk for use on other  computers or with other applications     Auto Dialing    Broker s Ally has a fast  time saving feature to automatically dial the phone number within a contact  record  You need to have a modem installed in order to use the auto dialing feature in Broker s Ally   When you display a contact   s record  you can call the contact by clicking on the button next to the  phone number you wish to dial  If you would l
171. hrough power surges or other sources     1 6 BACKING UP YOUR DATA    We strongly advise you to backup your data files on a regular basis     19    Broker s Ally does not provide an internal backup or restore program  We suggest using a backup  and restore program provided to you by your operating system  Should you have any questions or  problems with your backup or restore program  please contact your product user manual  consult   your products help system  or call your products technical support number that can be found in your   manual        While the chances are small that your computer will fail and lose data records  you must prepare  yourself for the worst possible scenario  To protect yourself and your business  we recommend that  you conduct disk backup procedures at the end of every working day     Keep several sets of backup disks so that you do not rely on one set  At the very least  employ two    backup sets to use on alternate days  Some users have a different backup set for every day of the  week        You should never backup a damaged database onto diskettes containing your last good T   database  You might destroy your only means of recovery        The Maintenance function found under File Database Operations can rebuild damaged indexes  but  sometimes data files are beyond repair  Although re indexing solves many problems  you should not  rely upon this Maintenance feature as your only line of defense against data loss     Your DataBase   In this section 
172. iation   A portfolio that aims at maximum capital appreciation  by various means of  portfolio turn over  leveraging  purchasing unregistered securities  purchasing options and other  higher risk products  This portfolio may take large cash positions     Growth   A portfolio objective that normally invests in companies whose long term earnings are  expected to grow significantly faster than the earnings of the stocks represented in the major  unmanaged stock indexes     Small Company Portfolio   A portfolio that invests in companies based on their size   108    Growth  amp  Income   A portfolio that invests in companies whose earnings are believed to be growing  and whose dividends  being steady or rising  will generate income as well     Equity Income   A portfolio that seeks relatively high current income and growth of income through  investing most of its portfolio in equities     Balance   A portfolio whose primary objective is to conserve principal by maintaining at all times a  balanced portfolio of stocks and bonds     Income   A portfolio that normally seeks high income and has a specified maximum fixed income  commitment and or a maximum equity exposure     Global   A portfolio that invests at least a certain percentage of its portfolio in securities traded  outside the US     International   A portfolio whose objective is to invest in securities traded outside the US     Option Growth   A portfolio that attempts to increase its net asset value by investing at least 
173. iew List to see the resulting list of contacts  You can then click on a contact and press the  Zoom button  or double click on a contact  to display the Address page for the contact  From here  you can dial the phone number and take notes in the usual manner       Heoluecr   n Portlets Yemen E Si do Gregury D Walters    sO LEM Le Si    k LIST    VIEWER _Adi Ckenis MGR  2 E saila     EE IE mhe KE dt       Figure 51   List of people you have Selected ito call i in 1 your marketing campaign    Targeting clients with Maturing Bonds and CDs  Using the same concept as described above for creating a calls list  you can create a Maturity List  campaign  From the View menu  select Campaigns and Maturity List  then select the name of the  list your wish to use  Or  to create a new list  click on the New List button and enter the criteria for  the maturity dates you wish to track     49    be LIST YIEWER   Bonds Maturing in February  MGR   5 Contacts  Pi el FS  Steve Christiansen O OOOO    S       Close  zoa  Reports  Mail Merge  Envelopes  Check Item    Reset Item    HR    i t    Skip Checks       Figure 52   Maturity Campaign List  When you create a list of client contacts based on the maturity date of their financial products  you  will see the dialog box below  Fill in the range of maturity dates and click on the Create button  The    Maturity Date for a bond or CD must have been entered along with its other characteristics via the  Edit Securities dialog       New Maturity List  In
174. ights permanently enabled and is always  associated with user MGR  You may define other Levels with any combination of rights  and you  give each new Level any name you wish  e g   Broker  Sales Assistant  System Administrator   To  assign or change the rights comprising a Level  choose the Edit Levels button in the Configure  dialog  You can assign a given Privilege Level to many users     Edit Security Levels    Security Level  Rights        Cancel    i    Help    Add Level    Delete llege     Figure 90   Edit Security Level Dialog    To enable a right you must highlight it  see the note below   The manager of a network installation dTa  will want to ensure that normal users cannot change sensitive information or perform system level alg  operations  For example  the manager may create a Privilege Level called  Assistant  with all rights  enabled except the following   e Delete Data Source  e Maintenance  e User ID operations  Add  Edit  Delete  and Configure operations   e User Preferences  Interests  User Fields  and Login settings   The easiest way to do this is to hold down the Ctrl key on the keyboard and drag down across all  rights to highlight every one  Use the scroll bar to locate each item you wish to disable  Then  while  holding down the Ctrl key  click on the item to deselect it     85    Note  The list box in the Edit Security Levels dialog supports multiple selections  Hold down the    CTRL key while selecting entries with the mouse  You can also drag the mo
175. igned to be extremely flexible and powerful   Unfortunately  power and flexibility come with one significant price  a certain amount of complexity   You need to invest a few minutes of your time to understand how Broker s Ally creates and  maintains its data files in order for you to fully utilize its features  If you are a single user  not on a  network   we provide default setup values to save you time  You will  however  benefit from an  understanding of the Broker   s Ally data structure     57    Data Structure    In Broker   s Ally  a data source is held within the ALLYWIN mdb file  Some files are unique to a  specific Broker s Ally data source and some are common to all Broker s Ally data sources  For  example  contact data for each data source is stored in a separate file whereas scheduled activities  for all data sources are stored in a common file  This allows you to see all activities for the day  regardless of which data source the contacts reside in  The single user and default network data  source configuration is as follows     PACUVIIDY seas tests a ts eacreadaaicecal Common  AO ae ne Common  POO ee ee Common  Broker Number  Common  Lake e Common  Marked Letters                  2ceeeeee Common  Kit Unique   Neie Unique   leie ations cee Common  Remembered Responses            Common  Securities ege eee  Common  Hee Se cea lee ee Common  User FieldScncrncncn Common    The logic for this structure is really quite simple  Those files containing data that is uniq
176. ike to dial the work number of the contact  just click on  Work  When the Dialer dialog appears  pick up your handset  and click on Talk after the number is  dialed  All calls are tallied  displayed on the status bar at the bottom of the screen  and logged ina  history file for future reference  If you do not have a modem installed in you computer  you can track  your call progress  calls and contacts made  by using the No Modem feature found in the dialer  options     Phone Dialer   CONNECTED 00 00 05  Number e 0 321 1910    Hptiane   Contacted   Cancel         Figure 8   Auto dialer    12    Notes    The Notes page attached to each record allows you to capture a mini transcript of a conversation or  meeting  Each note is stamped with the current date and time  Notes are associated with a contact  record and you can accumulate an unlimited quantity of note pages  You can track your interaction  with a client by reviewing the notes associated with that client s record  You can review all of the  notes associated with a specific contact on a single page by pressing the Review button     Bill Kinney  OP x         wed Jan 23 2002 11 55AM Ongin  MGA B Printect Account     January 23  2004  gt  l    Mr Bill Kinney   we    Broker s Ally Software  i4 Pottstown Pike  Eagle  PA 19480    Expires  Data Source        Dear Mr Kinney  Include in  Activity    just wanted to formally sue a thank you for referring me to your Function  Recorde 5  associate  Gina Torella    treat mu chents  ref
177. inthe body of your letter  You can also use Copy and Paste  Edit menu  to copy parts of  an existing Word document to your new document    4  Save the document  The merge fields  text  and data source information are saved in the  document     e zl  5  View the merged data by clicking on   the View Merge Data tool bar button  Click on HI  the Next Record button  to show other examples of the resulting document     Note  The Previous Record button is very slow to respond because Word uses an early version of  ODBC to fetch the data     K     1  Print the merged documents by clicking on Pal the Merge to Printer tool bar button           197    Hints    1     Each time you create and save a mail merge document  the data source information is bound to  the document  To change the data source  you must create a new document using the Broker s  Ally Mail Merge Wizard  However  you can save a lot of work in setting up merge fields by  copying the name address section of an existing document to your new document    If you have any problems with the Mail Merge Wizard  please see the Mail Merge Wizard Help  found under the Broker s Ally Menu in Word  Broker   s Ally Mail Merge Wizard Help has tutorials  for labels and envelopes as well as advanced techniques for more sophisticated use of merge  codes     Note  If you have difficulty with Word s mail merge  consult Word s help system  the Microsoft  Word for Windows User s Guide  or call Microsoft  We built the Broker s Ally Mail Merge 
178. io data from a special  purpose download file  It is designed to link your Broker s Ally contact data with your client s  financial information from your firm   s back office  It enables you to link your Broker s Ally files to your  current client s portfolio information and update trades  prices and positions for you clients as  frequently as desired     Interactive Data Download  IDC   The purpose of the Interactive Data download module is to transfer daily security price information  from the Interactive Data server to Broker   s Ally  Security information includes latest price in US  dollars  price date  description  maturity date and expected dividend income  You must have an  account with Interactive Data as well as Interactive Data   s DATAFEED software  Interactive Data  charges you for each security priced through their service  To inquire about opening an account  call  800 432 5463 and select option 1     In Broker s Ally you mark each security you want to price through this services and select Interactive  Data in the Download dialog  Broker s Ally also provides the option to price securities for all open  positions or every security symbol found in the database  Broker s Ally contacts the Interactive Data  server either through direct dial to a local service provider or through the Internet  fetches the  information  and updates your security table  At the end of the transfer you can inspect the data  request file  DATAIN TXT   the data result file  DATAOUT TXT  
179. ion  To enter the activity into the history file and delete it  from your list of activities  click on Accomplish     7 6 SCHEDULE ACTIVITY    An activity is a scheduled CALL  ACTION  or some other created type such as a MEETING  The  Schedule Activity dialog box shown is the primary data entry screen for the calendar system  You  can display it from the Activities Calendar window by clicking on either Add or Edit  You can also  call it directly from the View menu  If you select it from the View menu or Contact   s Agenda when a  contact window is active  the activity is assumed to be for that contact and his name is automatically  entered into the Contact field  If you call up the Schedule Activity dialog while you are displaying a  Calendar  or Agenda  view  Broker s Ally assumes the call or action to be for the Calendar view   s  selected date  If you call up the Schedule Activity dialog when no contact window is active  the  activity will be called a REMINDER and is not associated with a particular contact     Schedule Activity for Mary Evans  Schu       E Eor MGR        Contact     T   Check your other activitites for a conflict    Alarm    IY Activate alarm when activity comes due     Alarm Lead  10  minutes        Figure 127   Schedule Activity Dialog    125    The activity will be assigned to you by default  which means that it will appear exclusively in your  Activities Calendar  You must assign a time to the activity to have it appear in the Alert database   see Ala
180. ion within letter writer       this field ts for merge of disclaimer within letter writer       ACTION       Figure 98   User Info setup dialog    95    CHAPTER   VIEW MENU    Be Broker s Ally Network Portfolio Version    File Edit Yiew Porttolo Mail Tools Web  Find Contact    Ctrl F   GA L     al   Add Contact    Lil     Quick Add Contact                        Actwittes Calendar             Schedule Activity     Sales Planner    Campaigns    Reports       Figure 99   View Menu    This Chapter describes the View menu  the core of the program which enables you to find or add  new leads  prospects or clients  Here you also view the Activities Calendar  or any of the Campaign  lists to manage your sales activities  Your core Activities appointment calendar provides you with  detailed daily  weekly and monthly views  or a chronological summary of events to which you must  attend  To view specialized campaign Call Lists  Action Lists  Group Lists  and Maturity Lists you  select Campaigns  You can also view and print Reports from the View menu     For campaign purposes  when you wish to contact a group of people with a similar profile  you  should create a Group list  In this process you will specify the characteristics of the contacts that  you want to include in a group and Broker s Ally will create a list of these contacts  You might use  the Group list to create and follow up a mailing to people holding a specific security within a specific  state  When you want to create a ca
181. ions and  control buttons  Broker   s Ally also has Accelerator keys associated with many of the buttons or  commands  Any menu button with an underlined letter  using your Alt   letter  will activate the  desired word  For example  Alt V will activate the View Menu     The Menu System  The menu is the starting point for Broker   s Ally and displays general headings for you to choose   When you click on one of these options  e g   File  Edit  View   a pull down menu will list specific  commands or features that you can select     16    File Edit  Yiew Porttolo Mail Tock Web Window Help    Find Contact    Ctrl F  d i       nje h   Add Contact    CAD  Quick Add Contact       Activities Calendar     Schedule Activity     Sales Planner    Campaigns       Reports     Figure 14   The View Menu    Most menu choices send you to a dialog box where you make specific choices or enter  information  Dialog boxes use a variety of input techniques including     e Input Fields Boxes into which you can type numbers or text as appropriate  Input fields  may correspond to the fields of a record or may be used to request specific input for a dialog  box     e Check Boxes One or more options that can be turned on or off by clicking on the associated  box  The option is on when the box is filled with an X  Check boxes are not mutually  exclusive  Within the Interest page  the boxes are yes and no check boxes  If your contact is  interested the box will be checked     e Radio Buttons Like check box
182. ish this is that Broker   s Ally supports any ODBC  Open  DataBase Connectivity  level 2 drivers  thus enabling the configuration of the application to support  alternative databases  The normal    shrink wrapped    Broker s Ally application creates Access tables  automatically upon installation and setup  For other databases  contact your sales representative at  Sales BrokersAlly com  Scherrer Resources  Inc  is able to incorporate the Open DataBase  Connectivity level 2 drivers in instances where you may need more robust database for enterprise  installations on wide area networks  WAN s  or for Browser based access to Web Broker s Ally on an  internet server     Database Installation Support   Scherrer Resources  Inc  provides on site installation support for database installation and  configuration  Contact your account representative for a specific price and engineering quote for  details on the specific versions of Broker s Ally that run the following databases     1  Sybase   2  Allbase   3  Btrieve   d MS SQL Server   5  DB2   6  Database Manager  7  INFORMIX   8  INGRES   9  NetWare SQL   10  Oracle   11  Paradox   12  PROGRESS   13  SQLBase   14  Tandem NonStop SQL  15  XDB    oe       199    APPENDIX C  MARKET DATA CONNECTIVITY    Scherrer Resources  Inc  has developed electronic links to market data and security price quote  vendors for the purpose of providing you with quick updates to security prices  index valuations   corporate actions and other daily  weekly
183. istory of securities  creating a view  of holdings that are summarized across lots  tracking of available cash  displaying the buying power  for each contact  and extending the number and types of portfolio reports available  which include  performance reports and performance versus an index     This chapter will describe the features and extensions offered by the Portfolio Level  It will describe  the changes to the user interface and the new processes that are taking place within the system to  handle this expanded functionality     The enhancements to the Basic Portfolio level are divided into four main categories  Transactions   Book Page  Securities and Reports  Each section below describes one of these features and gives  details about the user interface     9 1 TRANSACTIONS    The Advanced Portfolio Level provides the ability to handle an expanded list of transaction types   including many corporate actions  It has also modified how the user looks at the posted  transactions  It provides a view of the transaction data that displays positions summarized across all  lots for each security  It also allows the user to post a transaction that affects more than one lot at  one time     Trade Lots    Information about individual trade lots is stored in a separate database file  Each record contains  the most up to date state of the trade lot and this is updated each time a transaction is posted   When the quantity of the record is reduced to zero  the trade lot is fully dispo
184. ities Calendar open in the Summary view     90    Quick Add Preferences    Quick Add setup allows you to specify some of the contact fields you want Broker s Ally to insert for  you every time you create a new contact using Quick Add Contact or ASCII Import     If you check Use Defaults for Add Contact  the default data applies to the Add Contact function as  well as Quick Add Contact  You can modify the information as you wish before saving the contact     Default Contact Data    S    Interests     OF     Cancel       Help    dil        Education      gt   D Use Defaults for Add Contact    Faren    Comments     Owner        Salutation  J fe me Status     Company  Rating  f  City   Philadelphia   State   Pa l Zip       Count             Source Type  f Source  f       Figure 94   Quick Add Preference    When performing an ASCII import  each default data field is copied to the contact record after the  record is created  A default data field is not copied if the target field already contains information   However  Interests  Flags  and Comments will be merged with existing information     Calculator Preference    The Calculator button brings up the Calculator program selector  The selected program will run each  time you select the Calculator option from the Tools menu  press Ctrl L  or click on an assigned  button on your toolbar  The calculator selection option allows you to select a program other than the  Windows calculator  such as your favorite bond calculator  You can ev
185. ize you to create sales  Campaigns based on investment product maturity dates and holdings information  A campaign is a  collection of lists of contact records that are used over a period of time to achieve some specific  trading objective  You can have several different campaigns running concurrently  For example      Give me a list of everyone who owns a particular stock so that   can call them or mail them an  announcement     or     make a campaign list of all clients who have money coming due this month        In addition to the sales Campaigns of Calls  Actions  Groups or Maturities from the Gold Version  the  Portfolio version adds an additional Portfolio Campaign  the Portfolio Rank List  This list includes up  to 20 of your top largest accounts in terms of current market value for any Broker   s Ally data source   For network users  the accounts in your list are only those for which you have access rights     8 4 SECURITY TYPES AND ASSET CLASSES SETUP    Asset allocation reporting requires that securities be categorized by Asset Classes  Using the Setup  dialog you can define new security types  create asset classes  and assign security types to your  asset classes  The Portfolio Valuation reports present their data organized by asset classes in the  same order as you created the classes  Broker s Ally allows you to define any classes you wish  including such things as equities  debt  cash  technology stocks  and inflation sensitive products     Security Types    Bro
186. k   188    222    Bookmark   190  Contents   188  Edit   189  Help   190  History   188  Index   188  Print   189  Search   190  Using Help   191  Help Menu   188  History  Report   136  Household Links  Links   118    I    Ignore No Mail   89  Import   61  ASCII   62  Index  Help   188  Insert  Contact  Letter Writer   169  Date  Letter Writer   169  Document  Letter Writer   169  Letter Writer   168  Page  Letter Writer   170  Installation  Broker s Ally   15  Installation procedures for Networks   212  Interactive Data  Download   68  Interactive Data Download   68  Interests   106  Setup   91  Italic  Letter Writer   167    L    Label Reports   136  137  Address Labels   137  Marked Note Labels   137   Labels   136   Last Contact   100  Report   136   Lead   95   Ledger   155   Letter Writer   162    Document Info   164  Exit   164  Format  Text   165  Format   165  Bold   167  Color   166  Italic   167  Page   166  Paragraph   166  Subscript   167  Superscript   167  Insert   168  Contact   169  Date   169  Document   169  Page   170  Menu   164  Merge   170  Replace   168  Ruler   172  Save   164  Save As  164  Search   167  Search  amp  Replace   168  Spell Check   171  Toolbar   171  Align Paragraph   172  Bold  Italicize  Underline  amp  Strikeout   172  Line Spacing   172  Text Color   172  Text Font   171  Text Point Size   171  Level  Priviledge   84  Level 3   21  Life Events   25  LIFO   24  27  153  Link  Break   118  Find   119  Make   118  Links  Contact   11
187. k administrator has selected Enable Passwords in User   Preferences and entered a password for a user  the person must type in the password to complete   the login process  Use the Add button to create a new User ID or the Edit button to change a    person s name or password     User ID    User List        MGR   Manager  Level3        Add User     Edit User       WelEte Ser    Ee  ES  SEN  Dee    Configure          Figure 87   User ID Dialog    Adding Users    If you have sufficient access rights  you can Add a User ID  To add a User ID  click on the Add  button  You can enter the new user   s ID  name  and password  Click on OK to add the User ID to  the system     Edit User    EES  Name  Manager  Password         Cancel         Figure 88   Edit User dialog    Editing Users    If you have sufficient access rights  you can edit the Name or Password associated with a User ID   You cannot change the User ID     83    Deleting Users    lf you have deletion rights  you can delete users from the system  To delete a user  highlight the  user s name and click on the Delete button in the User ID dialog  You will be asked to confirm the  deletion  If you confirm the deletion  the User ID will be removed from the system  You cannot  delete user MGR     Configuring Users    The Configure dialog is accessed via the Configure button  You must have the Configure right  requires to enter this sensitive area  The Configure User dialog is used to assign Broker Numbers  and a Privilege Level t
188. k on a different day  and the selected week will be presented  You can quickly  print your Activities Calendar by pressing the Printer Icon located at the bottom of the Activities  Calendar window     122    fee Weekly Activities   Thu  Nov 7  2002                   Mon Tue  Wed Thu  Fri  Add          Accommien       Show Type     ACTION  CALL    10 004      History    Foun    Calendar Format Activittes for  SE  C Daly fe Weekly C Monthy    Summary    ial lic        Figure 124   Activities Calendar   Weekly View       Monthly  Click the Monthly button to see the number of activities scheduled for each day of the current month   The red number in the lower right hand corner of the date shows the amount of activities scheduled  for that day  Each day is a button and the current day is active  button depressed   Space  limitations prevent showing more than the number of events for each day  If you double click ona  different day on the Monthly view  you will go back to the Daily view to see the actual activities for  the selected day  Use the controls below the calendar to move to a different month or year  Also to  examine a different day  select the Calendar Icon located at the bottom of the Activity Calendar  window  double click on a different day  and the selected day will be presented  You can quickly  print your Activities Calendar by pressing the Printer Icon located at the bottom of the Activities  Calendar window     123    fee Monthly Activities   Thu  Nov 7  2002    
189. ker s Ally is supplied with 16 Security Types such as stock  bond  cash  and cd  You can  create new types  change most attributes of existing types  but you cannot delete any types  The  attributes of a Security Type include its name and three multipliers used for the calculation of cost   proceeds  and income amount as explained below  You cannot change the name of a Security  Type  Click on Add Type to create a new Security Type or click on Edit Type to change the one  you have highlighted  same as double clicking a type      145    Edit Security Type    Note  IF you change a secunty type  all relevant  securities will have to be updated     b Secuii Mpe   Goverment Bond Cancel     Price Mutiplier  UE Hein    Quantity Multiple  om    Income Multipher  jo o 0          Figure 144   Edit Security Type    When creating a new Security Type  enter its name and multipliers  Broker s Ally uses three  multipliers  Price Multiplier  Quantity Multiplier  Income Multiplier  to perform calculations for cost   proceeds  income amount  and gain loss  For example    Cost    Open Price X Price Multiplier  X  Quantity X Quantity Multiplier    Proceeds    Close Price X Price Multiplier  X  Quantity X Quantity Multiplier    Income Amt    Income X Income Multiplier  X  Quantity X Quantity Multiplier   The Price Multiplier converts an open or close Price into a dollar value per unit  The Quantity  Multiplier converts Quantity into number of units  The Income Multiplier converts Income into a  d
190. ker s Ally usually puts  tomorrow s date into the Date field and the current time in the time field     Broker s Ally offers a shortcut when entering a date or time  Instead of entering a full date you can  simply enter the number of days hence  Enter a number and Broker s Ally will add this number to  today s date in order to construct a proper date expression  For example  to enter tomorrow s date   enter 1  for one day hence   Similarly  if you enter a number in a time field  Broker   s Ally adds this  number of minutes to the current time to produce a proper time statement     Double click on a date field to pick a date from a popup calendar  Double click on a day in the  calendar to enter the date into the date field     Double click on a time field to pick a time from a popup Edit Time dialog  Click on AM or PM  and  then double click on a time in the Edit Time dialog to enter the time into the time field        126    Duration    To schedule a block of time for an activity  enter the length of time in minutes  Duration is useful  only when you have specified a time for the activity  The Daily and Weekly Calendar will show the  same activity more than once if the Duration is greater than the time slot size  Also see the next  paragraph     Check your other activities for a conflict    If you mark this option  the scheduler looks for conflicts with your other activities when adding or  updating an activity  When a Duration is entered  the conflict analyzer looks for over
191. l Merge Wizard is automatically installed into Microsoft Word when  you install Broker s Ally  Microsoft Word needs to be installed on your computer prior to Broker s  Ally  If the Broker s Ally menu does not appear in Word  reinstall Broker s Ally from the original  distribution diskettes     Microsoft Word   SUPPORT1 DOC  Ga Edit View Insert Format Tools Table Window Help    ee ee  SE E eer    Sg  ne Now Ronen DIr E SS cenno Teamen suner L    Broker s Ally Mail Merge Wizard       Figure 199   Microsoft Word menu    You may merge all contacts in a Broker s Ally data source or merge the contacts in an existing list  with a document you create in Word  You can print letters  labels  or envelopes from Word with your  merged information from Broker   s Ally        Broker s Ally Mail Merge Vizard    Select the type of document    you with create      e Letter    Labels       Envelope    Figure 200   Broker s Ally Mail Merge Wizard       195    Broker s Ally Mail Merge Wizard    Select your Broker s Ally Login Id     MGR  James Kurm        GSW   Greg Walters  JMO   John Walker  A412   Allison Adams    Enter your password     a    Cancel   c   pen      Figure 201   Mail Merge Wizard Password Information       Broker s Ally Hail Merge Wizard LN    Please select the Broker s Ally Data Source you wish  to merge with this document      Client Database g      The data to be used       The whole database     Cancel     Back   Next gt    Kips      Figure 202   Choose a Broker s Ally data 
192. l information such as account number   telephone numbers  status  rating  and comments are entered here as well  The other pages include  Notes  Flags  amp  Interests  User Fields  and Book pages  You cannot use the Notes and Book pages  until you have entered the basic contact information in the other three pages and clicked on Add     Data Source    On the far right of each page is a list box showing available Broker   s Ally Data Sources  and the one  that is highlighted is the currently selected database  You can change the selection of data source  simply by clicking on and highlighting your choice     Note  You must select a Data Source before you click on the Add button  The first data source is    selected by default  Advanced users might create other data sources        99    Below the Data Source box are several control buttons  Click on Add to save a new record or click  on Cancel to abandon it     Address Page    To enter a new contact  select View Add Contact  and enter the contact   s data into the fields of the  empty Address page  At a minimum  you should probably enter a Last Name  although Broker   s Ally  will accept a record if you enter something in only one field  The Address page of the contact view  displays its data in two logical areas   the address on the left and description data on the right with  the name running across the top  While you are looking at the name field  note that it is broken into  six separate sub fields corresponding to two Salu
193. lapping time  blocks  If your activities do not have duration   s  the conflict analyzer only reports when you have  another activity scheduled on the same day at the same time     Alarm    You may set an alarm to notify you when the activity comes due  Simply click on the check box  labeled Activate alarm when activity comes due  You may also set an Alarm Lead in order to  notify you a specified number of minutes in advance of the scheduled time        Description  Annual Portfolio Review Type  ACTION    Snooze 10   Edit   Delete   Close      Figure 128   Broker   s Ally Alert System       7 7 SALES PLANNER    A multi step sales planner is incorporated in Broker s Ally and can be found under the View menu   The Sales Planner is used to create sales and marketing campaigns for individual contacts or a   group of contacts  You can create many different sales plans and have them readily available for  future selling opportunities  The Sales Planner is available in the Broker s Ally Gold level and above     View Sales Plans E4    Plan Hame    i Chent Review   6 Month    Gathering Assets   Top 100    High Growth   Weekly Contact  Prospecting 101 Edit  Prospecting 102  Seminar Planning    Delete    Copy    Close       127    Figure 129   View Your Sales Plans    After you choose Sales Planner on the View menu  you can either View your available Sales Plans  or Apply an existing Sales Plan to an individual or a group  To create your own Sales Plan from the  View Menu  choose View S
194. ler OPON S cuneate int a E ie aurea aoe 177  Figure 176   Standard Windows Calculator             s0000nnnnnnoooaannnnnnnnnonnennnnnnnnnnnnrernrnnsrnrnnnrrrrennennnnrrennene 179  Fig  r 177 SCIENIIIC  Calculator acses e SNE 180  PIQGUNGs 17 8 GAlen e LE 180  Foure 7 OSC eA PA EE 181  Foure 5a ho Elei lte E 182  Figure 181   Palm Data synchronization with Broker s Aly    183  Figure 182   Internet Access from Main Menu Extensions  Quick connect to BrokersAlly com        184  IQ UIC  183 VV INGOW ING EE 185  Figure 184   Cascaded View    185  Hogue tess Arnranged Mee EE 186  PIGUET BGs le WINIOWS LIST GE 187  PIQUIC TESTAA HE EE 188  Figure 188   Broker s Ally Help menu    ENEE EEN 189  Foure T9 AED FIE Merren aa S 189  Figure 190  Aep  e TEE 189  Figure 191   Help Bookmark Men  190  Figure  192  Ine  Aep   Hep  MENU EE 190  Foue Be AEDS eae WEE 191  Sieten BEE 192  IQ UNC E FNANCA TENS E 193  FOUE T96   TP e RRE 193  Figure 197   The    What s New    Read me File under Help Men  194  Figure 198   About Broker s Ally dialog              cccccseeeseeeeeeeeaeecaeeeseeeeeeeeseeeaeeeeeeeeesaesaeaeeeeeeeseseaeseeseeeees 194  Fig  re 199   MICFOSOIT VV ere MONU E 195  Figure 200   Broker s Ally Mail Merge Wizard          nnnnnennnnnennnnnnnnnnnnnnnnsrnnrnenrnnnnssrnnrrnnnrnrnrrennrnrnreennnnee 195  Figure 201   Mail Merge Wizard Password Information              ccccseeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeessaaeeeeeess 196  Figure 202   Choose a Broker s Ally data source or a List for 
195. lio valuations  Numerous electronic utilities have  been created for use with Broker   s Ally for the purpose of updating these security master files  to  create archives of historical prices for performance reports  and to store indexes against which the  performance of holdings can be compared     201    APPENDIX D  SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS    To run Broker s Ally version 9 for Windows  you need as minimum requirements   e Microsoft Windows 32 bit operating system  Windows 95  or higher  e Personal computer using Pentium II or higher microprocessor  e Minimum 16MB of memory  64MB or more recommended   e Hard disk with at least 100 MB free for the Broker s Ally program and Data files  The  Program requires 25 MB of free hard drive space to install   CD Rom Drive  e Mouse or compatible pointing device    APPENDIX E   COMMONLY ASKED QUESTIONS    Q  When   delete a call  contact or groups list in Broker   s Ally  the information does not  delete  What   s wrong  How do I correct this problem    Your BAWINY INI file did not set up correctly because at time of installation there may have been  another program running or file obstructing the installation  To correct this problem click on the File  menu and choose ODBC Settings  Click on Broker   s Ally Data  Access files   Next  click on the  Setup button  When in the ODBC dBase setup window  click on the OK button  Close the Data  Source window  and exit Broker   s Ally  Exit Windows  and reboot your computer system  When you  enter
196. list     Remember that you can create as many lists as you want  Therefore  before revising or deleting an  existing list  be sure you have no use for the current list before refreshing it     Using a Call List    After creating a specialized list  click View List in the Call List dialog  The List view displays the  names of all selected individuals and is the gateway to doing something with the list  You can scroll  through the list by clicking on the up or down arrows  The List view has buttons for Zoom  Reports   and Mail Merge  An entry can be checked  marked as completed   and checked entries can be  functionally removed from the list if you select the Skip Checks option     133    ke LIST VIEWER   Prospecting List  HGH   5 Contacts  PS el FS  Di    Reports    Mail Merge    Envelopes    Check Item    Reset Item       Figure 134   List View    Zoom  To see and work with the full contact record for someone in the list  highlight a member of the list  and click the Zoom button  When the contact window appears you can dial a phone number   change contact information  add notes  enter transactions  and so on  You can move to the contact  window for the next individual in the list using the browse buttons  Otherwise  click Update or  Cancel as appropriate to return to the List View     Reports  Since most reports are based on a list  you can launch a report from the List View  In this case you  have already selected the list you will use  When you click the Reports button to g
197. ll checker to automatically replace the suspect word with the suggestion for the  remainder of the document  You may edit the Change To replacement word if the spell checker  does not provide an appropriate suggestion        Spelling Check    Hot in Dictionary  int    Change To  i Ignore All    Suggestions  i  r C Change All    Cancel       Figure 169   Spell Check Dialog      Note  Merge Field Protection  When the spell checker makes a revision on a line containing a merge    field  it deletes the merge field  You will have to re enter the merge field        Letter Writer Toolbar    In addition to its pull down menu  the Letter Writer provides a Toolbar that provides instant access to  many common functions     WI       Figure 170   Letter Writer Toolbar    Text Font   The Font scroll box presents all of the fonts installed with Windows  You can select any font for the  currently highlighted text simply by clicking on the font name  You can quickly move to a font name  by typing the first couple of letters of the font name into the input portion of the Font scroll box     Text Point Size  You can quickly change the point size of selected text by clicking on the Point Size button  You can  either enter the exact point size desired or click on one of the preset point sizes     171    Left  Center  Right  amp  Justify Paragraph  The various paragraph alignment options will re align the currently highlighted paragraph or  paragraphs  You can select portions of one or more paragr
198. mpaign to contact people holding securities that will mature  within a certain range of dates  you should use the Maturity List     Managing activities comprises a great portion of an investment advisor   s workday  Effectively  handling calls  actions  group and maturity related activities with Broker s Ally would vastly increase  your production     7 1 FIND CONTACT    In keeping with the user manual organizational scheme of discussing each menu option as it  appears in the View menu  we will discuss finding a contact before we discuss adding a contact   However  you can t find a contact before you have added one  Furthermore  we have reserved the  detailed discussion of each of the contact pages and fields for the next user manual section  You  may wish to read the Add Contact section below if you are not already familiar with the Contact  window and sub pages of data     96    ES Find Contact       Name  fsan  d D  se Im aa fiGen Account    2nd Marne  Open Date  f    Company  rT  We Parle    i Email   Dwner       Others   Data Source     Address    status  f    City      State  f os Zip     County  f   Carrier Foute  T No Mail    Work I ext   Home   Brame dumne   Addiesses   Far    Find      Cose   b  SES      Address Hotes   Interests   User Fields   Eak Sec   Agenda      Figure 100   Find Contact Window          Comments  f    D       The Find Contact window is used to locate specific contact records and contains the same pages  and field layout as the Add Contact windo
199. mpary    Last Contact  f  gt  Emai   Ownerf    Ee Data Source   Address    Status  f qE utere        Rating  f  City      State  f a att zip     County  f   Carrier rowel IT No Mail    Comments         Address Hotes   Interests   Userkielde Blees a Agenda      Figure 31   Add Contact Screen       3 2 SCHEDULE YOUR CONTACTS FOR ACTIVITIES    Activities are defined in Broker   s Ally as the things you will do with a client or prospect   Activities is the umbrella term under which sub terms fall  such as calls  actions or meetings  As  you add new contacts to your database  you might want to schedule an activity such as a Call     33    Action or Meeting activity for each record  You could also apply a pre defined multi step Sales  Plan to a contact     A Call activity is set up as a date in the future that you would like to telephone a contact  You  can schedule an Action for any reason that you want to be reminded of in the future  For  example  you could create an Action to remind yourself to review a portfolio or send a dividend  check  You can also schedule a meeting with a client  While viewing a contact record  you are  able to schedule an event by clicking on View  and then on Schedule Activity  While in the  schedule dialog box  enter the proposed time and date for the activity and a description of what  needs to be done or discussed     1  To add a Call  Action  or Meeting Activity for a contact you need to have the contact    s  record on your screen     2  Pull up th
200. mson Reuters BETA SYSTEMS  INC   Market Data  amp  Securities Processing   350 North Sunnyslope Road   Brookfield  WI 53005   414 789 9000    CHECKFREE INVESTMENT SERVICES  10 Exchange Place   Jersey City  NJ 07302   201 324 5111    EXAMCO  INC   Computer Based Training  1600 20th Street   Kenner  LA 70062  800 955 7055    FINANCIAL DATABASE SOLUTIONS  4045 Sorrento Valley Blvd   San Diego  CA 92121   858 558 7100    FT INTERACTIVE DATA  22 Crosby Drive   Bedford  MA 01730  781 687 8800    MICROSOFT CORP    One Microsoft Way   Redmond  WA 98052 6399   206 637 7098  206 462 9673  206 646 5102    PERSHING   securities Clearance  One Pershing Plaza  Jersey City  NJ 07399  201 413 3080    Thomson REUTERS    205    Product i  Performance Reporting    Beta Link    Security APL    Broker Test    Caesar System  Market Data Feeds  For Broker s Ally    Windows  Word     Pershing Platform    AdvantageAE    Market Data Services   77 Water Street  8th Floor  New York  NY 10005  212 898 7003    SCHERRER RESOURCES  INC    Advisor Workstation Software and Web Portal  120 Arrandale Boulevard   Exton  PA 19341   484 875 1700  phone  484 875 1704  fax     STANDARD  amp  POORS  Stock Market Data  amp  Analysis  25 Broadway   New York  NY 10004  212 208 8716    SUNGARD   Market Data Services  201 East Park Drive  Mount Laurel  NJ 08054  609 727 2084    THESTREET COM   14 Wall Street  14  Floor  New York  NY 10005  212 321 5000    206    Broker s Ally    www BrokersAlly com    S amp P 500 Index   
201. n Associate Link to other contacts   Press this button to view your Associate Links        Household Links  Household links are used to reference other contacts records belonging to the same person or other  members of the same financial household unit  such as a spouse  children or extended family   When the Jee  button appears in the contact window  found under the data source dialog window   you have a Household Link to other contacts  Press this button to view your Household Links                       Jim Scherrer I fel FS  Name Mr Sp Ti  I Li  r Account  I Find Linked Contact    nd Name     Company   SCH Associate Contacts  Dwe    Christiansen  Steve Data Source   Address  Bt  City   Eag IE  Country  f  Records  5    work      Phone Numb    RE  Close    EAE      Address Notes   Interests   User Fields   Book Page   Agenda      Figure 121   Contact Screen showing Linked Records    Comments  f       d    Make Link  To create a link  you must display a record to which you want to attach a second record  From the  Contact menu select Links  Make Link  The system allows you to find another contact and click the  Link button to connect them together     Break Link  To break a link  you simply find the record you want to free from the connection to another record or  other records  From the Contact menu select Links  Break Link to destroy the connection     119    Find Link  To find an individual or individuals linked to the current contact  select Links  Find Link from the  C
202. n Broker   s Ally Gold  Annuity cmo mutual fund    147    Bond commodity option    bond unit trust corporate bond stock  Cash government bond unit trust  Cd money market   closed end fund municipal bond    8 5 How TO USE THE PORTFOLIO VERSION    In order to use the Portfolio version you need to first enter a database of securities either manually  or electronically  found under menu items Edit  Securities  and then enter transactions into the  Posting Book Ledger for your customer accounts  Users can enter  change  and view all securities  under Edit Securities  Each security has a Symbol or CUSIP number  Description  security Type   and Price  For bonds you can enter the Maturity Date  When downloading prices from a service   you will see the source in Pricing Service  Any firm or quote vendor offering a download or Dynamic  Data Exchange  DDE  link may move data into Broker s Ally     Once securities are entered you are ready to post transactions into the Posting Book Ledgers of  your clients  To Post transactions you enter the appropriate data for each security transaction   which may include trade date  quantity  symbol  price  fees  commission  and total  If the security is  not held in house  you can note its location  You can enter a specific transaction reference number if  you wish  and a description attachment  If you attempt to enter a transaction for a security not  registered in the securities database  Broker s Ally will prompt you and assist you in adding it to
203. n Broker s Ally  The Scratch Pad allows you to record information which is not specific  to any client such as your personal notes  FedEx numbers  or reference topics  The Sales Scripts  contain standard or custom telemarketing scripts that improve efficiency and   productivity for cold calling and mailing follow up calls     Calendar  Calculator and Stopwatch    By selecting Calendar from the Tools menu or typing Ctrl E  you can call a pop up date calendar   This is very handy for quickly selecting the date of future return calls  The Tools menu also has a    13    Calculator  Ctrl L   The Stopwatch  Cirl T  will track time spent on an activity and even convert the  time to dollars for billing or expense calculations     Running    Dollars gdoloek 0       Figure 10   Stopwatch    Calendar Tool  Saturday  Januar 12  2002  Sun Mon Tue WedThu Fri Sat    1 j2 ja 4  5  E ff ia ja i0 fll       13 j14 15 JIB jiz jis  14  20 wl j    25  24  25  26  ef  20 Ji LU fal    f anuar    2002 E       Figure 11   Pop up Calendar    Help System    A Help system is available throughout Broker   s Ally by simply selecting Help from the Main menu or  pressing F1  The Help system is a hypertext database of valuable reference information  When you  use F1 to activate the Help system  you will see specific information about the current window       Help     a  Using Help  Financial Terme Glossary    Tip of the day     what s new    About Brokers Ally          Figure 12   Help Menu    14    1 4 PROGR
204. n but has borrowed in expectation of a drop in the stock   s value     Stock   Ownership shares of a corporation  Also Common stock or Preferred stock and tracked in  Broker s Ally under the name of the security     Stock dividend   Shown in Broker s Ally as an income type transaction  A dividend paid in  securities rather than cash either additional shares of the issuing company or shares of another  company  usually a subsidiary  held by the issuing company  These dividend shares are not taxable  until sold     Tax basis   The original cost of an asset if purchased  or the fair market value of that asset if  inherited  less accumulated depreciation  See basis     Tax exempt security   Tracked in Broker s Ally as an attribute of a security type  A security whose  interest income is exempt from federal income tax  a municipal bond     Yield   In general  the amount of profit on an investment of capital calculated in Broker s Ally as a  percentage     Zero coupon bond In Broker s Ally  another type of bond tracked specifically by CUSIP  A bond    that is sold at a deep discount from par value  and therefore appreciates substantially  but makes no  payments of interest     152    CHAPTERQY ADVANCED PORTFOLIO FEATURES    The Portfolio Level extends the portfolio management capabilities of Broker s Ally  It accomplishes  this by increasing the number of transaction types  accounting methods  and reports that are  available to the user  This provides for the storage of the price h
205. n comma delimited format  The fields may be  enclosed within double or single quotes and each record must be terminated with  lt CR gt  lt LF gt   The  ASCII loader will accept contacts  notes  postings  and securities information  When importing notes  and postings  the ASCII loader will only accept 1 note and 1 posting per contact record transferred     61    Hap Fields to Import E4    Select Field to Map         Data Mapped To  lt  lt Do Not Mape gt   People  Full Name  Salutation  2nd Salutation  First Name  Initial  Last Hame  Gulf  2nd Hame  Company  Address Line 1  Address Line 2  City    State                    Cancel    Clear All      Figure 66   Map ASCII fields to Broker s Ally fields       1  Select ASCII Loader from the Import dialog and press Start    2  Supply the filename of the ASCII file    3  The Map Fields dialog presents  on the left  a list of sample fields taken from the first ASCII  record  The list box on the right shows the destination fields in Broker s Ally  You must map  every field you wish to import by selecting a sample data field in the left hand list box and a  destination field in the right hand list box  Select   lt Do not Map gt   to unassign an incorrectly  mapped field     ASCII Options    T Convert to mized case    Contacts    F Add default data    Start transter with record H i  Number of records to transfer  jo     U   all records     Cancel         Figure 67   ASCII Options    4  If the incoming data is in upper case  we recommend t
206. nce  Automatic login as MGR to avoid this step  Furthermore  you may have to enter a password to  continue  In the network version of Broker s Ally you may at any time login as another user by  choosing a different User ID on the Edit menu     2  Create User ID s  assign passwords  Broker Numbers  and assign Rights  In a network  installation  the system administrator will want to control each user s access to information and  various features of the program     User IDs and Passwords    A User ID is used to identify the person using the software  Each marked note  marked letter and  scheduled activity is associated with a particular user  A User ID has an associated user name and  optional password  A User ID also has associated rights  which determine the scope of operations  the user can perform  Single user installations of Broker s Ally assume a User ID of  MGR  with all  rights enabled  In network installations  the system administrator will create a User ID for each user  and assign rights as required     82    Conflicts can occur if you share a User ID with another person  Individual user preferences   data sources  marked notes  marked letters  scheduled activities  tallies  and histories are    associated with each User ID        The network administrator will assign a User ID to each user  which is a code of upto 5 characters vr  such as the initials of the user or the user s broker number  Every User ID has an associated name  ojo  the person s name  If the networ
207. nd  For common stock  par value per  share is assigned by the company   s charter for accounting purposes but has no relation to market  value  Stored in the securities table     Put   Tracked as a security type in Broker s Ally  An option to sell 100 shares of stock at a definite    strike price within a specified period of time  For this right  the buyer pays a premium  if he does not  exercise the option before it expires  he forfeits the premium and the option is worthless     151    Real Estate Investment Trust  REIT    A default securities handled by the Portfolio System which  tracks the characteristics of a real estate investment trust     Registered representative   In Broker s Ally  tracked as the broker number  Also known as an  account executive or customer s broker     Regulation U   The Federal Reserve Board regulation governing the amount of credit that may be  advanced by a    bank    to its customers for the purchase of securities     Return   In Broker s Ally this is the pretax profit on an investment  expressed as an annual  percentage of the investor s original capital  depicted as the sum of the net change in the  investment   s market value and any dividends or interest paid is divided by the purchase price     Return of capital   A distribution to an investor from a source other than net income as determined  for tax or accounting purposes     Selling short   Tracked in Broker s Ally as a short sale  The sale by an investor of stock that he  does not ow
208. nd prepare to enter a new note     Quick Letter  Click on the Quick Ltr button to select a Quick Letter template for creating a brief letter that is saved  in the notepad for future reference  After editing the letter  you can print it by selecting Print Quick  Letter on the Contact menu  See Quick Letter below     Mark Unmark  Click the Mark button to mark a note  see Marked Notes below   You can print Notes that are  marked with your User ID via reports  The Mark Note dialog also allows you to mark the note for  another user  When the current note is already marked this button is labeled    Unmark     To remove  a mark on a note simply click the Unmark button     Review  Click on Review to display all notes for the contact simultaneously  This is a read only presentation   meaning you cannot make any changes  Click on Review again to return to the normal view edit  mode for individual notes     Delete  Click the Delete button to erase a note     Change Date  Click the Change Date button to modify the date time stamp for the note     Spell Check  Click the Spell Check button to check the spelling for your note or quick letter     Notes Categorization  Added ability to organize the notes based on their content in categories such as  contact   compliance  personal  investment  operation  and others in order to improve understanding     Notes Access Control  Added ability to set control of access to notes such as private  semi private  public access     Notes Expiration and Pri
209. ndo option to reverse changes made to the current  document or data screen     The Securities dialog allows you to view and edit information about the securities master file used to  price and characterize transactions and holdings  Finally  the User ID and User Preferences options  can be used to customize your Broker s Ally installation     6 1 UNDO    You can select the Undo option for two types of screens  text editing screens  such as the Letter  Writer  Notepad and Script editor  or data entry screens such as the Contact view  When you are  working with a text editing screen  the Undo option will reverse the last editing action  For example  if  you had just changed the font for selected text  clicking on the Undo option will cause the text to  revert to its former font  When you are entering or editing data in a data entry field  the Undo option  will restore the previous entry  When Broker s Ally is unable to Undo the current operation  the Undo  option will not be available  signified by its dimmed appearance     To remove all changes to a contact s note since you last saved it  select Undo on the Edit menu  If  you have marked a note or changed its date  Broker s Ally also resets these changes     6 2 CUT    The Cut  Copy and Paste options work in concert with the Windows Clipboard  As such  it is  capable of operating within and between Broker   s Ally and other programs  The Cut option removes  the selected data from the current screen or document and places it in
210. ndows as your system s hardware can  support  Sometimes these multi window displays can become confusing with one window hiding  another  You can use the Window menu options to redraw the windows in a cascade or tile view   You can move a selected window to the foreground by selecting it by name from the Open Windows  list     The Cascade option on the Window menu will arrange all open multiple display windows such as a  Contact view  Letter Writer document  List view  Scratchpad  Sales Script  and Activities Calendar  from top to bottom  left to right  The order of precedence is determined by the order you last  accessed the windows  with the most recently accessed displayed on top  Each window is displayed  in standard size  overlapping the other windows as much as necessary  The Cascade option is most  useful for displaying a single window amongst a group of active windows at the same time  while  allowing you to switch from one window to another window simply by clicking on a protruding edge of  the underlying window     184        Broker s Ally Portfolio Version 6 51 for Gregory S  Walters    No Time     CALL   11 05AM Douc    TOUA  2  Di    Cascade  Tile  Arrange Icons    Close All    1 Betty Baker   2 CONTACTS  24   3 Diane Black   4 CONTACTS  24   5 Mary Peters   6 CONTACTS  24     Carol Wagner   8 CONTACTS  2     Kb    PRE  GIS CONTACTS  24  PIs EG   PIES    CONTACTS  24  Il  sod rat RRE    Bisi E rol Wagner    Add    Edit      Sweep      30 Kennt y 9 Daily Activitie
211. ne  numbers    grabbed    from the contact window  A prefix is what you need to dial to connect to an  outside line whereas a suffix is an optional accounting code your firm may require  Broker s Ally  allows you to enter a prefix and a suffix for each type of call  local  long distance  international  and  special long distance     A dial prefix string can be a combination of modem commands and dialing codes that precede a  phone number  Figure 82   Dialer Optionsand here is an illustration of typical prefix strings    Local Calls Prefix     9       Long Distance Calls Prefix     9 1     The Local Calls Prefix will dial    9    and pause two seconds to allow for connecting to an outside line   The Long Distance Calls Prefix will dial    9     pause two seconds  and dial    1     For more information   see Options under Dialer in the Tools chapter     General Settings  Select the No Modem option if you do not have a modem but would like to track your calls   successful contacts  and update Last Contact in a record  Select No Modem and proceed as if you  were dialing the phone automatically  Although the Dial button will be inactive  the Contacted button  will register the information     Select the Contact History option to update the Last Contact field in a record and add an entry to the    history file documenting your phone call  The entry is added to the history file only when you click on  Contacted and Hang Up button when using the dial feature     77    5 5 PAGE SETUP 
212. ne someone using the dialer and click on  Contacted  the Last Contact field in the contact record is updated     History   This report is the same as the Summary page of the Activities Calendar  when you  check History  and shows all of your completed activities  You can select histories falling  within a range of dates and produce a report for histories belonging to other users     Marked Notes   While the Notes page of a Contact view is displayed  a note can be  marked   for printing at a later time  typically the end of the day  These marked notes are printed  using this report  providing the contact Name together with the Note  Unlike the Marked  Note Labels report  which is designed to print on label stock  this report prints the full text of  the note  After the report is displayed or printed  you can unmark all marked notes to avoid  printing the same notes the next time you run this report  Do not unmark the notes until you  print Marked Note Labels  unless you do not intend to print labels     Notes   Shows all notes for each contact in the list  You can select notes by a date range and or a  fragment of text     Phone   Shows Name  Work phone  Work Extension  Home phone  and Fax phone numbers for  all records 1n the list     Phone Tallies   Shows a summary of the number of calls and phone contacts you have made  during the past two weeks  months  and years  Includes graphs     Rating Status   Shows Name  Status  and Rating for all records in the list  Includes a gra
213. nitions       1 16   17 32  33 43     Local Remem  Local _ Riemer   Dei Field Name k Type Resp  Def Field Name Type   Resp     ti F  Networth    Number   O S p  Marital Status  String m       Occupation      String    R 10  TC  SpouseName  Sting F C  PF fincome  Number    F114  p  Spouse Birthday  Date    C  M  Employer  sting lf 1  Cen   String lf  TC   Retirement Date  Date   1  P  Associations  Sting    M  SR N ee      Pf PO en  f HE   secretay   Joe IT e JI eE       Cancel      Figure 97   User Fields Dialog    In network installations  each User Field definition applies to all users unless you check the Local  Definition box  A local definition will be used only on your PC  The system administrator can restrict  access to some or all User Fields in the setup dialog by selectively assigning User Field setup rights     User Info Setup    This dialog allows you to setup information to be automatically inserted into a letter created by the  Letter Writer  You can use these fields for any personal information you wish  The following User  merge fields in the Letter Writer utilize these data     Merge Field Description     Name   Your Name  Title  or Assistance   s Name    93    Phone   Your Phone Number  e mail   Your e mail address ___ _ i  FiName      Name of your financial institution _ _ _    Fi Branch    Name of the branch of your financial institution      FI Type Financial institution type   Bank  Credit Union  etc     Fl Officer   Name of branch manager    Target mark
214. now how well you are calling  The Tallies Report  located under View  Reports   provides you with an instant view of your progress on a weekly  monthly and yearly basis  Broker s  Ally will report and graph how many calls you have made and how often a call resulted in a contact   Also  in network situations  the manager can evaluate another user s call progress by viewing their  tallies information  This is a powerful and useful tool for managers to track the calling activity of their  employees     The Tallies Report gives you the opportunity to set goals and track your progress towards them  For  example  you might give yourself a goal to contact 50 people a day  Periodically  you can check  your tallies  If your tallies report shows that you have exceeded your goal  then adjust your goal  higher  If you are having difficulty reaching 50 contacts a day  readjust your goal to a more realistic  level     History of Accomplished Activities    You can also view your history of Calls via the Activities Calendar  Choose Activities Calendar from  the View menu  select Summary view  check the History box  and select CALL in the Show Type list  box  You can view the same information using the history report under Standard reports     45     e History Summary   Fri      Feb 14  1997 at 5 09 PH    Avis Bauman  Shirley Bamberger  David Wagner  David Wagner  Irvin Amann  Wayne Barber  Julie Berland  Shirley Bamberger  Dorothy Ziggler  David Wagner  Irvin Amann   Julie Berland    Kenneth
215. ntact Screen showing Linked RecordS           ssssssnnnnnnnnsesseeeseenesssrrrrrnnnnnnrtreessnnnnn nnne 119  Fig  re T22  elen e EE 120  Figure 123   Activities Calendar   Daily ViOW              ccccccccccssssssseceeeeeeeceeeeaeeeeceseeeaaaseeceeeeeessseaaasseseess 122  Figure 124   Activities Calendar   Weekly View    123  Figure 125   Activities Calendar  monthly view    124  Figure 126   Activities Calendar Summary view    124  Figure 1 27   Schedule Activity  Dialog EE 125  Figure 128   Brokers Ally Alert System             ccccccccceeeeeceeecaecceeesseeeeeeeaeeeeseeceeeeesaesaeaaaeseeeesessaaseeeeeeees 127  Figure 129   View Your Sales Plans             ccccccccccccssssseeceeeeeeeeeeeaeeeceeeeessseeseeeeeeeeeeeesaaaseeeeeeesssaaaseeeess 128  Figure 130   Steps in a Multi step Sales Plan            00      ccccccceeseeceeeeeeecscccsseeceeeccsccesseneeeesenesececesenses 128  Figure 131   Select Sales Plan to Apply to Group of Contact Hecorde 129  Figure 132 Call KISH Dial OG iasetestectss ti eanerintiinteed ect altnnheeaaucneneetauavctiet a 131  FIJUG E ck CNIS ER 132  FIQUIC 134  gt  LIST VOW ssetectte ee iat iene a nia anne ae 134  ROUWE 13974 IROCDOMS RTE E 136  Figure 136   The Portfolio men    140  Figure  1 37  Broker POMIONO REDONS EE 140  left 138 ein elle Client e en CN 141  Figure 139   Portfolio Rank Report  a Broker Report sek EEEEEN RRE EEN ENN 143  Figure 140   Portfolio Valuation Summary Report  a Client Report          aaannnnannnnnannnnannnnennnnnnnennnnn
216. ntact information such as  export   and select a Drive  Directory  and  Data Source Type  Be sure to select a directory where no other Broker s Ally data files reside    3  Click on OK to begin exporting    4  lf you would like to delete the contact records after your export  check the box    Delete after  export       5  After completing the export  backup the files on diskettes    6  Restore the files to an unused directory on the second computer    7  Onthe second computer  use Broker   s Ally Import to merge the data with an existing registered  data source     Export To E                To Data Source  File Name    lt Exp export  dbf   Chent Database   Prozpect Database  Database   Data Source Type     dBase Data  Intersoly          Figure 72   Broker   s Ally export dialog    Download  Portfolio Level only     Various database download modules are being developed through special arrangement with  Scherrer Resources  Inc  and the vendors of these databases  Contact your firm or database  provider to ensure they are compatible with Broker s Ally  Your Broker   s Ally Sales Representative  can also assist you in determining what downloads have been developed for Broker   s Ally     67    Downlaad    From   To    import Type      Data Source     BETAccess vil TTT      BA Clients  I interactree Vt ee       Gregs Database    Pershing wi 0  Quote Exprees Pricet       Figure 73   Download dialog window    The Download option is a specialized import process that captures portfol
217. ntents for each contact  To really change its  meaning  you will need to erase the prior contents of the field from each record before entering the  new data     Book Page    Each single line entry within the Book Page ledger shows    e Security    The name of the security    Quantity    the number of shares traded or the face amount of a bond or CD transaction   Market Price    current market price  if available  for an open position    Market Value    market price times quantity    Open Price    opening price per share or percent of face value for a bond or CD  Price is  positive for a buy and negative for a sell     If you double click on the entry in the ledger  or you select View security transactions or View cash  transactions you can observe the underlying information related to this entry such as     e Open Date    opening trade date    Action    the type of action such as purchase  sale  short  etc    Gain Loss    Unrealized or realized gain or loss    Symbol    the ticker symbol  CUSIP number  or other identifier    Close Date    closing trade date    Close Price    closing price per share or percent of face value for a bond or CD   Total Value    market value of an open position if Market Price available     111    e Market Gain Loss    market value minus cost for an open position     Robert Adams          Security       AT amp T Corp   IBN   Internet Capital Gro  Mortel Metworks Cor    Open Cost   Mkt Value    Mkt Damdl oss  Cash     Duumg Power            me ES  
218. nting Dates  Allows the user to set a date that a note and action expires or is printed     Marked Notes  Marked Notes can be used to send additional information to customers with little effort by printing the  marked notes report on dual label mailing label paper  To create this fulfillment mailing label  simply  type into the note a description of the material to be sent  then mark it for printing at a later time   Then use the Mark button to bring up the Mark dialog  Your User ID appears by default  Click OK to  mark the note  This action separates this note from all the others and makes it ready for printing the  name and address label in correct format  To unmark a previously marked note  click Unmark     104    Bim Scherrer           Sat Jan 12 2002 3 20PM OnornMGA Marked  MGR sg OS Account   Printed     Tf you want to segregate this note from others you can Mark    it using the     Mark Button below  which then is identified above by the UserID ofthe     o IT   person who marked the note as in MGA shown above  l AMEI       l Beier Data Source    Marked notes can be printed out as  to do  lists  or for printing mailing       pes  labels of information which should be mailed to cliente in fulfillment of DE  request  Test   Include iri   Archvity   Function  Records E   m K      l Save    l Send E mail   EENEG l    Close      New   Quick Ltr    Unman  Review   Date   Delete   Spell E    Category     lt None gt  be sl Access   lt None gt     Address  Notes   Interests   Us
219. nual upgrades or updates  to the software  The telephone hotline is your instant pipeline to a qualified support engineer every  time you pick up the phone  This newsletter has tips and techniques on how to make the most  efficient use of Broker s Ally  It will highlight the powerful  and often overlooked  features of the  program     vi Broker s Ally Network Portfolio Yersion 6 19 for Scherrer Resources  Inc  File Edit View Portfolio Mail Tools  Web Window Help   www   BrokersAlly  com   Broker s Ally Software e Support             Figure 1   www BrokersAlly com Software Support From the Main Menu    Telephone Hotline support  coupled with the e support found on the Internet accessed at the  www BrokersAlly com web site  will provide you with an opportunity to make the most of your  software purchase and to virtually eliminate costly down time  For more information on the Broker s  Ally Support Plus Pack or the Platinum Support Pack please call the client services department at  484 875 1705 or fax us at 484 875 1704 or for faster service e mail your requests to  Support BrokersAlly com to the attention of the Client Services Department     1 2 TYPOGRAPHICAL CONVENTIONS    You will interact with Broker s Ally by typing on your keyboard and by clicking with your mouse   There are two sorts of keyboard entries  one is to type text  eg  names  addresses and numbers  and so on   the other is press specific keys  F3  Alt F9  Enter  Shift  PgDn and so on      lf we want you to typ
220. o create your own customized reports by utilizing the  merge fields     To start up the Letter Writer  simply select it from the Mail Menu  The Letter Writer will expect you to  open an existing letter or to create a new letter     162    Letter    Writer    File Name  Directories     Re c  bab    appntmnt  bal CC  birthday  bal i bab  chent bal i i  dontdoit bal  o    Delete    getwell_ bal data Cancel    money  bal _  docking  referral  bal aa letters Help  thankyou  bal    E    Network     List Files of Type  Drives      BA Wm Letters    bal  sl   EJ c gew sc      Figure 157   Open Letter Writer Dialog       The Letter Writer can open files having the extension BAL  Broker s Ally Letters   RTF  Rich Text  Format files   or plain text files  If you wish  you can also select another directory or drive by double  clicking on the desired entry in the appropriate scroll box  First  to select a letter  you can either  highlight it and click on the Open button or you can double click on the file name  Once you have  selected an existing file or requested a new file  the Letter Writer displays its main window     A APPNTMNT BAL     E  B  zu    le  0 1 2 3 6              i E l  5 l        EE   EE    ON   nas Ha     NNNNNNNN DD  YYYY   FULL NAME  ADDRESS 1  ADDRESS2  CITY  STATE ZIP    Dear FIRSTN AME     This letter is to confirm your appointment here on   We will use this time to review  your current portfolio and to discuss the coming year s market strategies   look forward to  m
221. o each user     Broker Numbers  You can assign one or more Broker Numbers or User IDs to each user  and thereby control access  to contact records  A user can only access a contact record that has one of these Broker Numbers  in the Owner field of the contact record  However  any user can view a contact record with a blank  Owner field     Access to Info  System administrators can allow users access to Lists  Activities  History  and Marked Letters  associated with other users  If you do not want the user to see this type of information belonging to  others  make sure All Users is not checked and no items are selected in the Users list box  To  permit the user access to others  information  explicitly select their user ids in the Users list box or  check All Users  If you do not check All Users  you can select at least five users         Configure MGH    Access to Contacts  Broker Mumbers     hy                Cancel        Help            hd Al Broker Numbers    Add Broker       Delete Broker         M All Users Edit Levels               Security Level  Levels    Figure 89   Configure User Dialog    Assigning Broker Numbers  Broker s Ally supports multiple broker numbers for each user and allows more than one user to  share a broker number  By assigning more than one broker number to a given User ID  you provide    84    access to the contact and activity records associated with each of the broker numbers  Assigning  multiple broker numbers allows you to setup a User ID for 
222. o to the Reports  dialog  you will choose a particular report  Alternatively  you could start with Reports from the View  menu  choose the report  and then pick the list     If you want to print mailing labels for everyone in the list choose an appropriate report     Mail Merge  You can use any list to print letters  Click Mail Merge from the List View to call the Letter Writer   select an appropriate form letter  and proceed to print a merged letter for everyone in the list  You  can print envelopes by clicking the Envelopes button     Check Item  Click on Check Item to mark the selected contact as completed  The contact will appear with the  strike thru attribute and your User ID will appear to the left of the name  Checking an item has no  effect on any operations performed with the list unless you select the Skip Checks option     Reset Item  Click on Reset Item to undo the Checked Item     134    Skip Checks  Select the Skip Checks option to cause any operation using the list to ignore checked entries  When  you Zoom to a contact window and use the browse buttons  you will see only unchecked contacts   When you create a report  print mail merge letters  or export data  only unchecked contacts are  processed     Actions  Group  amp  Maturity Lists    The Action Lists and Group Lists are identical in behavior to the Call Lists  You use the same  methods in creating a Call List to build a list for Action and Group Campaigns  We provide these  alternative list folders simply
223. ob to show you how your current  assumptions are in error in this case  May   proceed    Sometimes people tell me that because they are too busy to deal with this sort of thing right now   Is this a bad time to call  May   schedule an appointment tomorrow  AM or PM        Have   said something that upset or offended you    didn t mean to  Let s start this again  Hello     my name is     am here to talk to you about    Do you have a moment to speak with me     11 7 PALM PILOT INTERFACE    Broker   s Ally has the ability to load Broker   s Ally information into the popular Palm Pilot product to  enable users to review contact information on their portable Palm device  Connect your palm to the  PC using directions for the Palm Pilot  This function will provide you with instructions and procedures  to follow for moving data into your Palm Pilot  See Appendix L  for detailed installation instructions     182       Broker s Allyl  Datateed       Figure 181   Palm Data synchronization with Broker s Ally    Palm  Inc  manufacturers of the Pilot       183    CHAPTER 12 WEB AND WINDOW MENUS    12 1 WEB MENU    The Web item on the Main menu provides you with Quick Web Connect  to launch your browser  from within Broker s Ally and access either of two sties  1  our help site for the Broker   s Ally software  and 2  the popular www BrokersAlly com portal for productivity advice  tools and its web window to  Wall Street and finance  The BrokersAlly com portal provides valuable information 
224. og for specific instructions     5 4 TAPI SETTINGS    Use the TAPI Settings  Telephony Application Program Interface  command to setup your modem  for automatic dialing  You need to    1  Identify the Communications Port for your modem    2  Set the Speed to 2400    3  Enter your Phone Number     75    LI Win Modem Properties       Figure 81   TAPI Setting    Furthermore  you should use the Options button in the Dialer dialog to setup dialing prefixes and  suffixes for local  long distance  special long distance  and international phone calls  Choose Phone  Dialer from the Tools menu  and press the Options button     Dialing Options    The Dialer dialog has an Options button where you set up dialing procedures for various types of  Calls     76    Dialer Options EJ    Local Calls    Pretix  Local Area Code   215    Pretix  a  Sufix    Suffix     International Calls    Access Code    Pretix  Po Sutfis  E  Special 4rea Codes  Area Code 1    Pretix  Po Du E  Area Code A   Pretix  Po Suffis   Area Code 3  o Pretix  Po Du   Zem   Zem    Long Distance Calls            Area Code 4 Pretix    Suffix    Area Code 5 Pretis    Suffis   When Contacted Madem  op  IT  Add to History cho Modern   T   Check List Item Cancel    Eee  D He      T Popup Scheduler fan       Figure 82   Dialer Options    It allows you to enter your local area code so that all calls to your area code will be dialed as local  numbers  It allows you to enter dialing prefixes and suffixes that will be combined with pho
225. okmark Menu Commands    Help Menu Commands  Help Buttons       Figure 194   Using Help    13 4 FINANCIAL TERMS GLOSSARY    The Financial Terms Glossary is a help file full of industry specific topics  The file has an  alphabetical layout to help you quickly find the topic of choice  Using the Help system   s Edit Copy  option  you can copy selected text from the Financial Terms Glossary to the Clipboard  From there   you can paste the text into any other Windows application  Specifically  you can paste the text into a  Broker s Ally letter  note or custom report     192       Broker s Ally Glossary  File Edit Bookmark Help    Contents   Ge    Contents  Accrued Interest       Figure 195   Financial Terms    Tip of the Day    Every time you run Broker s Ally  you will be presented with a    Tip of the Day     These tips will give  you specific information related to the software  The tips are designed to help you learn shortcuts to  your software  You can view all the tips at once by clicking the Next Tip button or you can read the  tips as the are presented to you  Once you have read all of the tips  you can turn them off by  unchecking the Show tips at startup box  You can always turn the Tip of the Day back on from the  Help Menu     Tip of the Day    0 Did you know       Broker s Ally will create a future date ina  date field if you enter a number for the  number days forward from today     M Show tips at startup       Figure 196   Tip of the Day    What   s New    The What
226. ollar amount per unit     Examples of multipliers     Security Type Price Multiplier   Quantity Income Multiplier  o    stock o A    Ee  0 001    e The multipliers for a stock are 1 because the price and quantity need no adjustment for  computation  Since you enter Income  dividend  as dollar amount per share  the Income  Multiplier is 1    e Money market securities always have a  1 price and need no price adjustment  Since you  enter Income as a percentage  we have to multiply it by 1 100 to obtain a dollar amount per  share    e Since you enter the face value of  1000 bonds for the Quantity  we must multiply by 1 1000 in  order to obtain the number of units  Since you enter the percent of  1000 for the Price  we must  multiply by 10 to get the actual price per unit  The Income value is also a percentage  hence we  multiply by 10    e Options are sold in groups of 100 units  hence we multiply quantity by 100 to get actual number  of units    Note  When you edit a Security Type  you may see multiplier values represented in exponential   format  For example  0 1   1 e 001  0 01   1 e 002  0 001   1 e 003  You cannot change the name   of a Security Type        Asset Classes    The Portfolio Valuation reports group results by Asset Class and present Asset Classes in the same  order that you created them  You should create Asset Classes and assign Security Types  appropriately to each class in order to use these reports effectively  Otherwise Broker s Ally will use  a default ord
227. ommonwealth of  Pennsylvania    9  ACKNOWLEDGMENT You acknowledge that you have read this agreement  understand it  and agree to  be bound by its terms and conditions        ACKNOWLEDGMENT    Advances in technology often owe their creation to the synergy of ideas shared among a group of  people  With over 25 000 users in 36 countries  the popularity and long term success of Broker   s  Ally represents a cumulative effort of many individuals over several years  Each feature of the  program has been carefully designed and elegantly programmed to provide great utility for the  investment professional       would like to acknowledge the significant contribution of Jim Briggs and the development support  and advice of Gary Spivack and Sam Tatnall and the many developers contributing their expertise  over time    also thank our key staff for helpful ideas and support including  most notably Karen  Haggerty and Gisela Harkins  Further  the Help Desk services provided by Bill Kinney and his  technical team enable our users to experience continuous  uninterrupted service with the product   Many thanks for User Manual and web site design coordinated by Jim Briggs  for marketing and  documentation production management by Tim DeMirjian  and for our training services program  supported by Karen Haggerty     Special thanks to Sam Frederick  Jason Olim  Jeff Harbison  John Koonz  Steve Christiansen  Mary  Evans  Dave Johnson  Mike DiPuppo  Steve Chance and all those who help bring us our f
228. ons     ES Kimberly Walters    Ci x     Interests   Account    i Stocks   Bonds   Mutuals   Services   1234 1235     Dividends    Municipal    Managed    Education Owner   asw    Preferred V Tax Free   Insurance   Retire Data Source    T Converts   CHO l Annuities V Planning BIO     Foreign   Treasury   Options TI   T Syndicate    IRA      E E MUT M GSW    Address   Notes   Interests User Fields   Book Page   Agenda E    Figure 108   Flags   Interest page       In network installations  each Interest label applies to all users unless you check the Local Definition  box  The system administrator can restrict access to some or all Interest labels in the setup dialog  by not assigning Interest setup rights to other users  The Interest definitions apply to all data  sources  but every user can have a different set of definitions for those Interests that are defined  locally     107    User Preferences      OF      Cancel     Quick Add        Calculator     Directores i  E mail      Data   CEAD     Letters CABASS Interests       K E       Envelopes Labels  k   Include Second Name    Contact  W Enable Exact Find   kd Automatic Save   W Display Find Contact List        fe Include Company  fe Insert Comma after City    I Allow Account H changes  T First Mame First          Interest Labels       Login  W Autom Local Local Local Local  wiss Def  Det  Def  Det    iz  Stocks  TI   Bonds TI   Mutuals    Services  Alert i   Municipal TI   Managed in  Education    Prefered  Cycle Miri  ke M
229. ontact menu  The system will generate a list of all contacts linked to the current contact  You can  browse the list  highlight a contact  and click Zoom to view the contact   s record     Print    There are four options on the popup menu under Print  Envelope  Label  Quick Letter  and Report   Each option refers to the current contact     Envelope  The Print Envelope dialog allows you to set up Broker   s Ally to print an envelope for the current  contact  You can choose the envelope feed method for your printer  enter the dimensions of the  envelope  and select the font you wish to use  Preview illustrates the size  alignment and rotation of  the envelope you have chosen  You need to know how envelopes should be fed into your printer     Envelope Settings    Preview        Envelope Dimensions    width  19 5 Height   4 125  Type   Com 10       Alignment  f Left    Cener C        Counter clockwise rotation      No Rotation  C Rotate 90 degrees          Ge Rotate 180 degrees  C Rotate 270 degrees      POSTNET Barcode   Envelope is fed with flap up    Printer   Font   Cancel   Help      Figure 122   Envelopes Settings       1  Check Envelope is fed with flap up if an envelope should be placed face down when fed into  your printer  Preview displays your selection    2  Inthe Dimension area  choose an envelope Type or enter the dimensions of the envelope  If  you manually enter the Width and Height  the envelope type will be called  Custom       3  Under Alignment  choose Left if
230. ontrol Panel Icon  located in your main window group   then double click on the Icon titled Date Time  If your date and time become incorrect every time  you turn off your computer  your CMOS battery may need to be replaced  Consult a computer  technician     Q    sometimes get a message    out of system resources  try closing some windows     What  does this mean    Every application you run on your computer takes up a certain amount of memory  Broker s Ally has  a protection device built into it to minimize problems on your computer due to low system resources     202    This protection will not allow you to open more contact records  letters etc   if your system resources   or memory is too low  To resolve this error  close some of your contact windows or other  applications that are running on your computer     Q  How do   arrange for training for Broker   s Ally   Training is conducted either on the phone or at your location by appointment in either case  Contact  your Broker s Ally Sales Representative at 484 875 1710 for information and pricing     Q  What is the Platinum Service and Support Plus program that   am hearing so much about   The Broker   s Ally Platinum Service and Support Plus Packs are designed for your long term  support needs  The popularity of Broker s Ally requires full time staff to be made available to your  needs  To relieve this backlog we have developed two special support programs for you  Platinum  Service Pack is our highest level support  Bo
231. opriate Broker Number  or Broker Numbers for the user  To select multiple Broker Numbers  hold down the Ctrl key while  you click on each Broker Number  You can also select a group of adjacent Broker Numbers by  holding down the Ctrl key and dragging the mouse across the Broker Numbers  To select all Broker  Numbers in the list  even if the list grows   check the box marked    All Broker Numbers        Access to Info  System administrators can allow users access to Lists  Activities  History  and Marked Letters  associated with other users  If you do not want the user to see this type of information belonging to  others  make sure All Users is not checked and no items are selected in the Users list box  To  permit the user access to others  information  explicitly select their user ids in the Users list box or  check All Users  If you do not check All Users  you can select at least five users     21    Access to Contacts      gt  Access to Info      Broker Numbers     ke All Broker Numbers   All Users  Add Broker       Delete Broker      Figure 17   User Configuration dialog       Passwords  amp  User Names  Anyone with the right to edit User IDs can assign a password to a User ID  If you have checked the  box marked    Enable passwords    in User Preferences  each user having a password will have to  enter his her correct password to log into the Broker s Ally system  In the User ID dialog  click on the  Edit User button to change the password for a selected User ID     Pass
232. options relating to the alert system  Periodically  Broker s Ally checks the database to  see if you have any current alert events  You can set the elapsed time between checks by changing  Cycle Minutes  An interval of 5 minutes or more will prevent too many notifications from intruding  on your work  Check Multimedia Sound if you have a multimedia sound board and want to hear  something more interesting than a beep when the alert notification dialog appears     Database Preferences    Check Ignore No Mail to include all records when printing labels or mail merge letters  The No Mail  check box is ignored in contact records     Check Docking Station to allow you to download from the Main data source on the file server to  your PC  You can then work with your data when disconnected from the network  Later  you can  upload changes to the file server  See Docking Transfer page 69     SQL Server Views   Access Microsoft SQL Server tables through Views  Broker s Ally implements  views for SQL Server to guard against unauthorized access to database records when using other  applications  For more information about SQL Server  contact you sales representative at  sales brokersally com  You must have the Login right to change this setting     Check All Data Source Export Import Rights if all users in a network situation are able to use all  data source types when creating new data sources  exporting  and importing  This function will  override the New Data Source Import Export privil
233. or Changes since  BA will import only the data records that have been entered or   last changed on this date or more recently  To import all data records  erase the date    Click OK    In the next dialog select the contact file for the import database     o NI    64    Update Rules  Every data record has an associated date and time when it was last edited  It will be updated only if  the last edit date time of the import record is more recent than the last edit date time of the target  record     Furthermore  every contact data record has a last edited date for each group of fields  The fields in  each group are updated only if the last edit date is the same or more recent in the import record   The field groups are    NAME  All name fields and 2ndName  NickName  SS Taxld    ADDRESS  Company  Address  City  State  Zip  Country  Carrier Route    PHONE  WorkPhone  WorkExt  HomePhone  AltPhone  AItExt  FaxPhone    ACCT  OpenDate  Status  Owner  Secondary Rec  Account    INFO  Birthday  Flags  Interests  Rating  SourceKind  Source  Comment  NoMail    USERFIELD  User Fields    LINK  Link information     You can minimize the time required to import data by entering the most recent possible date for vi  Changes since and selecting only Import new    Searching for records to update is slower than WI  searching for new records only     Export    Broker s Ally allows you to export a selected data source  or portion thereof  via the Export menu  option in either ASCII or Broker   s Ally
234. or Histories regardless of the due date  make no entries for the Date  Range  If you enter a From date  Activities from this date forward will be moved  If you enter a  To date  Activities up to and including this date will be moved  Enter both From and To dates to    72    specify the first and last dates to be included in the move  For Histories  the date range applies  to completion date rather than due date    6  Push the Start button to begin the transfer of selected Activities or Histories from one user to  another     To delete Activities    1  Select the Delete button    2  Select the user who currently owns the Activities or Histories in the From User list box    3  To erase all types of Activities or Histories  make no selection in the Activity Types list box   Otherwise select one or more activity types    4  To erase all Activities or Histories regardless of the due date  make no entries for the Date  Range  If you enter a From date  Activities from this date forward will be erased  If you enter a  To date  Activities up to and including this date will be erased  Enter both From and To dates to  specify the first and last dates to be included in the delete operation  For Histories  the date  range applies to completion date rather than due date    5  Push the Start button to begin the deletion of selected Activities or Histories        Assign Delete Activities    es K From User  To User    Activity Types    ACTION  CALL          Figure 77     Global Assign Delete 
235. or frequent and  regular backups  Many factors beyond the control of Broker s Ally can cause data contamination or  damage  e g  power failures  inappropriate imports or deletions  and accidental erasures of critical  files   We strongly recommend that you establish a routine backup policy and follow it rigorously   At the very minimum  you should maintain three sets of complete system backups  Rotate among  them  overwriting the oldest tape or disk set with the new backup  This is called a three generation    or grandfather backup scheme  In most cases  you will want to keep even more generations in your  backup scheme  Many companies keep a two tiered backup system  recycling daily or weekly  backup tapes or disk sets frequently  while maintaining monthly copies for longer periods  often  years  With any system  it is imperative that you keep some or all of your backups off site   either in  a bank safety deposit box or other secure site to ensure its availability in the case a fire or other  disaster that destroys your office        5 3 ODBC SETTINGS    Broker   s Ally database files are in the ACCESS database format in file ALLYWIN MDB  However  for  a custom fee  an Open Database Connectivity  ODBC  data source can be created for database  management for your Broker s Ally data sources  An ODBC data source must be registered and  configured for Broker   s Ally  and you may use this option to view and change any ODBC settings   Use the Help button in ODBC Data Source dial
236. or picture icons representing programs or groups of files  To execute a command or  start a program  you simply point to it and click your mouse  Windows does all the hard work     A second feature of Windows is that it is Event Driven  This means that it will switch from whatever  it is currently doing to a new task you select with your mouse  More importantly  by using the event  driven model  Windows allows you to start virtually any process at any time  Processes or controls  that are incompatible with a current operation are simply not available   shown as grayed out in  Windows  Broker s Ally is a robust Windows application  and unlike more simplistic software  is a  MDI  Multiple Document Interface  application  The MDI model allows you to have more than one  task in progress at atime  This means that you can open one or more contact windows in Broker s  Ally while displaying a sales script or portfolio report without removing the contact window from the  screen  This is in contrast to the Single Document Interface  SDI  model utilized in less robust or  less sophisticated Windows applications  With the Broker s Ally MDI design  you can switch  between the windows by clicking on one or the other to make it the active window  You can even  start one specific process several times  For example  you could use the Find Contact command in  Broker s Ally to display one contact   s record and then use it again to find a second contact  The two  contact displays will appear in
237. ortel Metworks Cor 100 13 00 1300 00  Open Cost  271 DUU  UU  hikt EE E aaah Sort Onder View Security Transactions  Cash  20200 00   e  View Cash T t  Buying Power  75885 00 i ea an  Purchase       Sale     Income  Address   Notes   Stock  Split     Shanes Im     Shares Mut  Cash In     Cash Out     Short Sale          Closing Purchase       Figure 28   New Screens to Support Trade Methods    590 00  0 00  0 00     O EZ    Account     56965634  Oiwrer   wos    Data Source     Records  3    Save    Close         2    H    Doing Trades  Expanded Methods      Book Page Agenda         Our browser based Version Release can be hosted on our server or yours for corporate  installations  You can outsource Broker s Ally with our browser based version of Broker s Ally as  a corporate option for multiple user installations using the powerful browser access method  See    www scherrerResources com and www WebaAlly com     q Web Ally     INTERNET ACCOUNT MANAGEMENT    Fulfillment Export and Import  If you use a fulfillment house or do bulk mailing  and want to  manage a sophisticated multi step marketing campaign  consider this newly engineered    feature for configuration to your firm mailings      es Broker s Ally Portfolio version 8 16 for Jim Scherrer                  File Edt View Portfolio Maill Tools    Web Window Help  New Data Source          jt  eel  Database Operations k Import      ODBC Settings    EE   TAPI Settings    GE   Se Docking Transter  Page Setup         Global Chang
238. otal number of Calls and Contacts for today are displayed on  the status bar and recorded in the database  Use the Phone Tallies report to display the history of  calls and contacts     You can enter a phone number into the Dialer by any of the following methods   1  Click on the Work  Home  or Alt Phone button next to the corresponding phone number  while in the Address page of the contact window     2  Click on Dial in the Contact menu and click on Work to dial the work phone number  Home  to dial to the home phone number  or Alternate to dial the alternate phone number  You can  use this method while viewing any page of the contact window     3  Type Ctrl W to dial the work phone number  Ctrl H to dial to the home phone number  or  Ctrl A to dial the alternate phone number  You can use this method while viewing any page  of the contact window     4  Highlight a phone number and click on Dial in the Tools menu  or type F9   Use this method  to dial a phone number in any field of any page of the contact window     5  Click on Dial in the Tools menu  or type F9  and type a phone number into the Phone  Number field     Dialing Options  The Dialer dialog has an Options button where you set up dialing procedures for various types of  calls  Whenever you fetch a phone number from a contact window  additional information can be  added to the phone number to dial it properly     The Dialer Options dialog allows you to enter your local area code so that all calls to your area code  
239. ource   Spouse pop 2 9 1955  E xpenence  Spouse sst  123  Income    100000 Spouse Employr   PWC    wedding Annin  8r 3071979  J biective   Save    Close      us H  Now 48 User Defined  Fields for more data  storage and sorting    JJ Book Page   Agenda               Investment Goal   Secondary Goal     KR Risk Tolerance           Records  3               Ce User Fields 1 16    User Fields 17 32     User Fields 33 48       Figure 5   User Fields Page    Flags  Interests  Rating and Status    There are four additional field types in which data specific to each record can be added and used  later in the sort or selection process  The Interest classification check boxes allow you to assign one  or more of the 28 interest classifications to a contact  You can assign your own meaning to each  interest check box  Flags contain key search or identifying words for each contact record  You can  assign a Rating to each contact using  for example  a scale ranging from 1 to 9  with 1 being the  hottest  The Status field defines where they are in your pipeline  either as an unqualified lead   prospect  or current customer  The data you enter in these four field types as well as the User  Defined Fields can be structured to apply to your specific business needs     10       ES Hary Evans i  el          Interests Account    W Stocks I Bonds I Mutuals I Services       Municipa   Managec  Educatiu Prefered Owner    Data Source       Tax Free   Insurance    Retired M Converts  M CMO   Annuities 
240. p  amp  Startup  1 5 Using Broker s Ally for Windows  1 6 Backing Up Your Data  1 7 Network Issues  CHAPTER2 UPGRADING 23  2 1 New Features  2 2 Converting data and settings  CHAPTER3 USING BROKER S ALLY 33  3 1 Add your contacts to the Broker s Ally Database  3 2 Schedule your contacts for Activities  3 3 Working with your Activities calendar  3 4 Campaign lists  3 5 Alerts  3 6 Send your contacts the information they requested  3   Keep track of your progress  3 8 Send your contacts marketing letters  3 9 Sales and Marketing Management with Broker   s Ally  3 10 Coordinate your office into a Workgroup  CHAPTER4 WINDOWS FEATURES 51  4 1 The Windows Display  4 2 Mouse  4 3 Resizing Windows  4 4 Menu  4 5 Running Multiple Applications    PART2 REFERENCE    CHAPTER5 FILE MENU 57  5 1 New Data Source  5 2 Database Operations  5 3 ODBC Settings  5 4 TAPI Settings  5 5 Page Setup  5 6 Print  5 7 Print Preview  5 8 Print Setup  5 9 Exit  CHAPTER 6 EDIT MENU 79    6 1 Undo   6 2 Cut   6 3 Copy   6 4 Paste   6 5 Securities   6 6 User ID   6 7 User Preferences  CHAPTER7 VIEW MENU   7 1 Find Contact   7 2 Add Contact   7 3 Quick Add Contact   7 4 Contact Menu   7 5 Activities Calendar   7 6 Schedule Activity   7 7 Sales Planner   7 8 Campaigns   7 9 Reports  CHAPTER8 PORTFOLIO LEVEL   8 1 The Portfolio Menu   8 2 Portfolio Reports   8 3 Campaign Planner   8 4 Security Types and Asset Classes Setup   8 5 How to Use The Portfolio Version   8 6 Portfolio Terminology  CHAPTERQ ADVANCED POR
241. part of  its portfolio in options     Option Income   A portfolio that writes covered options on a certain percent of its portfolio     Fixed Income   A fund that normally has more than a certain percent of its assets in fixed income  issues  e g  money market instruments  bonds  or preferred stocks     Flags  Flags are used to further characterize and profile a contact  For example  a contact may have  expressed an interest in particular stocks  and you might give them the following flags  TEXACO   INTEL  or PECO  Using this flag or    handle    you could then select all contacts with an interest in  Intel for a mailing a letter     You might rather choose to search the database by the security symbols you entered in the Broker s       Ally posting book     The number of flags you may enter per contact depends upon how many can fit in the 98 character  storage string  Each flag is stored with a separator character  For example  14 flags with an  average length of 6 characters can be entered   6   1  X 14   98   You can store an unlimited  number of flags per database  Each flag should be placed on a separate line in the Flags edit scroll  box  If you have entered more flags than the Flags box can initially display  use the scroll bar to  view the others     Please Note  Wildcards are power tools in searching  When finding contacts or building lists  you  can use    wildcards    in the search expression for Flags  Underscore  _  is the single character  wildcard while percent
242. ph   Source   Shows the Source Type and Source information for all contacts in the list     State Zip   Shows the Name  Status  Zip code  and State for all contacts in the list  Includes a  graph     Weekly History Report   Number of activities you scheduled and the number of activities you  accomplished for each Activity Type  reporting on the previous week Sunday through  Saturday  Includes Goals you setup in User Preferences under User Info  Includes graphs     Label Reports    When printing labels  you should select a Label Form  Sheet or Continuous  before selecting a label  report  Choose Sheet for Laser and other page printers or choose Continuous for sprocket feed  impact printers  You can print labels from many different places within Broker s Ally  For a specific  contact  select Labels from the Contact  Print Menu  For selected contacts  you can use either a List    137    or the entire data source  If you would like to print labels for a list  you must first create the  Campaign List  Once the list is created  while viewing the list  click the Reports button and choose  labels  Brokers Ally supports several label form layouts    e 1  x 4   two across   e 1  x 2 6   three across   e 1 33  x 4   two across  laser    e 1 4  x 4   two across  dot matrix     POSTNET Barcodes   When printing labels you may add 5 or 9 digit ZIP Code POSTNET barcodes  below the address on each label by selecting the POSTNET Barcodes option  In order to make  room for the barcode  some add
243. port is the same as the Summary page of the Activities Calendar and shows  all of your scheduled activities  You can select activities falling within a range of dates and  can produce a report for activities belonging to other users     Activities Phone Report   This landscape orientation report will show all of your activities for  each day selected  Each row includes the name of the contact  three phone numbers  the  scheduled activity time  and the activity description     Address Phone   Shows all important name  address  and phone number information formatted  as if they were to appear on a large index card     Company Status   Shows Name  Company  and Status for all records in the list     Contact Notes   Shows all contact fields and as many notes  starting with the most recent  that  will fit on a single page for each record in the list     136    Contact Work Sheet   This portrait orientation report is similar to the Contact Notes report  It  displays all information for the contact  as many of the most recent notes that will fit in the  middle of the page  and allows space at the bottom of the page for the users to write specific  information on this contact  If differs from the Contact Notes report by not showing Quick  Letters in the notes area of the report and providing space for hand written    Notes From  Today        Date Status   This report shows the contact Name  Status  Open Date  Last Contact date  and  Birth Date for all records in the list  When you pho
244. r  295  95    To Order    Call 484 875 1710 or e mail Sales BrokersAlly com    For answers to any of your specific questions and to order  call your dedicated account  representative at Broker s Ally in their Philadelphia regional office at 484 875 1710  or e mail to     Sales BrokersAlly com     Our Corporate Team is Ready to Support You     214    Scherrer Resources  Inc  is a Pennsylvania corporation  www ScherrerResources com  and our  team is led by CEO founder Jim Scherrer  and includes application software developers  web  masters  help desk technicians  analysts  and account representatives assigned to each of our  licensees  Help Desk Technician can be reached at 484 875 1705  or fax us at 484 875 1704     or contact Support BrokersAlly com     for Brokerage and Banking       Scherrer Resources  Inc     INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SOLUTIONS  120 Arrandale Boulevard  Exton  PA 19341 484 875 1710    www BrokersAlly com    215    TABLE OF FIGURES    Figure 1   www BrokersAlly com Software Support From the Main Men  8  Figure  2   Brokers Ally Startup  SGre Gii a i a 9  Figure s  Ml ome  ne BV e Ee WEE 9  Figure 4  Sales Planner  EE 10  Figure  5  User Fields e 10  Figure  6    FlagSand Interests Pag LEE 11  FOUS  7   CN 12  Figure 8   Auto Oaler ENNEN 12  Figure 9   Quick Letter found in the Notes Page E 13  FOE TOS ele A NEE 14  Figure  11  Pop  up UE e EE 14  Figure 12  HeD MENU NEE 14  Figure 13   Display with several windows open  Multiple Document Images       ssnenennn
245. r  the dividend can be added as a transaction  The dividend is declared at a certain amount    150    per share to be paid in cash and tracked as a    cash dividend    or in additional shares of stock tracked  in Broker s Ally as a    stock dividend     Broker s Ally can track the dividends which are usually  declared quarterly or other extra cash dividends on a one time distribution in this manual method   Plans are underway to make this an automatic process     Earnings per share   Sometimes downloaded with the market data information but not tracked by  Broker s Ally  Tracked as a corporation s net income after taxes and payments to preferred  shareholders and bondholders  divided by the number of outstanding shares of common stock     Front end load   In Broker s Ally  a fee or sales charge incurred on the purchase of an investment   annuity  insurance policy  mutual fund shares  limited partnership units   Sales charges incurred  upon sale of the investment are called back end load     Groups   A collection of contacts grouped for a specific sales purpose  Not to be confused with  householding     Householding   The process of collecting all accounts in a family household under a single contact   Handled in Broker s Ally by assigning multiple accounts to one contact     Joint account  One of the account types you can open for your clients  May allow any one  individual to make transactions or may require the consent of all co owners     Linked Contact   In Broker   s All
246. r  this means you cannot add notes or  transactions for a contact before proceeding to add the next contact     114    Default Contact Data  Interests  Flags    Education  Foren          Comments             put Information into these fields which you would like to appear  each time you add a record using the batch    quick add  process      Salutation  ie ti   K Status     Company    Rating     City   Philadelphia   State  IPA  SCH    Source Type             County    Source          Figure 115   Quick Add defaults    When you obtain a list of prospects  they generally have one or more common features  If you have  defined a Flag or Interest representing this feature  you can preset it for Quick Add  To seta  particular value  you must first define it via the User Preferences Quick Add option on the Edit menu   Once you have specified the defaults  you need only select the Quick Add Contact option from the  View menu  The new contact data will be pre filled with the specified defaults  You can change the  default values for a particular entry if they don   t apply  or you can skip the defaults entirely by  selecting Add Contact instead of Quick Add Contact  This allows you to create a standard set of  defaults and use or skip them at will  If you want to alter the defaults for the Quick Add option  you  must change them via User Preferences on the Edit menu     7 4 CONTACT MENU    Once you have either added or found a contact record  the Contact option is added to the menu  
247. r Login option  Enable passwords  turns on the password system when checked  You  should enter passwords through the User ID dialog  You must have the Login right to change this  setting     These settings affect all workstations on a network     View Preferences    You can control several features of the Broker   s Ally display  The Status Bar lists your total number  of Contacts and Calls for the day  the current date and time  and your User ID  The left portion of    88    the status bar displays help messages about highlighted menu choices  buttons or other options   You can hide the Status bar by unchecking this option in the User Preference dialog  This will  provide one additional line for the main Broker s Ally display area  Unchecking the Toolbar check  box removes the toolbar from the Broker s Ally display  freeing up an additional line in the main  window  Please note that removing the toolbar from the display does not alter its contents  The  toolbar layout is controlled by the Toolbar setup button              You can choose between Normal or Large toolbar buttons  The large icons ti  are twice the size    of the normal icons EY  actual sizes  shown here     Please Note    e When creating a Normal toolbar you can choose from 62 available icons  whereas you are  limited to 31 available icons for the large icon toolbar  The large toolbar icons are a subset of  the normal icons  not different    e If you select the Large toolbar option in User Preferences before cre
248. r for corporate data or lead information     32    CHAPTER 3 USING BROKER S ALLY    In this chapter  we will discuss the ways that Broker   s Ally makes your workday more efficient   Broker s Ally is a powerful productivity tool that allows you to organize your schedule  keep in contact  with your clients  track your progress  manage wealth and create powerful portfolio reports  We  have built many features into Broker s Ally to manage a wide range of your activities     3 1 ADD YOUR CONTACTS TO THE BROKER S ALLY DATABASE    The first thing that you will want to do with Broker s Ally is to add your contacts to the database   There are two ways to add your leads  prospects  and clients to Broker s Ally     Select View  Add Contact  and type your contact information into the contact record window  After  you click on Add to save the record  you can add notes  transactions  or schedule the new contact  for an activity     Select View  Quick Add Contact  which differs mainly in that it proceeds directly to the next Add  Contact screen after you click on Add to save the record  Quick Add can also drop default data into  some of the contact fields  To set up the default data  go to User Preferences and click on Quick  Add  The Quick Add method is faster for adding a group of contacts but does not allow you to add  notes  transactions  or activities while adding basic contact data     ES New Contact    Name  Ms   amp  IER  Mary    Evans fi  Gen Account     2nd Name Open Date f    Co
249. r s Ally database for duplicates before loading any new    information  Thus you can run this utility several times without fear of overwriting existing data or  making duplicate entries  You can stop the loader at any point and start again at a later time        Broker   s Ally Import utility  You can import contacts  notes  activities  history  positions  and security information from another  Broker s Ally database  The common files must be in the same disk directory as the contact and  notes files  You can import new contacts  and associated notes  etc   and or update existing  contacts  and associated notes  etc    Similarly  you can import new securities and or update  existing securities  Furthermore  you can import information that has been entered or changed as of  a specified date     From Ta       Import Type  Data Source     Asc Loader   Broker s Ally Data vE  Broker s Ally Data ve  Broker s Ally Data vi    Test       Figure 69   Import dialog    esch     Select the data source type for the import database   2  Select Import new contacts if you want to import contacts that do not exist in the target    database    3  Select Update existing contacts if you want to update contacts that already exist in the target  database    4  Select Import new securities if you want to import securities that do not exist in the target  database     5  Select Update existing securities if you want to update securities that already exist in the target  database    6  Enter a date f
250. r the same time slot  you will see only one activity  However  Broker s Ally  will display a number in parentheses equaling the amount of activities scheduled for that time  By  clicking on the time slot  a window will appear where you can view all of the activities scheduled for  that time slot  You can view activities that do not have an associated time in the No Time field  To  examine a different day  select the Calendar Icon located at the bottom of the Activity Calendar  window  double click on a different day  and the selected day will be presented  You can quickly  print your Activities Calendar by pressing the Printer Icon located at the bottom of the Activities  Calendar window     121    GC Daily Activities   Fri  Nov 2  2001       Ho Time        fesishie ole            History    20 Iel    Calendar Format Activites for   iv SE Weekly C Monthly    Summar    ial    Ie sl l    Figure 123   Activities Calendar   Daily View    SIT       Weekly   Click the Weekly button to see the activities for the current week  Monday through Friday  This is an  expanded daily view showing 5 days at atime  If several activities are scheduled for the same time  slot  you will see only one activity  However  Broker s Ally shows the number of activities for the time  slot in parentheses  You can view activities that do not have an associated time in the No Time field   To examine a different day  select the Calendar Icon located at the bottom of the Activity Calendar  window  double clic
251. rce of product support is the Broker s Ally Help Menu  While using Broker s Ally  press   F1 to obtain help on the current active window  Most of your questions can be immediately  answered somewhere in the Help Menu  in this manual or on the www BrokersAlly com web site   Within this manual  you can locate information on a particular function either by locating the menu  choice in the reference section  or by looking in the comprehensive index     Telephone  amp  e mail Support    Product support is available by e mail to Support BrokersAlly com and by telephone from 9 00 AM  to 5 00 PM Eastern time Monday through Friday  except national holidays  at 484 875 1705   Telephone support is free for the first 30 days after the original purchase of the software and is  available for a fee thereafter with the Support Plus Pack  Platinum Support Pack or a per incident  support fee  Free fax support is always available on a 48 hour turn around basis at 484 875 1704     Support Plus Pack and Platinum Support Pack    The Broker   s Ally Client Services Department offers two premium support subscription services for  its customers  First  the Support Plus Pack provides you with instant access to toll free telephone  help  e mail and fax access  and also a newsletter with tips for using Broker s Ally to its fullest  potential  Second  the higher featured Platinum Support Pack provides you with toll free support  hotline  e mail and fax support  the Broker s Ally newsletter and free bi an
252. rea on the page  which is normally much wider than the note edit box      Before printing  you can select a different printer by clicking on the Printer button  You may also  select a different font or change the margins  Since laser printers do not use the full width or height  of the paper  a 1 inch margin setting produces an effective margin of about 1 25      Flags and Interests Page    Flags and Interests are two types of data fields that can be used to characterize your client or  prospect  The key difference between them is that Interest fields must be pre defined before they  can be used while Flags are dynamic  allowing you to create new flags on the fly     Interests  Interests are general search criteria used to specify a person s investment interests  For example   interests might be defined as Tax Free  Blue Chip  or High Growth  You might also define interests  as the types of stock your contacts have expressed an interest in  such as Oil  Computer  Utility     Up to 28 interests can be assigned to each contact record  To apply an interest to the current  contact s record  simply click on the check box beside the appropriate interest  If the interest no  longer applies  simply click on the check box again and the check mark will disappear     To define your interest classifications  you need to use the User Preferences option from the Edit  Menu and select the Interests button  You can assign a name describing the meaning of each of the  28 interest classificati
253. ress lines may be eliminated  However  Broker s Ally will retain all  address information required by the USPS     1  Address Labels   Prints mailing labels for the contact records in the list  A contact record  which has    No Mail    checked will not appear in the report     2  Marked Note Labels   Prints a mailing label for each marked note  and prints on an  accompanying label as much of the marked note as will fit on the label     Portfolio Reports    Commissions   This report will show all posting book commissions  You can select  commissions by Trade Date Range     Posting Book   This report will show all posting book entries for each contact in the list  You  can select postings by Open Date Range and or Close Date Range and or specific Ticker  Symbols     Realized Gain Loss   This report shows closed positions for selected ranges of Open Dates and  Close Dates in each contact   s posting book  Leave a date range blank to ignore the  constraint  For example  you might enter a date range for Close Date but leave the date  range for Open Date blank  The report will include every closed position within the Close  Date range regardless of the Open Date  It details Quantity  Symbol  Open Date  Cost   Close Date  Proceeds  and Gain Loss  It totals all numeric fields at the bottom of each  contact   s report  You can also restrict the report to certain Ticker Symbols     Securities   This report will list all Securities  showing Symbol  Description  Type  Price   Pricing Dat
254. rm below      Activity For    You can assign the activity to another Broker s Ally user by selecting a User ID from the Activity For  scroll box  By default  the activity will be assigned to you     Entered By    Indicate which Broker s Ally user originated the activity by selecting a User ID from the Entered By  scroll box  By default  you are the creator of the activity     Description    Enter a statement describing the purpose of the activity  The Activities Calendar  Contact   s Agenda   Alert Ally alarm system  and history will be much more useful if you take the time to enter a  description     Contact    You cannot edit this field  It shows the contact associated with the activity if you schedule an activity  while a contact window is active  When you call up the scheduler while no contact window is active   REMINDER appears in this field  A reminder activity is not associated with a contact     Type   Initially  Broker   s Ally recognizes two kinds of activities  CALL and ACTION  You can select one of  these from the scroll box or enter a new activity type  such as MEETING  at your discretion  Further   Broker s Ally remembers your previous entries for Type of activity and allows you to quickly select  one of them  By default  Broker   s Ally inserts CALL into the Type field     Date and Time    You must assign every activity a date  and  in most cases  you should assign a time  You must  assign a time to the activity to have it appear in the Alert Ally database  Bro
255. rrange all open windows in an overlapping  stack from top to bottom  left to right  The order of precedence is determined by the order you last  accessed the windows  with the most recently accessed displayed on top  Each window is displayed  in a standard size  overlapping the other windows as much as necessary  The Cascade option is  most useful for displaying a single window among a group of active windows at the same time  while  allowing you to switch from one window to another simply by clicking on an overlapping edge     53      Find Contact    Find Contact      Find Contact    B Find Contact    Mame  fsan tk fisar iFirst  m aa fiGen Account       nd Mame  Open Date  f    Company    Last Contact  f   Deira   Dwner    Data Source   Address    Status  F   Huer      City      State  f  lt a zip     Country  f   Carrier Boite  T No Mail  Work  I ext   Home    Prone Humbe   Addesses   Fas    SCH    Comments  l   Close    SA zal a      Address Hotes   Interests   User Fields   Enok Sec  Agenda      Figure 55   Cascaded View       The Tile option on the Window menu will arrange all open windows in equally sized rectangles set  side by side  When the tile option needs to reduce the display area of a window to fit  it will crop the  window and display scroll bars to allow you to move the image in the resulting window  The tile  option places the most recently activated window in the top left position and then arranges the rest  down and to the right in the reverse order of acti
256. rt   137  Split Shares   81  Securities Descriptors   27  Securities Master   157  Security Types   144  Sending e mails   26  Setup  User Preferences   86  Skip Checks  List View   134  Source   109  Report   136  Source Type   109  Spell Check  Letter Writer   171  Split Shares   81  SQL Server   58  Standard Reports   135  Account Company   135  Activities   135  Address Phone Card   135  Commissions   137  Company Status   135  Contact Notes   135  History   136  Last Contacted   136  Marked Notes   136  Notes   136  Phone   136  Phone Tallies   136  Posting Book   137  Rating Status   136  Realized Gain Loss   137  Securities   137  Source   136  State Zip   136  Unrealized Gain Loss   137  Weekly History Report   46  94  State  Report   136  Status   100  Status Bar   88  Stopwatch   178  Subscript  Letter Writer   167  Suitability   109  Superscript    225    Letter Writer   167  Support Plus Pack   7  204  Sweep   38    T    TAPI  Settings   75  Tax Lots   29  160  200  Telephone   175  Time Billing   178  Tip of the Day   9  193  Toolbar   88  Letter Writer  Align Paragraph   172  Bold  Italicize  Underline  amp  Strikeout   172  Line Spacing   172  Text Color   172  Text Font   171  Text Point Size   171  Letter Writer   171  Setup   88  Tools Menu   175  Trade methods   27  Transaction  Close   112  Open   112    U    Undo   79   Unique  Files   58   Unique Files   58   Unrealized Gain Loss  Report   137   URL   24   User  Add   83  Configure   83  Delete   83  Edi
257. s   Wed  Feb 5  1997 at 11 05 AM      Delete    Accomplish      Show Type     ACTION D  APPT  8 CALL  T   MEETING    MONEY NIE    z    I History    Activities for  Zen      Close       Calls  0    Contacts  0    Tue  Mar 18 199  02 39PM MGR       Figure 183   Window Menu     o Broker s Ally Portfolio Version 6 51 for Gregory S  Walters  File Edit View Portfolio Mail Tools    Window Help    KO DEI EES ER  KEN    B Kenneth Armstrong bs CONTACTS  24  Mie x   Stanley Adams  od    CONTACTS  61  TL  sl BIRTHDAY BAL  A     Ti Ee Diane Black        amp  Daily Activities   Wed  Feb 5  1997 at 11 05 AM    11 05AM Douglas Allen  CALL    SI  TOA  2  Douglas Allen  CALL  12 00PM    1 00PM    2 00PM    3 00PM D    20  20  20  20    MONEY NIIF         History    Zoom    Calendar Format Activities for    c Day CWecky Monthly C Summa D   Gil    For Help  press F1    Figure 184   Cascaded View       Calls  0  Contacts  0 Tue  Mar 18  1997 02 32PM MGR       12 3 ARRANGE ICONS    The Arrange Icons option on the Window menu  will arrange the Icons for all minimized windows in a  row along the bottom of the main Broker   s Ally window  The Arrange Icon option is particularly useful  for retrieving lost icons that have become overlaid by other windows     185     o Broker s Ally Portfolio Version 6 51 for Gregory S  Walters  File Edit Contact View Portfolio Mail Tools Window Help    I    6 EEE EE dE  GE  Name   Miss   af  Betty   ss  Baker TI  Account  A  E EN  1241 8839  Company   PRIME PROPERTIES
258. s Ally is shipped  with one Privilege Level  Level 3  which has all rights permanently enabled  but the manager can  create other Privilege Levels with any combination of rights  The manager then assigns one of these  Privilege Levels to each user  Choose the Configure button in the User ID dialog to go to the Broker  Numbers dialog  Then choose Edit Levels to create or edit Privilege Levels  To select multiple  rights  hold down the Ctrl key while you click on each right  You can also select a group of adjacent  rights by holding down the Ctrl key and dragging the mouse across the rights     Level 3 users have access to all records and all operations  which include setting passwords   deleting data sources  and importing or exporting records  Itis a suitable mode of operation when  only one person uses the program  In network applications  it is the recommended mode for the  manager and deputy managers     Broker Numbers  The manager can assign to each user one or more Broker Numbers  which is usually the number  assigned by a brokerage firm to that broker  When one of the Broker Numbers matches the entry in  the Owner field of a contact record  the user may access the contact  Incidentally  a user can  access any contact record having a blank Owner field  since it is considered free and available     Choose the Configure button in the User ID dialog to go to the Broker Numbers dialog  Use the Add  Broker button to add a Broker Number to the list  Select  highlight  the appr
259. s to ensure that any person under your  control or in your service does not violate the provisions of this license    3  BACKUP You may make copies of the program solely for backup purposes  You must reproduce the  copyright notice on each copy    4  COPYRIGHT The program and its documentation are copyrighted  All unauthorized software copies are in  violation of this agreement  Duplication of the written documentation is not permitted    5  TERM This license shall remain in effect until you terminate it by returning the software  documentation  and  all copies thereof to Scherrer Resources  Inc  This license shall be automatically terminated upon the failure of  Licensee to comply with all the terms of this License Agreement    6  WARRANTY This program is provided without warranty as to contents  However  should the distribution  diskettes or CD   s be defective  Scherrer Resources  Inc  will replace it within one full year from the date of purchase   Scherrer Resources  Inc  does not warrant  guarantee or make any representation regarding the use of  or results  incurred through the use of this software    7  DISCLAIMER Scherrer Resources  Inc  will in no way be liable for indirect  incidental  or consequential  damages  including loss of income  use  or information as a result of using this software  Nor shall the liability of  Scherrer Resources  Inc  exceed the amount paid for the software    8  GOVERNING LAWS This License Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the C
260. s use  special Lists  you will not choose a List for these reports  If you do not check Use a List  the  report will use all contacts in the data source you choose     4  Select Print or Preview  Print sends the report to your printer  whereas Preview sends the  report to temporary files and then displays the report on your computer screen     lf you choose a report that requires a list  Broker s Ally will send you to the List dialog  At this time    select a specific existing list or create a new one  then choose View List  In the View List dialog you  can choose Print or Preview to proceed with the report     135                Reports  Available Reports    Type   Ge Standard   C Labels     Portfolio             Account Company  Activities   Activities Detail  ActyitiesPhone  Address    Phone  Company Status  Contact Work Sheet  Contact Acthvities Motes  Contact Nokes    Dates Status    History   H  Directory   C BA8      Enable Printer Setup                Preview   Cancel         Figure 135   Reports Dialog    Broker   s Ally comes with many pre defined reports parceled out into three categories   Standard   Labels  and Portfolio reports  You can produce the Marked Letters report only from the Marked  Letters dialog on the Mail menu  The specific reports are as follows     Standard Reports    Broker s Ally comes complete with several pre designed report formats   Account Company   Shows Name  Company  and Account number for all records in the list     Activities   This re
261. sed     There is one record per contact in this table that will track the cash available in a contacts account   This record is automatically updated whenever a transaction has a cash effect     Transaction Types    The system now supports an extended list of transaction types with each type defined in terms of  how it affects the tax lots  These effects on the tax lots are called the attributes of the transaction   The system defines all transaction types according to a list of attributes  These attributes include  cash effect  quantity and cost effect  and lot effect  The attributes of each transaction type listed  below     Purchase Cash In   Sale Cash Out   Stock Split   Short Sale   Dividends Closing Purchase  Interest Earned Stock Dividend    Interest Expense Spin Off     Short Term Capital Gains Taxable Exchange    Distribution   Long Term Capital Gains Tax Free Exchange    Distribution    153    Reinvested Dividends Maturity      Reinvested Interest Redemption     Reinvested ST Cap Gains Call     Distribution   Reinvested LT Cap Gains Corporation Name Change  Distribution S   Shares In Paydown   Shares Out Return of Capital    Conversion      The transaction types with an asterisk     are considered global transaction types because they are  corporate actions that affect all holders of the security  The system supports this by providing a way  for the transaction to be recorded in the accounts of all contacts owning the security  The system  also allows the entry of t
262. send you information on specific stocks or bonds which might be of interest to  you in the future  I d like to confirm your mailing address in orderto dothis  Is it     read it to ther      Tam not interested in upsetting your current relationship with a broker  but in  complementing those activities ina way that would offer you greater depth of professional       Figure 180   Script Editor    Here is a sample of a Sales Script     WE RE NOT INTERESTED    1  2   3     4     Why aren t you interested      am interested in knowing why you are NOT interested    At first you may feel you are not interested  But  if you give me 30 seconds to explain  something    just may be able to help you with one of your problems  May   proceed    You can t be interested until   do my job  which is to demonstrate how this investment opportunity  can help you  Specifically  this investment may help you by   Will you give me a moment to  further clarify this    You aren t interested  We rarely hear that    You are not interested    must have gotten your name from the wrong list  Are you in the  business of   Then  according to our research  you are a PERFECT  candidate for our offering    At first  others felt the same way  Then  after a bit of discussion they felt differently  Would you  like to learn what you could gain from this investment    You have made an incorrect assumption about this investment  It is based on a set of ideas that  you have gathered from previous experiences  It is my j
263. source or a List for Mail Merge       Run the Broker s Ally Mail Merge Wizard found in the MS Word menu    1  On the first screen of the Mail Merge Wizard  select Letter  Labels  or Envelope    2  On the second screen  select a Broker s Ally Data Source and either The Whole Database or A  List From Broker s Ally   3  Choose your Login ID and enter your password for the Broker   s Ally system   4  If you chose a list  select a type of list and a particular list on the third screen    5  Click on Finish to create an empty mail merge document    To insert a Broker s Ally merge field into your document  click on Insert Merge Field    1  To insert a Word merge field into your document  click on Insert Word Field  Other Word merge  fields are found on the menu under Insert Field    2  Fora letter  type in the text of your letter    3  Save the document  The merge fields  text  and data source information are saved in the  document     196       4  Toprint the merged documents  click on   the Merge to Printer tool bar button     Letter Tutorial    Use the following example as a guide  Before starting  we recommend that you select a Word option  to help you distinguish merge fields from text when viewing your document  Select Tools from the  menu and click on Options View  Select Always for Field Shading  This will cause merge fields to  be highlighted in your document     1  Select Broker s Ally from the menu and click on Mail Merge Wizard    2  On the first screen  select Letter an
264. ssneeennneresesrsnn 16  Figure t4   Tne VIEW d EE 17  Figure 15   The Broker s Ally Toolbar with Tool Tue  17  Figure  16 Multiple Contac e EE 18  Figure  1 7   User Contiguration  dialog EE 22  Figure 18   Help Menu for learning new Broker s Ally V8 features    23  Figure 19   Help  Search  dialog BEE 24  Figure 20   Internet Access from Main Menu  A Quick connect to Brokers  llv com    sssssssssssesnsrennn 25  Figure 21   User Definable Fields  Expanded up to 48 fields on 3 quick acceSS Daddes    25  Figure 22   New Fields for e mail  contacts  important dates  amp  oddresees 26  Figure 23   Notes Page Expanded  New fields to categorize notes  send and store e mail                27  Figure 24   Security Transaction Ledger and Cash Transaction Ledger                   ccceeeeeceeeesseeeeeeeeees 28  Figure 25   CUSIP and Descriptor Fields Added aussure aa a 28  Figure 26   Holdings Ledger  New Sort Order  Expansion all Tunchonaltv  29  Figure 27   Tax  Lot Selection Biel 29  Figure 28   New Screens to Support Trade Methode           n0000nnnnn0n00annnnnnneennnnnnnnnnnnnnnnrnnnnnnennnnrrerreennene 30  Figure 29   Fulfillment House Export Functionality            ee ecccsseeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeseaaeeeesaaeeeeessaeeeeeeas 30  Figure 30   Converting and Importing Contacts from earlier versions of Brokers Aly    31  Figure 31 elek Contact ScreGN EE 33  Figure 32  Schedule Call Or Action Dialog EE 35  Figures  gt  Sales Planner EE 35  Figure 35   Activities Calendar shown in
265. st backup that single file    n prior  versions these data was distributed among all files with   DBF    MDX  and   DBT file name  extensions      22    CHAPTER 2 UPGRADING    2 1 NEW FEATURES    This chapter is aimed at users who are migrating from previous versions of Broker   s Ally  and you  can use this chapter to get up and running quickly with Broker s Ally v9  Also  within the software  itself you can learn all that is new in version 9 under Help  Contents  Whats new in version 9 0     2  Broker s Ally Help    File Edit Bookmark Options Help    e e  Broker s Ally for Windows Help    a        Figure 18   Help Menu for learning new Broker   s Ally v9 features    The Help system provides reference information on all Broker s Ally tasks  You can jump from one  Help topic to a related Help topic quickly and easily  When you re using Broker s Ally  Help is just  one keystroke away  F1  Use it often to learn about Broker s Ally     To get help on a specific window  press F1  To see other topics click on Search and then    1  Type the first few letters of the topic you want to search for  As you type  Help displays new  keywords in the list box    2  Double click a keyword related to your subject  or select a keyword and press Enter  Help  displays the relevant topics for that keyword    3  Double click your topic  or select the topic you want and press Enter      23           Help Topics  Broker s Ally Help    Indes   Find      1 Type the first few letters of the word you re
266. suitable to their specific needs     To define one of the User Fields  select the User Fields button from the User Preferences dialog   Specify the descriptive name of the field  it   s type  text string  number  or date   and only check  Remem Resp if you want all data entries to be remembered  After you have defined a field  you can  enter data into the field for new or existing contacts     110    User Preferences KS         User Field Defimtions E4    1 16  17 32  33 48       Local A emer  Local   A emer   Def  Field Name Type Resp  Dep Field Name Type Resp     1   NetWorh  Number zl  Marital Status   Jong    M   Occupation    String   slk 10 p  SpouseName  Sting E  C  M  income    Juste zl 11  CC  Spouse Birthday  Date lf  WER ENEE Ce KSC favre SI  CC   Retirement Date  Date   zl 913 p  Associations    Sting   M  SR ECTS RE ECH  SR ros ep ir   Jsecretay  sting AO we Cl    wr       Figure 110   User Field Setup dialog    In network installations  each User Field definition applies to all users unless you check the Local  Definition box  The system administrator can restrict access to some or all User Fields in the setup  dialog by not assigning User Field setup rights to other users  The definitions apply to all data  sources  but every user can have a different set of definitions for those User Fields that are defined  locally  If you decide to change the meaning of a particular field  you must aware that changing the  name only changes the label of the field  not its co
267. t   83   User Fields  Setup   92   User Fields Page  Contact View   109   User ID   21  81   User Info  User Preferences   93   User Name   22   User Preferences   86  Alert  89  Calculator   91  Database   86    Directories   87 W  Envelopes Labels   87    Quick Add   90 What   s New   193  Quick Add Defaults   114 Wildcards   108   User Fields   109 Window   View   88 Arrange Icons   185    Cascade   184  Close All   186  Menu   185  Open Windows List   186  Word Processor   162  www BrokersAlly com   1  7  8  24  25  31  184     V    Valuation Monitors   112  View  Activities Calendar   120    Add Contact   98 SE  Call Lists   129   Campaigns   129 Z   Find Contact   95   Menu   95 Zip   Quick Add Contact   113 Report   136  Schedule Activity   124 Zoom    Activities Calendar   120  124  Find Link   119  List View   133    226       Broker s Ally     Customer Management and Portfolio Reporting  For Investment Professionals    User Manual    END    for Brokerage and Banking       Scherrer Resources  Inc     INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SOLUTIONS  74 Pottstown Pike  Eagle  PA 19480 0207 484 875 1710    Sales BrokersAlly com  Support BrokersAlly com  Fax  484 875 1704    htto   www BrokersAlly com       Broker s Ally Version for Windows    
268. tal  2000 20 342 00  2003 2759375  2008 35 175 00    2011 5587500  2026 33 950 00    172 935 75    FPereent of Total by matot Tzar       Figure 142   Bond Maturity Distribution Report  a Client Report    144    B  Preview Unrealized Gain Loss  J IO IO  Total 9  3f 4 97 4 36 17PM Unrealized Gain    Loss 1    Open Date Range  calb  Baker  Betty J Account  1241 8839    Kelly Oil  amp  Gas Parimers Market Price  13 000  Quantity Syrabol i Open Art Mkt Value Mkt G L GL    300 000 2475021   1 04160   300 000   3 900 00 1 04160   Archer Daniels Midland C Market Price  22 375  Quantity Syrabol i Mkt Value Mkt G L  210000 ADM  210000   469375  Burnham Pac Pptys  Inc Market Price  12 250  Quantity Syrabol i Mkt Value Mkt G L Bn GIL  300 000 BPP   2 295 30   300 000   3 675 00 2 295 30   Commercial Fedl Corp Market Price  25 630  Quantity Syrabol i Mkt Value Mkt G L  200 000 CFCH  200 000   5 126 00 360 80    First of Amer Bank Corp Market Price  34 625  Quantity Symbol i Mkt Value Mkt G L GL  100 000 FOA e s V 641 50     100 000 be      641 50   LESCO  INC   Quantity  300 000  300 000   430000  Maxxim Medical  Inc  Market Price  13 250  Quantity Symbol i Mkt Value Mkt G L iL  300 000 NAM f   1 708 90   300 000 5 683 90  397500 1 703 90  30 1     St Paul Bancorp  Inc  Market Price  22 250  Quantity i Open Arat Mkt Value Mkt G L    Figure 143   Unrealized Gain Loss Report  a Client Report       8 3 CAMPAIGN PLANNER    The purpose of the campaign planner within the Portfolio Menu is organ
269. tallation proceeds quickly  please have  your user license information available at time of installation including your license number  name  and address so that you may enter it at the screen prompts     Network Installations    The Broker s Ally network version will need to be installed on each workstation  You will need to set  up a directory on the network server as a location for your Broker s Ally data files  If you are on the  server  create a directory by going into your file manager and creating a new directory  Once the  directory is created on the server  you will need to install your new Broker s Ally version 8 on the  desktop workstation  called the client in a client server installation      Insert the CD into the drive and it will auto run  Accept the defaults until you get to the new Data  Source Set up screen after the application has been installed  While creating the data source name   usually Main Database or ALLYWIN MDB   change the file name location to your server location  drive and path  For example  F  ba9 main  where F  is your network server hard drive  This will  create  name and configure your Broker s Ally data source  There is a single file which contacts all  the database information  ALLYWIN MDB   For reference  IN prior versions  all the database files  end in one of three extensions    dbf    mdx and   dbt   The database files are created at installation  time and then filled with data upon importing data from previous versions or typing th
270. tart  Indicates the number of days from the date on which you applied the plan  Please Note  This  dated is taken from the computer clock  If the planner does not enter in the correct information   check you computer clock for accessory     Time  You must assign a time to the activity to have it appear in the Alert Ally database  You can  double click in this field to select a time from the time dialog     128    Duration  To allocate a block of time for an activity  enter the length of time in minutes  Duration is useful  only when you have specified a time for the activity  The Daily and Weekly Calendar will show  the same activity more than once if the Duration is greater than the time slot size     Alarm  You may set an alarm to notify you when the activity comes due  Simply click on the check box  labeled Activate alarm when activity comes due  You may also set an Alarm Lead in order to  notify you a specified number of minutes in advance of the scheduled time     Once all information has been added to this dialog press the Add button  Press the Add button  again to describe and schedule the next step in your plan  The date from start number defaults to  one day after the previous activity  This field can be edited  For example  you may delay 5 days  after sending out a letter to a prospect  In this case you would put a 6 in the Days From Start dialog   Continue to add steps until your plan is complete     You may edit any previously added Activity  by highlighting the a
271. tations  e g   Mr   amp  Mrs    First Name  Middle Initial   Last Name and Suffix  e g   Jr    You can enter a second name or title on the next line followed by a  company name and two lines of street address  City  State  and Zip code are broken out into  individual fields  This allows the program to sort and select data based on any one of these fields   For this to work  you must not enter the city  state and Zip code on the second line of the street  address  If you only need one line for the street address  place it on the first of the two lines and  leave the second line blank  A blank line will be ignored when printing labels and envelopes  You  can also enter a country for an international address and a carrier route code for bulk rate mailing   While most individuals don   t know their own carrier route code let alone the codes of their clients  it  is possible to have the U S  Postal Service update your addresses at no cost  adding the specific  carrier route code to each address  Finally  the Address page accepts up to four telephone numbers    a work number  a home number  an alternate number  and a fax number     ES Hew Contact    Name   Sany g fisar  iFirst Jil files    fGen Account    2nd Name  Open Date  f    Company    Last Contact  f Seay Owner     Data Source     Address    ee    T tiere      Rating  f i Dates   Test  City      State  E SE D    County  f Carrier Fioute   T No Mail  Work I ext   Hom    Erare umien   Addiess Add      Comments  nee L  ZS    SE
272. te button  Paste inserts the chosen  response at the cursor location in the edit box and does not replace existing information     Notes Page    The Notes page is where you enter dynamic text information about the contact  typically notes of  conversations  Each note is time and date stamped with the current system time and date  and the  sequence of notes for a particular client or prospect shows the history of your dealings with that  individual  The time and date stamp is automatic when pressing the New button  You can use the  Notes page to enter summaries of phone calls or meetings with your client or prospect  You can    102    even create and print a short business letter called a Quick Letter that is stored along with your other  notes     Unlike the Comments field  the text for which remains constant  Notes for a contact generally  accumulate over time unless you delete a note that is no longer relevant  The Notes page uses a  simple text editor and provides automatic word wrapping  You can use the Cut and Paste  commands from the Edit menu or Drag and Drop  but you do not have access to the word  processing features of the Letter Writer    When entering a new contact you cannot go to the Notes page until you click the New button  You  can then click the Notes button to enter notes     Jim Scherrer    SatJan 12 2002 3 77 PM Orgnr MGA    Account     Printed     This area is called the note pad       E ach note i automatically date and time stamped shown above      T l
273. te for the data source selected  usually an Access database format  Broker   s Ally data are  nearly all in one file entitled BAWIN MDB     lf you want to place the data source files in a directory other than that defined in User Preferences   you can include a drive and path as part of the file name definition  Broker   s Ally will use the  specified drive and path as the location for the new data source  For example  if you type  C  DATA TEST  the contact data file TEST and other related files will be created in the C  DATA  directory  Once you have entered the required file name  with optional path  and text description   and selected the Data Source Type  click on OK to create the data source     5 2 DATABASE OPERATIONS    File Edt View Portfolio Mal Tools Web Window Help    New Data Source     eel eel    uel eal ko T T  Database Operations Import                     Export     ODBC Settings    Sapo  TAPI Setti Download         SE Docking Transfer p  Page Setup   nas Global Changes     Erit  hale alobal Larges    l l Fulfillment    Eint BESIEN        Print Setup    Delete Data Source     Maintenance           Exit    Figure 64   Database Operations Menu    The Database Operations option on the File menu controls file transfer and file manipulation  The  first two options  Import and Export  allow you to move data into and out of Broker   s Ally  Broker   s  Ally can import and export data from a variety of file tyoes  The Download option specifically imports  security pri
274. te the three  possible states for a window     1  The Program Manager   s window is Maximized   expanded to utilize the full desktop     51    2  The group Icons are Minimized   reduced to a single icon     3  The Group Windows are Resizable   you can expand or contract them to any desired size or  shape and place them anywhere within the Program Manager   s main window  their parent  window     Bee         zem    thii op i ler    a        The rtemet       Figure 54   Windows display 8    4 2 MOUSE    In Windows  you will use a mouse or another pointing device  i e   track ball  joystick  or a light pen   to communicate with your computer system  The mouse controls a screen pointer that usually takes  the form of a hollow arrow  oi If you do not have a mouse or any other pointing device  it is still  possible to use Windows through the keyboard  However  because Windows has been designed to  work as efficiently as possible with a mouse  some keyboard commands are awkward and  inconvenient to use  In order to get the most out of Microsoft Windows  a mouse  or another pointing  device is essential  Using the mouse involves positioning the pointer  X  on the screen and  signaling an action by pressing the left or right mouse button  You can Click  Double Click or Drag  amp   Drop with your mouse     Click  Position the mouse pointer over the desired area of the screen and press  then  immediately release  the button    Double click  Position the mouse pointer over the desired ar
275. tern Matching   97  Performance Reporting   24  29  160  200  205  Pershing  Download   68  Pershing Data Download   68  Phone  Report   136  Phone Dialer   175  Phone Tallies  Report   136  Portfolio Reports  Bond Maturity Distribution   140  Transaction Schedule   140  Portfolio Reports  Large Positions   140  Portfolio Rank   140  Portfolio Valuation Detail   140  Portfolio Valuation Summary   141  Securities by Type   140  Postal Service  U S    99  Posting Book  Report   137  POSTNET Barcodes   137  Preferences  User   86    224    Print   78  Contact   119  Envelope   119  Labels   136  Preview   78  Quick Letter   106  Setup   78  Privilege Level   21  84  Rights   84  Program  Installation   15  Prospect   100    Q    Quick Add Contact   113  Quick Add Preferences   90  Quick Letter   104   Merge Codes   105   Print   106   Setup   105    R    Rapid Find   98  Rating  Report   136  Rating   100  Realized Gain Loss  Report   137  Remembered Responses   101  Reminder Activity   35  Replace  Letter Writer   168  Reports   134  Custom   162  List View   133  Weekly History   47  Reschedule   39  Ruler  Letter Writer   172    S    Sales Planner   9  35  126  Sales Scripts   181  Save   Letter Writer   164  Save As   Letter Writer   164  Schedule Activity   34  124  Scientific Calculator   178  Scratch Pad   181    Search  Letter Writer   167  Search  amp  Replace  Letter Writer   168  Search Logic   41  130  Secondary Record   109  Securities   80  Change Symbol   81  Repo
276. th this and the Support Plus Pack provides you with  instant access to a Broker s Ally support technician and a newsletter with tips and tricks for using  Broker s Ally to its fullest potential  First  the Support Plus Pack provides you with a toll free 800  support hotline  This hotline will be your instant pipeline to a qualified support engineer every time  you pick up the phone  Secondly  you will receive the    The Ally Newsletter    which is a detailed  newsletter that is full of tips and techniques on how to make the most efficient use of Broker s Ally  It  will highlight the powerful  and often overlooked  features of the program     The Support Plus Pack virtually eliminates costly down time due to problems with your Broker   s Ally  Program or your computer system itself  Without the instant access to a qualified support engineer   you may lose a couple of hours of productive prospecting  Order the Support Plus Pack and you ll  get unlimited access to our quick response toll free hotline  This means if you ever have any  questions about Broker s Ally  a friendly and knowledgeable support representative is never more  than a free phone call away  Most users who sign up for this service find it absolutely invaluable   Broker   s Ally Support Plus Pack annual fees are dependent on the Broker   s Ally level in which you  currently own  See the Support Plus Pack sign up form for the annual subscription fees     203    APPENDIX F  SUPPORT PLUS PACK SIGN UP    Yes  Sign me
277. that hour learning  anything you wish  from database management  to word processing  to application functionality  This  special    custom    telephone training is very focused and efficient  resulting in quick learning and  understanding  Whether you wish to learn about Windows functionality  or special software tools  or  desktops  notebooks  or networks your Telephone Training Service  representative can help you   This service is designed to help you be more efficient  better organized  provide advanced account  management  and result in greater business profitability     Telephone Training Topics   In discussion with your Broker s Ally sales representative you can tailor a Telephone Training  program to fit your needs  It could be one hour in duration  or more depending on your needs   Candidate topics include    1  Software Installation   Adding Records   Writing Letters   Entering Transactions   Teaching Sales Assistants   Network Features   Importing and Exporting Data   Advanced Training Topics    Soo eS    Obtaining Telephone Training   Simply contact your Broker   s Ally sales representative and discuss a plan that will fit your needs   You may want a single trainer for one hour  a half day  a full 8 hour day  or you may want to train by  conference call  This close  one on one training will be very valuable to you  Whatever your needs   simply call your Broker s Ally sales representative at 484 875 1710 and ask for Telephone Training    Services  or contact Sales 
278. the Portfolio  menu  You will see the most commonly used aspects of the Portfolio version right on the menu   Broker Reports  internal review reports  and Client Reports  those suitable for presenting to clients    Maturing Product Campaigns  and the customization and Setup for security types and asset classes  for reporting  We will discuss each menu option in top down order     8 2 PORTFOLIO REPORTS    Available Reports     Commission Summary Ip   Large Positions i Standard  Large Positions Detail   Portfolio Rank Labels  Securities by Symbol Posting Hook  Securities by Type    Security Cross Reference  Transaction Schedule    Directory   C   BA6    IT Use a List Data Source  AM AIEE EFH  Prospect Database  l Enable Printer Setup    Preview   Cancel   Disclaimer      Help    Figure 137   Broker Portfolio Reports       The first option shown under the Portfolio menu is Broker Reports  a collection of reports for internal  use by a broker  These reports can be previewed or printed by selecting a report name from the  Reports dialog and clicking on Preview or Print  The names of all the reports are shown in the dialog  box above     The second option shown under the Portfolio menu is Client Reports  which give details about    specific accounts and are suitable for distribution to clients  The list of Client Reports is shown  below  You can select and print them in the same way     140    Available Reports     Bond Maturity Distribution TPE  Portfolio Yaluation Detail  Standar
279. the only User ID allowed  you are the manager as well as the sole  operator of the program  The Network version of Broker s Ally allows the manager to create or  change User IDs in the User ID dialog accessed from the Edit menu     20    In the Network version of Broker s Ally the manager must create a different User ID code for each  person using the system  Be sure that only one person uses a given ID at atime  Before assigning  User ID codes  you should understand how the Privilege Level associated with each User ID  determines how Broker s Ally will work for that individual     Every User ID code has an associated Privilege Level  list of Broker Numbers  a user s name  and  an optional password  Each Privilege Level comprises a set of rights that determine the scope of a  user s ability to perform operations in Broker s Ally  The associated Broker Numbers limit the user   s  access to contact records having one of the Broker Numbers in the Owner field or to records with a  blank Owner field     Conflicts can arise if two or more people login under the same User ID at the same time  T     Privilege Levels  Broker s Ally allows the manager to control many of the operations a user can perform such as  which fields the user can change in a contact record  The manager can prevent a user from  changing User ID information  User Field definitions  scheduled activities  etc  A combination of  rights to do certain things in Broker   s Ally is contained in a Privilege Level  Broker
280. the pipeline  track  their investments such as stocks  bonds  annuities  mutual funds  asset purchases and sales   manage portfolios and account for changes in positions and track commission and fee based  business  create and send mail  track all contact with your clients including correspondence   telephone calls and meetings  You can use it to create and track promotions  and maintain a record  of your client   s instructions and preferences  Broker s Ally will also help you prioritize and manage  your time  It will help you to make sure that you do not miss key dates or appointments and help you    8    manage your business instead of your business managing you  Below  we have listed some of the  major features of Broker s Ally     Broker s Ally     CLIENT AND PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT    copyright 1965   200  Scherrer Resources  Inc     Warning  This computer program is protected by copyright lay    and international treaties   Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this program  or any portion of t  may result  in severe civil and criminal penalties and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent    possible under the Licensed to  Scherrer Resources  Inc        Figure 2   Broker s Ally startup screen    Tip of the Day    As a training aid  every time you run Broker s Ally  you will be presented with a    Tip of the Day      These tips will give you specific information related to the software  The tips are designed to help  you learn shortcuts to your software  You can vi
281. the posting  book file  you may have to wait a few minutes while Broker s Ally makes the adjustments     81    Stock Split    Date L   IESSE      Security  General Electric    Hecewe Shares    lo  For Every  lo Shares Post    lo Calculator    Cancel      New Price        Figure 86   Split Shares    Change Symbol    Corporate actions such as symbol changes are accommodated here  This dialog allows you change  the symbol for an existing security  Enter the ticker symbol  CUSIP number  or other code  representing the security  Broker s Ally can store a Symbol with up to 10 characters  Since this  operation requires updating all applicable transactions in the posting book file  you may have to wait  a few minutes while Broker s Ally makes the adjustments     6 6 USERID    The User ID option sets up the user entry security scheme for the entire Broker s Ally application   Use this option to Add  Delete and Configure the access rights of users in a multi user installation   Broker s Ally can restrict users from entering certain areas of the program  limit access to data  and  control which fields in contact records a user can change  In a single user installation  the User ID  system controls password access to important areas of Broker s Ally     The User ID dialog serves two purposes     1  Select a User ID in order to login to Broker s Ally  When you begin a session with Broker   s Ally   you must select a User ID  In single user installations  you should enable the User Prefere
282. tom of the window to change the selected view     When you open the Activities Calendar from the View menu  you will see all of your activities  for every contact  Daily  Weekly  Monthly  and Summary views allow you to see the activities  in a variety of formats  Activity For is used to see activities assigned to a different user in your  work group  Use the Summary view to see all activities in chronological order  To see  completed activities  click on the History check box     Daily View    When first opened  the Calendar shows today s activities with a resolution of 30 minutes in a format  resembling a daily appointment calendar  You can change the view resolution of your Activities  Calendar from 30 minutes to another value   See User Preferences  If several activities are  scheduled for the same time slot  you will see only one activity  However  Broker s Ally will display a  number in parentheses equaling the amount of activities scheduled for that time  By clicking on the  time slot  a window will appear where you can view all of the activities scheduled for that time slot   You can view activities that do not have an associated time in the No Time field  To examine a  different day  select the Calendar Icon located at the bottom of the Activity Calendar window  double  click on a different day  and the selected day will be presented  You can quickly print your Activities  Calendar by pressing the Printer Icon located at the bottom of the Activities Calendar window   
283. transfer a marked letter to another user  i e   move it from your list to another user s  list  click the Mark For button and choose a User ID from the dialog     Select  Initially the Select scroll box shows   all   and the list box displays all of your marked letters for this  contact  You can choose a particular letter in the scroll box in order to display only occurrences of  this letter     When you are ready to print the letters you have assigned to contacts  choose the Marked Letters  option from the Mail menu  This option presents you with a dialog with four additional buttons     117    allowing you to print Letters  Labels  Envelopes  or a Report  This dialog now shows the contact  name and corresponding letter for all assignments you have made in all data sources  We discuss  this further in the Mail Menu chapter     In summary  Suppose you had a letter called PROSPECT BAL that you had created with the Letter  Writer  You have identified a prospect that you want to receive this letter and have found and  displayed his record on screen  Select Mark a Letter from the Contact menu  Click on Add and  select the file PROSPECT BAL from the Add Marked Letter dialog  The letter will be added to your  list for the displayed individual  After you have marked all the letters for every individual you want to  receive letters  select the Marked Letters option from the Mail menu  Choose Print Letters to print all  letters and then choose Print Labels or Print Envelopes to print 
284. tuation  If you are an advanced single user  you may wish to  place all the data files on your computer in subdirectories  branching from a single directory called  C  DATA  Thus you might set your Brokers Ally data directory to be C  DATA BAWIN  This would  allow you to easily backup all of your frequently changing data files by backing up the C  DATA  subdirectory and all its subsidiary directories without needing to back up all your program files that  change less frequently  In this case  you would set your Broker s Ally Default Data Path to  C  DATA BAWIN     58    User Preferences    Envelopes Labels  M Include Second Name    Contact  M Enable Exact Find  hd Automatic Save           i Include Company Cancel    W Display Find Contact List  h   Allow Account   changes  T   First Name First    I Insert Comma after City Duck Add          Calculator     Directories    Data    CBAs  Letters   ISCH    Login  M Automatic login as MGR    Enable passwords           E mal   Interests       User Fields     View  M Status Bar    W ToolBar Toolbar         f Normal     Large        User Into       Cancel    Buick Add     Geste    Eat     ee     User Fields       User Into      Dk      Alert    Cycle Minutes         M Multimedia Sound    Database  M Direct File Access   Docking Station     Ignore  No Mail      SOL Server Views       Activities Calendar    Resolution    20 F       minutes     Update Schedule  ver 7    M All Data Source Esport lImport Rights    Startup  Ge Find Contact C
285. ue field    4  and click OK     On returning to Edit List dialog the Search Properties Criteria displays     CALL         Once again click on the Add button adjacent to the Search Properties list box to bring up the Search  Logic window   5  Select AND in the Continue Previous Statement With group   6  Select Activities   Activity Date from the Field combo box   7  Select Less than or equal to    lt    from the Operator combo box   8  Enter 3 13 2017 in the Value field   9  and click OK   On returning to Edit List dialog the Search Properties Criteria displays      Activities   Type Equal to      CALL    AND Activities   Activity Date Less than or equal to    lt    3 13 2017        Notice that the first clause is connected to the second clause with AND  meaning that both clauses  must be true in order to select a contact     1 You can select contacts using contact and activity criteria or contact and posting book criteria but not activity and posting book  criteria     41    Please Note  A Short Cut for creating calls list   1  Select Activities   Activity Date from the Field combo box   2  Select Is Past Date or Today    lt  Today  from the Operator combo box     3  Press the Refresh button every day   The operator will automatically take today   s date from your computer clock and place it into  the Date criteria        Network Users   If you are running Broker s Ally on a network  you will want to create a Calls list containing only your  calls  You must therefore addition
286. ue to an  individual users data source is specified as unique  Those files that contain data that can be  beneficially shared between users or data sources are defined as common  For example  the  people file containing your personal prospects should be unique otherwise all contacts would be in  the same data source  On the other hand  the list of broker numbers  rep ID   s  is not likely to differ  between users of Broker s Ally or between clients or prospects   clearly a candidate for a shared file   Other files are similarly allocated  Whenever you mark a letter it is stored in a common file so that  you can print marked letters for all data sources in one efficient operation  Notes are unique since  they apply to individual contacts   already defined as unique     Selecting a Data Source    Before you can create a new Broker s Ally data source  you must first decide to name it with a name  of your choosing     Selecting a Default File Location    The second step is to select a default file location by specifying a Default Data Path  which you  setup via Edit User Preferences as discussed in the Edit chapter  Broker   s Ally uses the default  Data Path as the location for creating new data sources unless you specify a different location at the  time of creation  When Broker s Ally is shipped  the Default Data Path is initially set to the same  directory you used to install the program  for example C  BA9   However  you can change it to  whatever location best suits your si
287. uler  To see only  Calls  select CALL in the list box  Similarly  to see only Actions  select ACTION in the list box     History  Check this box to see accomplished activities or click this box again to see pending activities     User  To see activities assigned to a different user  select a User ID from this scroll box  You will only see  those users that your configuration setting will allow you to see     Zoom  Press the Zoom button to see the full contact record for the selected activity  Or  double click on an  activity to display the contact record     Reschedule  To reschedule an appointment  simply highlight and drag the event from one date time cell to  another  You can do this by moving your mouse pointer to the date time cell that you want to move   press and hold your left mouse button down  While still holding your mouse button  drag the mouse  pointer into the new date time cell and  drop  your event into its new slot by releasing the mouse  button     39    3 4 CAMPAIGN LISTS    There are numerous occasions when you would like to make a list of all contacts that have a special  significance in order to carry out a business activity  We call these lists Campaign Lists  and when  you create one  you can use it over and over again  For example  you might want to create lists for  the following purposes    e Make a phone call to a special group of people who are holding a specific stock    e Produce a report of everyone living in a certain Zip code    e Follow up a
288. ulpm       ae Free nance etre onwerts     TaxF IA    Retired r 4c  nnuIties anning oreign    CMO  P s iti  JPI i IT Forei   Activities FC f   Treasury TI   Options IT  Ge IT  Ju   Reszolutior      inate     Blue Chip E  Late  d   im JLabel 23 E  Late  E   TT  Updat in  Late  25 E  Late  26    Late  ER im  Labe  SS    Startup         LC pap cno   mm      Figure 109   Interests Setup dialog       The major benefit of the Interest system of classification is that they are easy to check on and off for  a given client and they are very fast in selecting contacts for a list view or report  Their limitation is  that you can define only 28 interests and they must remain fixed to be consistent     Warning  If you re define the meaning of an interest classification  all contacts assigned to the prior    meaning will be assigned to the new meaning  You must manually remove the check mark for an  interest from all contacts assigned that interest to avoid assigning them to the new interest        Investment Objectives    It is important to record your chent e investment objectives  Broker s Ally tracks the specific  investment objectives of each of your clients through the use of Interests  Flags  or User Defined  fields  Broker   s Ally thus allows you to comply with the SEC    know your client    rulings  The  objectives shown below are examples of those you can use and the meanings intended for them are  noted  However  you may also add your own investment objectives     Capital Apprec
289. ult File Location   59  Delete   Contact   115   Users   83  Delete Data Source   73  Dial   Contact   115  Direct File Access   89  Directory Preferences   87  Docking Download   Docking Transfer   69  Docking Transfer   69  Docking Upload   Docking Tranfer   69  Document   Letter Writer   169  Document Info   Letter Writer   164  Download   67    E    Edit   Users   83  Edit List   40  130  E mail   91   User Preferences   91  Enable Exact Find   86  Enable passwords   87  Envelopes Labels   Preferences   87  Exit   78   Letter Writer   164  Export   65   ASCII   65    F    Fax   78  Log   78   FIFO   24  27   File  Export   65  Import   61  Maintenance   74    Names   60  File Menu   57  Files  BAL  Broker   s Ally Files    163  Common   58  dBASE   74  re indexing   74  RTF  Rich Text Format Files    163  Unique   58  Files to back up   20  Files with the DBF  MDX  DBT extension   22  Financial Terms Glossary   192  Find  Contact   95  Rapid Find   98  Find Contact  Wildcards   108  Find Link   119  Flags   108  Flags and Interests Page  Contact View   106  Format  Letter Writer   165  Bold   167  Color   166  Italic   167  Page   166  Paragraph   166  Subscript   167  Superscript   167  Text   165    G    General Ledger   27  Ghost field   169  Global Changes   70  Activities   71  Flags   71  Histories   71  Interests   71  Owners   70  Group Letter  Mail Menu   174  No Mail   174  Group List   19  134  Group Of People   48  Groups   19    H    Help  Annotate   189  Bac
290. up  Type    Stock T      m m     Description     as of     Annual Income  jo    Maturity Date     k Pricing Serice   Interactive Data M Add      Delete         Corporate Achons      Edit Frices   Close      Global Change Pricing Service  From  Interactive Data sl To  Interactive Data sl UK      Figure 85   Securities Dialog       To change the symbol for a security  click the Change Symbol button  Stock splits can be performed  with the Split Shares button     Add    This dialog allows you to add a new security to the Broker s Ally securities list  Enter the ticker  symbol  CUSIP number  or other code representing the security  Enter a Name  description  and  select a Type  Broker s Ally can store a Symbol with up to 10 characters     Delete    Click the Delete button to remove a security from the list and the database  Warning  You will not  be asked to confirm this action     Split Shares    Corporate actions  such as Split Shares  change the Quantity and Price in all open transactions for  the selected Symbol  To setup a ratio for the split  enter the number of New Shares to substitute for  the number of Old Shares  The new share to old share ratio will be used to alter the Quantity and  Price in each transaction  If you enter  2  for New Shares and  1  for Old Shares  the Quantity in  affected transactions will be multiplied by 2 and the Price will be divided by 2 in order to keep the  same total cost  Since this operation requires updating all applicable transactions in 
291. ure  many of the features of Broker s Ally to your liking     86    User Preferences    Envelopes  Labels  hd Include Second Name    Contact  MW Enable Exact Find  M Automatic Save        Jh Include Company Cancel        h   Display Find Contact List    M Allow Account   changes  T   First Name First    h   Insert Comma after City       Quick Add          Calculator       Directories    Data   ICABARS  Letters   IC Dap     View  M Status Bar    W ToolBar Toolbar         Ge Nomal     Large            E mail     Interests       User Fields     Login    IY Automatic login as MGR  T Enable passwords        User Into       Cancel    Buick Add      Geste    _ Email    _Interests  _   User Fields     _User Info      Dk      Alert    Cycle Minutes  P    h   Multimedia Sound    Database  iY Direct File Access   Docking Station  T Ignore    No Mail   SQL Server Views        Activites Calendar    Resolution    20 F       minutes     Update Schedule  ver 7    kW All Data Source Export lmport Rights     raren   Cem    mmm    Startup  Ce Find Contact C Show last contact C Activities Calendar       Figure 91   User Preferences Dialog    Most user preferences are stored with their associated User ID  therefore it is possible for each user  to specify a unique configuration  However  all users share only one set of definitions for Interests   User Fields  and Login settings  Each configuration option has a default value or setting established  when you installed Broker s Ally  In most cases  
292. use  while depressing  the CTRL key  to select a group of adjacent entries        Contact Edit rights affect which fields a user can change in an existing contact record  While adding  a new contact  a user can enter information into any field  including notes and transactions   regardless of whatever edit rights have been assigned  In some cases a single right controls a  group of fields    e Name controls all parts of the contact name  2nd Name  and NickName    e Address controls Company  Address  City  State  Zip  Country  and Carrier Route    e Phone controls all phone and phone extension fields    e Comments controls Comments  Flags  Interests  and Secondary Record     History and Schedule rights pertain to the Calls Actions Calendar  View other users allows the  operator to examine another user s history or schedule of pending activities    Entries in the rights list preceding a colon     are simply headings for the indented topics listed  underneath  These headings  such as Securities  User ID   and User Preferences  are not valid  rights  Thus  selecting them has no effect on the behavior of Broker s Ally     Once you have created the desired Privilege Levels  their names will appear in the scroll box at the    bottom of the Configure User dialog  To assign a particular user a specific Privilege Level  simply  click on the Level   s descriptive name     6 7 USER PREFERENCES    The User Preference dialog is accessed from the Edit menu  With it  you can select or config
293. used as  necessary to satisfy the disposal amount     Average Cost The average cost per share is calculated using all lots remaining in the position   Every lot is selected and the quantity used from that lot is determined by multiplying the disposal amount  by the ratio of the lot amount over the total amount of the position  Only for mutual funds are fractional  shares allowed     Specific Lots and amounts are selected by the user to satisfy the disposal amount     9 2 BOOK PAGE    The new book page summarizes a contacts holdings across multiple trade lots  Two new fields   Cash and Buying Power  were added at the bottom of the holdings page  The Cash field displays  the available amount of cash for the current contact  The Buying Power field displays the amount of  money available to buy securities  This is determined by adding the available cash to the maximum  margin value of all securities held  The margin rate can be adjusted for each client by the Broker   s  Ally user     154    There are four buttons on the new Book Page  These buttons  Sort Order  Do Trade  View Ledger   and Cash Ledger will complete the following tasks  The Sort Order button allows the user to change  the order of the positions being displayed  Clicking on the Do Trade button pops up a menu with the  available trade types  After selecting a type  the appropriate trade type screen is brought up   Clicking on View Ledger brings up the Ledger view described below  Clicking on Cash Ledger  brings up t
294. usly owned the Broker   s Ally Standard or Gold levels  our flagship versions  The  Portfolio Level is an enriched edition of the Gold version  managing current market values of portfolio  holdings  You can easily upgrade to the Portfolio Level  and  conversely  if you own the Portfolio  Version it automatically includes the Standard and Gold features     The Portfolio menu appears within Broker s Ally Gold as a native part of Broker s Ally  This menu    comes alive when you install the Portfolio Version  Thereafter  the menu performs all the functions  shown  including the addition of optional tool bar icons specific to portfolio functionality     139    8 1 THE PORTFOLIO MENU     o Broker s Ally Portfolio Version 6 51 for Gregory S  Walters  File Edit View Baim Mail Tools Window Help    Broker Reports    Ee a y  Go U ce      Ca   Gea  E NRI     Robert Ada Campaigns Maturity Lists    olx CONTACTG  24  Le ll     KEE Portfolio Rank Lists    Robert Adams E  Name  Ir     am     gt  Hi  2nd Name  PO    Company     Address   503 Jackson Lane East       Boo Records  24      Work  512 658 1236 ext   Home  512 657 8456 _ ina  Alt Phone   ext   Fax    Save    Comments   Do not call between 4 9 pm i         lt     gt    al    gt     Address Notes   Interests   User Fields   Book Pag   Agenda   Close   Zoom    Colls H  Contacts 0  Mon Mar 17 1997 05 20PM  MGR  Figure 136   The Portfolio menu       Let   s start our detailed description of how to use the Portfolio version with a look at 
295. uture   And  last but not least    thank my patient and supportive wife  Eliza  and my three daughters Liesl   Sydney and Logan  for their many positive attributes     James S  Scherrer  February 2010    TRADE MARKS    Agents Ally is a trademark of Scherrer Resources  Inc    Advisor s Ally is a trademark of Scherrer Resources  Inc   Broker s Ally is a trademark of Scherrer Resources  Inc    WebAlly is a trademark of Scherrer Resources  Inc    Broker s Ally for Windows is a trademark of Scherrer Resources  Inc   Recruiter   s Ally is a trademark if Scherrer Resources  Inc    Realty Ally is a trademark of Scherrer Resources  Inc    Sales Ally is a trademark of Scherrer Resources  Inc    Windows is a trademark of Microsoft Corporation   Word for Windows is a trademark of Microsoft Corporation  ThinkPad is a trademark of International Business Machines  Inc   IBM is a trademark of International Business Machines  Inc    IBM PC is a trademark of International Business Machines  Inc   Hewlett Packard is a trademark of Hewlett Packard Company  LaserJet is a trademark of Hewlett Packard Company   Data Direct Drivers is a trademark of Data Direct Corporation  Crystal Reports is a trademark of Seagate Corporation    TABLE OF CONTENTS    NOTICE   SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT  ACKNOWLEDGMENT   TRADE MARKS   TABLE OF CONTENTS    WW PD P    PART 1 INTRODUCTION    CHAPTER1 OVERVIEW 7  1 1 Product Support  1 2 Typographical Conventions  1 3 About Broker   s Ally  1 4 Program Installation  Setu
296. uying Power   29  112  153  160  200    C    Calculator   178  Setup   91  Calculator Preference   91  Calendar  Activities   120  Date   180  Call Interval   109  Call List  Revise   132  Sample   130  Using   132  Call Lists   129  Calling Card   95  Campaign Lists  Wildcards   108  Campaigns   129  Carrier Route   99  Cascade  Window   184  Cash Accounting   29  Change Symbol   81  Client   48  Client Suitability   109  Close All    Window   186  Close Transaction   112  Color   Letter Writer   166  Comments   100  Commissions   Report   137  Common   Files   58  Common Files   58  Company   Report   135  Configuring Users   83  Connectivity to Clearing Firms   29  Contact   Add   98   Letter Writer   169   Report   135  Contact Menu   114   Agenda   120   Copy   115   Delete   115   Dial   115   Links   117   Mark a Letter   115   Move 115   Print   119   Print Envelope   119  Contact View   Address Page   99   Book Page   110   Flags and Interests Page   106   Notes Page   101   User Fields Page   109  Contact Work Sheet   Standard Reports   136  Contact   s Agenda   120  Conversion   208  Copy   79   Contact   115  Create   Data Source   57  Creating a New Data Source   59  Customer   24  Cut   79  Cycle Minutes   89    D    Data conversion   208  Data files   32  213  Data Source  Broker s Ally   59  Delete   73    221    ODBC   58  Data Structure   58  Database   Operations   61  Database Preferences   86  Date   Letter Writer   169  dBASE   58  dBASE files   74  Defa
297. vation  The Tile option is most useful for displaying  multiple windows simultaneously  If you want to compare two contact records  the Tile option can  display them side by side     Closing Windows sl    To close a window and the program it contains  make sure that it is the active window by clicking  anywhere within the window and then  click on the control menu box  which is represented by a  horizontal dash in the upper left hand corner of the window  This will bring up a control menu  From  the control menu choose Close  Alternatively  you could select Exit from the File menu or press the  Alt F4 shortcut key combination     Scroll Bar    Some windows may also have a scroll bar  A scroll bar is used when a window is not large enough  to display all of its contents at once  The bar will appear along the right side and or the bottom edge  of the window     el A     Figure 56   Scroll Bar    The scroll bar consists of a shaded bar containing a small square called the Thumb  which you can  move by clicking on the scrolling arrows located at each end  The scroll bar represents the window   s  entire contents  while the Thumb represents the section currently visible in the window relative to the    54    total display  To make large jumps  you can click on the bar just inside the arrow icon or drag the  Thumb to the desired position     Icons    Windows provide graphical pictures called icons  These icons represent programs as in the figures         lly Products       i Wi T  
298. ve for Reminder  events  which are not associated with a contact  For example  Thomas Adams is scheduled for a  call at 4 00 PM  When it comes time to give Thomas a call  Broker   s Ally will display an alarm  message  By clicking the Zoom button  you can move directly to the contact record for Thomas  Adams  You can snooze an alarm  which means putting the message off for another 10 or  desired Snooze minutes     If you find the alarms annoying  do not select the Activate alarm option when you schedule an  activity or increase the Cycle Minutes setting in User Preferences     3 6 SEND YOUR CONTACTS THE INFORMATION THEY REQUESTED    Marking Note   After a phone conversation or meeting where a customer requests additional information  you  will want to create and mark a note to insure that you send the correct information  After  creating a note in the customer s record  click on the Mark button  The note will automatically  be marked for your user ID  MGR if you are a single user  In a network installation  the Mark  button will bring up a Mark dialog and you will notice that your User ID is displayed  Click OK  to mark the note for your list of marked notes  You can also select another User ID to mark the  note and assign it to another user   s list  To unmark a note  simply click the Unmark button     You can print your marked notes on labels at the end of the day by selecting Marked Notes from  the Mail menu  The Marked Notes feature will print the customer s name and addr
299. vity  The Daily and  Weekly Calendar will show the same activity more than once if the Duration is greater than  the Activities Calendar resolution  The Activities Calendar resolution can be changed in  User Preferences     9  Check your other activities for a conflict   If you mark this option  the scheduler looks for  conflicts with your other activities when adding or updating an activity  When a Duration is  entered  the conflict analyzer looks for overlapping time blocks  If your activity does not  have a duration  the conflict analyzer only reports when you have another activity scheduled  on the same day at the same time     34    10  Alarm   If you want the Alert system to notify you when this activity comes due  check the     Activate alarm       box  If you want to be notified in advance of the event  enter the number  of minutes prior to the event time in the    Alarm Lead    time box     Schedule Activity for Kenneth Armstrong x     Activity    Activity For   HGR     Entered By    MGR sl i  Cancel    Contact  Kenneth Armstrong          Help    Description   Tearly Review   Tax review      Duration   15  minutes   kd Check your other activitites for a conflict    Alarm    W Activate alarm when activity comes due     Alarm Lead  E  minutes     Figure 32   Schedule Call or Action Dialog       When you schedule an activity while a contact window is active  the Contact field shows the name of  the contact associated with the activity  If you schedule an activity when a
300. w  Once you have found a single contact or group of  contacts that match your search criteria  you can view or edit these contact records  The basic  strategy for using the Find Contact option is to first open the Find Contact window then enter  whatever criteria you wish to use to find a particular contact into the specific field  To find a contact  or group of contacts  enter profile information in one or more fields and press the Find button   Broker s Ally retrieves the  set  of records fitting the profile  which may only be one record  and then  you may use the browse arrow buttons to move back and forth from one contact to the next if the set  is greater than one  For example  to view all contacts having a last name starting with A  enter A in  the Last Name field  This is called Query By Example  QBE   If you Know only the last name of an  individual  you would enter it into the Last Name field of the Address page  Click on Find and the  system will find all contacts with that last name  If you want to further refine the Find operation  you  could enter more details  For example  if you knew the individual s first name or company name or  even his city or state  you could reduce the list of matching records  You can use any field in  Broker s Ally to search the database  If you know of a phone number of an individual  you can type  the phone number into the Work  Home  Alt Phone or Fax field and press the Find button  This will  return the contact record that matches t
301. w up to Matlin  Follow up to Matlin  Follow up to Mailin  Follow up to Mailin  Follow up to Matlin  Follow up to Mam  6 Month Review  Just keeing in tou  Discuss Portfolio  Tax Review   Print P  AL Reports  6 Month Review  Print P  AL Reports  Discuss Portfolio    Add  Edit  Sweep  Delete  Accomplish    Show Type       History    4  a    oom    Calendar Format Activities for      Daly    Weekly C Monthly Pewee ra 5 HGR D    Figure 38   Activates Calendar shown in Summary View format       You can re schedule one or more activities from the Activities Calendar or Contact s Agenda   When you click on Sweep while viewing the Daily  Monthly  or Summary list of activities the  currently selected date is assumed     38    Sweep Activities    HRe schedule your activities dated    Tuesday  March 18  1997  between  12 00 AM   and  11 595 PH _ for     New Activity Date   371971997       Figure 39   Sweep dialog    1  Verify or change the time range for the activities you wish to re schedule   Verify or change the new activity date  Tomorrow is the default value  See Date and Time  Shortcuts    3  Click on OK to change the schedule date for the selected activities     Accomplish  Click on Accomplish to copy the selected activity to the history file and delete it from your list of  current activities     Show Type  When no items or all items in this list box are selected  the Calendar displays all activity types   CALL  ACTION  MEETING  and other types you may have created with the sched
302. we will explain only which files to back up  There is a SINGLE file which contains ALL  important data   AllyWin MDB   MDB means Main DataBase   We make a simple point that you  should at least backup that single file every day   In prior versions this data was distributed among  all files with   DBF    MDX  and   DBT file name extensions found within the Broker s Ally v8  directory   This one file is the key Broker s Ally data file  this will save your most important contact  data  Your Broker s Ally letters are all the files with   BAL file name extensions     1 7 NETWORK ISSUES    The network version of Broker s Ally is a multi user system  It requires users to login when running  the program and allows multiple users of Broker s Ally to access a database simultaneously  When  installing a Broker s Ally Network  follow the installation instructions for networks  The Broker s Ally  program should be installed onto each workstation  pointing the data source to the network  drive directory     User ID  Privilege Levels   amp  Record Ownership    After you start Broker   s Ally  you will be required to identify yourself to the program by selecting your  User ID from a list shown on the screen  We distribute Broker s Ally software with one permanently  established User ID called MGR  for Manager  that enables all features and functions  We assume  the first person to run Broker s Ally after installation to be the manager of the system  If yours is a  single user system  MGR is 
303. will be dialed as local numbers  It allows you to enter dialing prefixes and suffixes that will be  combined with phone numbers fetched from the contact window  A prefix is what you need to dial in  order to connect to an outside line whereas a suffix is an optional accounting code your firm may  require you to dial following a phone number  Broker s Ally allows you to enter a prefix and a suffix  for each type of call  local  long distance  international  and special long distance     176    Dialer Options EZ    Local Calls    Pretix  E Local Area Code   215 Pretix  E  Suffis       Suffis     International Call  Access Code    Frefis    Sufis       Special   rea Codes    Area Code 1  Pretiv  SEF   Area Code A Pretiv  Suffix   Area Code 3  Pretiv  Suffix         Long Distance Calls            Area Code A Frefis  Suffix     Area Code 5  Pretix  SUF   When Contacted aden aT    Add to History cho Modem   T Check List ltem Cancel    DE   Pe  Hee      T Popup Scheduler eae       Figure 175   Dialer Options    A dial prefix string can be a combination of modem commands and dialing codes that precede a  phone number  Illustrates typical prefix strings    Local Calls Prefix     9       Long Distance Calls Prefix     9 1     The Local Calls Prefix will dial    9    and pause two seconds to allow for connecting to an outside line   The Long Distance Calls Prefix will dial    9     pause two seconds  and dial    1        e Local Calls   Enter your local area code in Local Area Code  If 
304. will run automatically and present questions on the  screen regarding your ideal configuration  Upon answering these questions the data migration  process will upgrade you from previous versions to the current version 9 of Broker s Ally     To only import contact  notes  holdings and securities information  follow these directions    1  Under the File menu select Database Operations  From the popup menu select Import    2  Select Broker s Ally v6  v7 or v8 Data and press Start    3  You will be asked to specify the directory for your Broker s Ally data files  If your data is ina  different directory  other than C  BA6 or C  BA7 or C  BA8  please specify the correct directory    4  Press OK     From To       Import Type  Data Source     Asci Loader   Broker s Ally Data vE Test  Broker s Ally Data wr   Broker s Ally Data vi       hy    Figure 30   Converting and Importing Contacts from earlier versions of Broker   s Ally    31    Data Storage    For reference  your database information is stored in ALLYWIN MDB   In prior versions  files with file  name extensions   DBF    MDX  and   DBT were the database files   This file retains your contact  database  including notes  activities  securities  interests  user fields and postings     Broker   s Ally allows you to create and use several separate Broker   s Ally data sources or databases     For example  you might have one Broker s Ally data source for active clients and prospects  another  for less important prospects  and anothe
305. wish to  have full color geographic maps created for customer  prospect and portfolio demographic  information  Account representatives create hundreds of transactions and events on a daily basis   This information forms the basis for rigorous mapping and analysis of opportunities  From this  extensive firm wide and nationwide database can come informed decisions regarding sales and  marketing opportunities and trends     Firm wide management maps of retail business activity on a city  county  state or national level     Sales Map Examples  Client density  Transactions per broker  per branch  New customer mapping  New accounts per month  Unserviced territories or regions  Sales Representative Ranking    Market Map Examples  New Product sales opportunities  Aggregate corporate client asset analysis  Company day and month totals  Territory Saturation    Corporate Mapping  Customer Turnover ratio  Reassignment of clients  lost clients  Legal and Human Resources reports  Telemarketing call constraints  Comparison or revenue per region    Database Sources  Back office servers  Middle Office servers  Desktop PC   s  Data marts    Software and Service Fees For Mapping  Scherrer Resources  Inc  personnel will come to your corporate headquarters and install the  mapping software and configure it for your needs  There is a one time cost of  15 000 for the  mapping software and installation services and this includes a license for 2 users and 3 preformatted  maps using your database  Ad
306. wish to retain  the area code in the dialing sequence  add it to the Prefix     e No Modem   Unless you have a modem  BA cannot dial a phone number for you  If you do  not have a modem  you can track calls  successful contacts  and update Last Contact in a  record  Select No Modem and proceed as if you were dialing the phone automatically   Although the Dial button will be inactive  the Contacted button will register the information     e Contact History   Whenever the Last Contact field is updated in a record  you can also have  BA add an entry to the history file documenting your phone call  Select Contact History to  enable this feature  The entry is added to the history file only when you click on Contacted  and Hang Up     11 2 STOPWATCH    The Stopwatch tracks your time spent on phone calls or any other activity performed at your desk   When you first activate the Stopwatch from the Tools Menu  it resets itself to zero and starts to  count  You can reset the Stopwatch yourself by clicking on the Reset button  You can also instruct  the Stopwatch to convert time into dollars and cents via the Configure Button  You can set either an  hourly or minute by minute rate as well as a minimum charge  You can even set the increment by  which the charges are calculated  For example  rather than charge by the minute  you can charge  only for full 15 minute blocks of time by setting the minute rate to your desired amount and the  increment to 15  Clicking on the Stop button pauses t
307. words can be any length and composed from any of the keyboard symbols  However  there is  no difference between lower case and upper case letters of the alphabet  For example  H is the  same as h     Each User ID also has an associated User Name  which can be referenced with one of the merge  codes in the Letter Writer     User Configuration Data Files    Broker s Ally obtains the special setup characteristics for a user by reading a file called BAWIN9Y INI   The BAWING INI file contains information concerning the data sources  toolbar  default directories   stopwatch configuration  calculator  last report printed  etc  On a network  this BAWINQ INI file is  located on the workstation in the directory where the application is installed  Each user has a private  scratch pad     HTa Activities  marked notes  and marked letters are assigned to specific User ID   s  thus keeping one   ala person s actions separate from others  If more than one person shares a User ID code  conflicts will  arise in these areas  Furthermore  if two users simultaneously operate Broker s Ally using the same  User ID  more serious conflicts will occur  Warning  We strongly advise each person to use a  different User ID     Advice for Network Managers    You should take responsibility for backing up the database on a daily basis  Ally stores records   notes  transactions and histories for all users in corresponding data files in one main file   AllyWin MDB  We make a simple point that you should at lea
308. y  when two or more contacts are linked in a relationship that usually  represents an association between two people  as in a client and their attorney  Not to be confused  with Joint Account  see Joint Account   Not to be confused with Associated Contact  see Associated  Contact      Maturity   The date on which a debt instrument such as a bond  becomes fully payable  Recorded  in Broker s Ally under Securities  Maturity Date     Municipal bond   One of several types of securities tracked by Broker   s Ally as a bond issued by a  state  state agency or authority  or a political subdivision such as county  city  town  or village  In  general  interest paid on municipal bonds is exempt from federal income taxes and from state and  local income taxes within the state of issue  Tracked by name and CUSIP number     Option   A call option is the right to buy 100 shares of a security at a fixed strike price before a given  expiration date  maturity   Similarly  a put option is the right to sell 100 shares at a fixed price before  a given expiration date     Ordinary income   Any income that does not qualify for special tax treatment  capital gains  special  averaging  and is taxed at the prevailing rates and is recorded separately from tax advantaged  investments in Broker s Ally     Original issue discount  OID    The difference between a bond s par value and the price at which it  is bought at the time of issuance     Par   In Broker s Ally  the face value or denomination of a bo
309. ying Power  To help calculate Cash and Margin account management and measures  of buying power as depicted in screen views for the user    e Clearing Firm Integration  Connectivity tools to integrate with DST FanMail  other  clearing firms and back office servers  We have created universal data loading tools to  migrate mainframe based back office host data into the Broker   s Ally application for US  Clearing  Pershing  Beta  CheckFree APL  Fiserv Securities  TD Waterhouse  Crowell  Weedon  Chevy Chase  and others    e Market Data Feeds  Connectivity tools to load market data and up date pricing  Financial  Times Interactive Data market price data feed connectivity     The data feed utilities load data into the data tables of the securities master file of Broker s Ally  This  data file is a robust file holding several types of data including the security name  type  CUSIP   description  prices including    as of    dates  annual income  maturity date  pricing service that provided  the data  corporate action stock split dates and ratio  global change pricing features and many  others     200    Edit Security    Name DM    Type   Stock   M  Lee     Description  rT    Annual Income  E    Maturity Date    Pricing Service  M Add      Delete    Corporate Actions      Edit Prices   Close         Figure 204   Securities Master File    The security master file can be populated with data either electronically  manually or both  The  security master file controls the pricing of portfo
310. you fetch a number  containing this area code  the area code is removed to make it a local call  Enter in Prefix  whatever you need to dial in order to connect to an outside line  e g      9      Enter in Suffix  whatever accounting code information you might need to dial following a local phone  number     e Long Distance Calls   Enter in Prefix whatever you need to dial in order to connect to an  outside line and initiate a long distance call  e g      9 1     Enter in Suffix whatever accounting  code information you might need to dial following a long distance phone number     e International Calls   Enter in Access Code the code you need to dial to initiate an  international telephone call  e g      011     Enter in Prefix whatever you need to dial in order  to connect to an outside line for international calls  e g    OT Enter in Suffix whatever  accounting code information you might need to dial following an international phone  number     e Special Area Codes   Enter in Area Code the area code that requires a special prefix or  suffix  different from the general Long Distance Calls settings  Enter in Prefix whatever you  need to dial in order to connect to an outside line for this particular area code  Enter in    177    Suffix whatever accounting code information you might need to dial following the phone  number  You may use up to 5 special area codes  Note that when a special area code is  found in the phone number you have fetched  the area code is removed  If you 
311. you will not need to change these defaults   However  there are no default settings for the User Fields and Interests  thus you must define the  conceptual meanings and descriptive titles for them     Contact Preferences    If you check Enable Exact Find  You will be activating the Broker s Ally Rapid find mechanism  If you  enter an exact value in the Last Name  Account  or Owner fields  you will find a contact or contacts  much more rapidly  You will only find those names that exactly match your search criteria  For  example  if you are searching for everyone in your data base with the last name of Green  the  search will not return contacts with the last name of Greenly     lf you check Automatic Save  Broker   s Ally will save the contact records automatically when you  leave the contact screen  If this is unchecked  you will be asked if you would like to save the  contact     When checking Display find Contact List  a list of all contacts meeting the search criteria will be  displayed adjacent to the Contact window     87    erer WB    ia CONTACTS  4  Dol  Mame  bur  amp    In    Scherrer Zz Account   end Name  CE0 Open Date   l Email   Owrer    Scherrer Jim    Company   SCHERRER RESOURCES  INC  Last Contact  f  Data Source   Address  RI Pottstown Plke Status  Head  Others                Rating  f Dates    City   Eag State  PA Zip   19480  County  f Carrier Route   T No Mail  Records  4  Work Il ext   Home     Phone Numbers   Addresses   Fax    Dave    Comments  f       
312. ys to sort and    Cancel      112    Figure 112   Sorting the Ledger    Valuation Monitors  Viewing the lower left of the Posting Book screen shows instant access to portfolio valuation totals    for Open Cost  Market Value  Market Gain and Loss  the Cash position  and their Buying Power  measures     Transactions  Opening or Closing Positions  Transaction dialog allows you to open a new transaction for the Book page for your clients through a  purchase  sale  income or split  You select Purchase or Sale and enter an Open Trade Date   Quantity  Symbol  Price and any other pertinent data  Broker s Ally calculates the total for you  If  you enter a Symbol that Broker   s Ally does not recognize  it let   s you Know because the calculation  cannot be performed properly unless the security type is defined  Further  you can enter cash in   cash out  and short sales and closing sales     The Post Close Transaction dialog allows you to edit an existing transaction  presumably to close an  open transaction   Be sure to enter a Close Trade Date  otherwise none of the close information  will be saved  Broker s Ally calculates the Totals and Gain and Losses for you                     Robert Adams me x   Le i f l   Account  ecurity Quantity Price Mkt Value Damdl oss  EE Sea  56385634  AT amp T Corp  S00  IBM 100 95 90 9590 00 590 00 Owner  Luz  Internet Capital Grol 1000 1 50 1500 00 0 00 i  Mortel Networks Cor 100 13 00 1300 00 poo Data Source   Records  3  Open Cost   1 800 00 e  MEt 
    
Download Pdf Manuals
 
 
    
Related Search
    
Related Contents
TRADITUM Canal Internet Manual de Usuario  Command Line Interface Reference Guide - Applicable to    ESECUTIVO_impaginato libretto.indd  A 1 4 B 2 3 6 5  Aztech WL556E Datasheet        Copyright © All rights reserved. 
   Failed to retrieve file